d1353sh53 - Oh - Ed02 4-4

QUESTA PAGINA NON VA INSERITA NEL MANUALE
All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this

document, use and communication of its contents
not permitted without written authorization from Alcatel.
THIS PAGE MUST NOT BE INCLUDED IN THE HANDBOOK

COD.MANUALE HDBK P/N: 957.130.922
T Ed.02 3AL 71806 AAAA Ed.02
1300NM
1353SH Rel.5.3
Version 5.3.0 OPERATORS HANDBOOK
VOL.4/4
ORIGINALE INTERLEAF: FILE ARCHIVIAZIONE: cod ANV (PD1-PD2)
No PAGINE TOTALI PER ARCHIVIAZIONE: 658

DIMENSIONE BINDER SORGENTE (du ks): 247.818 Kbites
INFORMAZIONI PER IL CENTRO STAMPA - ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

AVVERTENZA WARNING
IL MANUALE COMPLETO COSTITUITO DA QUATTRO VOLUMI QUESTO IL VOL.4/4
THE COMPLETE HANDBOOK IS COMPOSED BY FOUR VOLUMES THIS IS VOL.4/4
STAMPARE FRONTE/RETRO RECTO-VERSO PRINTING
COMPOSIZIONE ED ASSIEMAGGIO DEL MANUALE:

HANDBOOK COMPOSITION AND ASSEMBLY:
SERVONO 7 SEPARATORI NUMERATI DA 1 A 7
7 REGISTERS FROM 1 TO 7 ARE NECESSARY
No pagine
(facciate)
No pages
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
fase
step
ASSEMBLARE VOL.1/3 ASSEMBLE VOL.1/4
ASSEMBLARE VOL.2/3 ASSEMBLE VOL.2/4
ASSEMBLARE VOL.3/4 ASSEMBLE VOL3/4
TARGHETTE VOL.4/4 - LABELS VOL.4/4
FRONTESPIZIO VOL.4/4 - FRONT VOL.4/4
INSERIRE SEPARATORE 1 - INSERT REGISTER 1
SC.4.1: WDM 3.x TERRESTR. MNG
SC.4.2: WDM 2.x TERRESTR. MNG
numerate
numbered
da from
a to
128
1/128
128/128
36
1/36
36/36
CONTINUA continues
ED
01
VOL.4/4 RELEASED
957.130.922 TQZZA
3AL 71806 AAAA TQZZA

6
1/ 6

CONTINUA continues
fase
step
10
11
SC.4.3: WDM SUBMARINE PFE
12
13
SC.4.4: WDM SUBMRN OALW16&40
14
11
SC4.5: WDM SUBMRN OALW64
12
INSERIRE SEPARATORE 6 INSERT REGISTER 6
15
SC.4.6: WDM SUBMRN 1666UT/OA
16
17
SC.4.7: A9900 MANAGEMENT
numerate
numbered
No pagine
(facciate)
No pages
da from
a to
98
1/98
98/98
126
1/126
126/126
192
1/194
194/194
62
1/62
62/62
1/8
8/8
TOTALE PAGINE A4 (FACCIATE) TOTAL A4 PAGES:
652
TOTALE FOGLI A4 TOTAL A4 SHEETS:
326
WARNING FOR A-UNITS OTHER THAN A-ITALY
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
Labels are done according to A-Italy binder format.

Source files: ALICE 6.10
01
VOL.4/4 RELEASED
957.130.922 TQZZA

6
2/ 6



Site
VIMERCATE
ALCATEL OPTICS GROUP
Originators
MogliaMandroux
PicotFigard
Berthomieu
1353SH 5.3
VERSION 5.3.0
OPERATORS HDBK VOL.4/4
Domain
Division
Rubric
Type
Distribution Codes
:
:
:
:
TND
NM
1353SH 5.3 OPERATORS HANDBOOK VOL.4/4
Internal :
External
:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Approvals
ED
Name
App.
V.Scortecci
Name
App.
L.Ambrosoli
01
M.Uszynski
N.Bradshaw
VOL.4/4 RELEASED
957.130.922 TQZZA

6
3/ 6

INFORMAZIONI EDITORIALI
ORIGINALE SU FILE: ALICE 6.10
sistemazione figlist
SE SI RIF IL tocustom: ELIMINARE I BODY INDEX E IL LORO RIFERIMENTO NEI toc
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AAAA
Ed.02
1300NM
1353SH Rel.5.3
Version 5.3.0
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Element Manager for SDH and Optical Networks

OPERATORS HANDBOOK
ED
01
VOL.4/4 RELEASED
957.130.922 TQZZA

6
4/ 6


1300NM
1353SH Rel.5.3
Version 5.3.0
OPERATORS HANDBOOK
957.130.922 T Ed.02
3AL 71806 AAAA Ed.02
VOL.4/4
1300NM
1353SH Rel.5.3
Version 5.3.0
OPERATORS HANDBOOK
957.130.922 T Ed.02
VOL.4/4
1300NM
1353SH Rel.5.3
Version 5.3.0
957.130.922 T Ed.02
OPERATORS HANDBOOK
VOL.4/4
1300NM 1353SH Rel.5.3

Element Manager for SDH and Optical Networks Version 5.3.0
957.130.922 T Ed.02 3AL 71806 AAAA Ed.02
OPERATORS HANDBOOK
VOL.4/4
1300NM
1353SH Rel.5.3
Version 5.3.0
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
957.130.922 T Ed.02
ED
01
OPERATORS HANDBOOK
VOL.4/4
VOL.4/4 RELEASED
957.130.922 TQZZA

6
5/ 6
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
FINE DEL DOCUMENTO INTERNO END OF INTERNAL DOCUMENT
ED
01
VOL.4/4 RELEASED
957.130.922 TQZZA
6/ 6
Operators Handbook
Alcatel 1300NM
Network Management
1353SH Rel.5.3
SDH Network-Element Manager
for MUX/LINE Systems, Optical Networks
and Microwave Systems
Version 5.3.0
VOLUME 4/4:
QB3* & SNMP NE Management
957.130.922 T Ed.02
957.130.922 T Ed.02

1353SH REL.5.3.0 OPERATORS HANDBOOK
TABLE OF CONTENTS
LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
REFERENCED DOCUMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1.1 Document scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1.2 Edition scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1.3 Target audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 Document structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.1 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.2 Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
9
9
9
9
10
11
11
11
2 1686WM NETWORK EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2 Interoffice line system configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3 1686WM Line Terminal NE Release 3.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3.2 1686WM LT NE R3.1 description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3.3 Graphical Representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3.4 Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4 1686WM Line Terminal NE Release 3.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.1 Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.2 1686WM LT NE R3.2 description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4.4 Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5 1686WM Line Repeater NE Release 3.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.2 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.4 Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.6 1686WM Line Repeater NE Release 3.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.6.1 Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
13
13
14
14
15
15
16
26
26
29
29
30
43
43
43
44
45
50
50
02
001207
Validated
V.SCORTECCI ITAVE
01
000913
Validated
V.SCORTECCI ITAVE
Creationproposal
V.SCORTECCI ITAVE
CHANGE NOTE
APPRAISAL AUTHORITY
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
01A 000717
ED
DATE
B.MOGLIA ITAVE
J.Berthomieu
B.MOGLIA ITAVE
J.Berthomieu
B.MOGLIA ITAVE
J.Berthomieu
ORIGINATOR
1353SH REL.5.3
VERSION 5.3.0
OPERATORS HANDBOOK
ED
02
SC.4.1:WDM 3.X TERRESTR.MNG
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
1 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
53
53
54
60
60
62
62
63
71
71
74
75
76
3 WDM TERRESTRIAL MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.1 Select NE configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.1 Release 3.1 for LT only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.2 Release 3.2 for LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.3 Release 3.2 for OR and LR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 Subrack management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.1 Removing a subrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.2 Setting a subrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3 Board management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.1 Setting a board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.2 Channel connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.3 Removing a board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4 Port features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4.1 Set Port in/out of service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4.2 List of unequipped port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4.3 Optical TP configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4.4 Configure Far End Label . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4.5 View WDM Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4.6 View WDM Channel Spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4.7 Regenerator Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5 Add and Drop management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6 ALS management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.2 Manual restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.3 Test Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7 Laser On/Off management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7.1 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
87
87
87
88
89
90
90
91
94
94
100
101
102
105
106
107
107
108
108
109
110
111
112
113
113
114
114
4 RESTRICTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1 1686LT NE restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2 1686OR NE restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
115
115
115
5 ALARM MAPPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1 Alarms in release 3.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.1 Equipment alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.2 Communication alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.3 Quality Of Service alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.4 Environmental alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2 Alarms in release 3.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
117
117
117
120
121
121
122
122
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
2 / 128

2.6.2 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.6.4 Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.7 1686WM Optical Repeater NE Release 3.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.7.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.7.2 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.7.4 Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8 1686WM OADM Repeater NE Release 3.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.1 Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.2 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.8.4 Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10


5.2.3 Quality Of Service alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
125
126
126
6 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
127
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
3 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 1. Interoffice line system configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 2. Line Terminal NE functional block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3. Line Terminal NE symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 4. 1686LT 3.1 rack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 5. 1686LT 3.1 MUXDEMUX config subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6. 1686LT 3.1 Simple Amplifier config subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 7. 1686LT 3.1 board view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 8. 1686LT 3.1 Aggregate MUXDEMUX config Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 9. 1686LT 3.1 Aggregate Simple Amplifier config Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 10. 1686LT 3.1 OGPI source Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 11. 1686LT 3.1 OGPI sink Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 12. 1686LT 3.1 Transmission view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 13. 1686LT 3.1 Reception view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 14. Line Terminal NE block diagram Expanded configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 15. Line Terminal block diagram Bidirectional configuration (West Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 16. Line Terminal block diagram Bidirectional configuration (East Side) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 17. Line Terminal NE symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 18. 1686LT 3.2 rack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 19. 1686LT 3.2 MUXDEMUX config subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 20. 1686LT 3.2 RED MUX or BLUE MUX config subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 21. 1686LT 3.2 board view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 22. 1686LT 3.2 Aggregate MUXDEMUX config Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 23. 1686LT 3.2 RED MUX config Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 24. 1686LT 3.2 BLUE MUX config Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 25. 1686LT 3.2 OGPI source Port view (without RWLA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 26. 1686LT 3.2 OGPI source Port view (with RWLA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 27. 1686LT 3.2 OGPI sink Port view (without TWLA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 28. 1686LT 3.2 OGPI sink Port view (with TWLA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 29. 1686LT 3.2 Transmission view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 30. 1686LT 3.2 Reception view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 31. Line Repeater NE functional block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 32. Line Repeater NE symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 33. 1686LR 3.1 Subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 34. 1686LR 3.1 board view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 35. 1686LR 3.1 Aggregate East Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 36. 1686LR 3.1 Aggregate West port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 37. 1686LR 3.1 Transmission view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 38. Line Repeater NE block diagram Dual fiber configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 39. Line Repeater NE block diagram configuration 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 40. Line Repeater NE block diagram configuration 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 42. 1686LR 3.2 Dual Fiber configuration Subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 43. 1686LR 3.2 Configuration 1 Subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 44. 1686LR 3.2 board view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 45. 1686LR 3.2 Aggregate East Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 46. 1686LR 3.2 Aggregate West port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 47. 1686LR 3.2 Transmission view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 48. OADM Repeater block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 49. Default configuration after upload operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 50. 1686OR 3.1 NE symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 51. 1686OR 3.1 rack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 52. 1686OR 3.1 Subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ED
02
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
61
62
62
63
64
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
4 / 128

LIST OF FIGURES AND TABLES
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 53. 1686OR 3.1 board view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 54. 1686OR 3.1 Aggregate Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 55. 1686OR 3.1 OGPI source Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 56. 1686OR 3.1 OGPI sink Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 57. 1686OR 3.1 Transmission view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 58. 1686OR 3.1 Reception view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 59. OADM Repeater block diagram Dual fiber configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 60. OADM Repeater block diagram Single fiber configuration 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 61. OADM Repeater block diagram Single fiber configuration 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 62. Default configuration after upload operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 63. 1686OR 3.2 NE symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 64. 1686OR 3.2 rack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 65. 1686OR 3.2 Subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 66. 1686OR 3.2 Single fiber configuration 1 or 2 Subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 67. 1686OR 3.2 board view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 68. 1686OR 3.2 Aggregate Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 69. 1686OR 3.2 OGPI source Port view (without RWLA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 70. 1686OR 3.2 OGPI source Port view (with RWLA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 71. 1686OR 3.2 OGPI sink Port view (without TWLA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 72. 1686OR 3.2 OGPI sink Port view (with TWLA) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 73. 1686OR 3.2 Transmission view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 74. 1686OR 3.2 Reception view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 75. Configuration menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 76. LT 3.1 Set new configuration window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 77. LT 3.2 Set New Configuration window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 78. OR/LR 3.2 Set New Configuration window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 79. Removing a subrack in Release 3.1, 3.2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 80. The different subrack list for a LT NE in Release 3.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 81. The different subrack list for a LT NE in Release 3.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 82. The different subrack list for an OR NE in Release 3.1, 3.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 83. Set board window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 84. Set board for LT NE Release 3.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 87. Set board for OR NE Release 3.1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 88. Set board for OR NE Release 3.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 89. Set board for OR NE Release 3.1, 3.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 93. Channel Connection Config window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 94. Remove board confirmation box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 95. OGPI source port option menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 96. GOC (on left) annd OGPI (on right) sink port on TWLA board option menu . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 97. GDC (on left) and OGPI (on right) port option menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 98. GOC (on left) and OGPI (on right) port option menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 99. GDC (on left) and OGPI (on right) port option menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 100. OCH port option menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 101. Figure 102. OTS port option menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 103. Figure 104. OMS_TT port option menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 105. Set port in service confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 106. Set port out of service confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 107. List of unequipped ports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 108. Unequipped port window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 109. Optical TP Configuration window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ED
02
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
87
88
89
90
91
92
92
94
95
95
96
97
97
98
98
99
100
101
102
102
102
103
103
103
103
104
105
105
106
106
107
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
5 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
02
107
108
108
109
109
110
110
111
112
113
113
114
114
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
6 / 128

Figure 110. Far End Label Configuration window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 111. View WDM Level window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 112. Wdm Channel Spacing window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 113. Regenerator Type window for asynchronous boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 114. Regenerator type window for synchronous STM16 boards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 115. Board menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 116. Optical Switch State Configuration window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 117. Board menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 118. Automatic Laser Shutdown window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 119. Manual restart confirnation box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 120. Manual restart confirnation box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 121. Board menu in Release 3.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 122. Laser Shutdown window in Release 3.2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HISTORY

as internal document 3AL 71455 0001 OMZZA

Edition
Authors
Date
Page /
Paragraph
1.1
J.Berthomieu
990825
All
1353SH5 1686WM 3.1 scope
1.2
J.Berthomieu
990906
All
1353SH5 1686WM 3.1 scope after rereading remarks
J.Berthomieu
990927
All
1353SH5 1686WM 3.1 scope after external re

reading
2.1
J.Berthomieu
991022
All
1353SH5 1686WM 3.1 and 3.2 scope
2.2
J.Berthomieu
991108
All
1353SH5 1686WM 3.1 and 3.2 scope after internal rereading remarks
J.Berthomieu
991213
All
1353SH5 1686WM 3.1 and 3.2 scope after external rereading remarks
Observations
REFERENCED DOCUMENTS
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Applicable documents (for Alcatel Internal use only)

[1]
TSDFrance, Manuel Qualite Branche Systemes de Transmission TSD,

8AS 11002 0001 UZALB, Ed8
[2]
TSD, TSD Product LifeCycle,

3CK 00051 0002 ASZZA, Ed2
[3]
TSD, Product Control Plan,

3AL 36712 AAAA DCZZA, Ed1
[4]
TSD, 1353SH5.0 Quality Assurance Plan,

3AL 69901 AAAA QMZZA, Ed1
[5]
Alcatel/NMU, NMU Application Development Process,

NMU/GT/96/022, Ed1
[6]
Alcatel/NMU, NMU Documentation Management Procedure,

8AY 02000 0000 ASZZA, Ed4
[7]
Alcatel/NMU, Amendment of SQF, DMP, DIP, PDL procedures,

NMU/L/VG/98/051, Ed1
[8]
Alcatel/NMU, EMLCore 98 Technical Requirement Specification,

3BP 22100 0008 DSZZA, Ed1
[9]
Alcatel/NMU, NMU Technical Glossary,

See NMU Web Server
[10] TSD Vimercate, 1353SH R5 Technical Requirements Specification,

3AL 70805 AAAA DTZZA, Ed2
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
7 / 128
[11] TSD Marcoussis, 1353SH R5 User Interface Specification QB3*,

3AL 71310 0001 PBZZA, Ed1
[12] TSD Marcoussis, 1353SH R5 1686WM R3.1 Mngt Infomod External Specifications,
3AL 70871 AAAA PBZZA, Ed1
Reference documents (for Alcatel Internal use only)
[13] Alcatel/NMU, EMLCore 98 Introduction manual,
3BP 22100 0066 OMZZA, Ed1.2
[14] Alcatel/NMU, EMLCore 98 Getting Started manual,
3BP 22100 0067 OMZZA, Ed1.2
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
[15] Alcatel/NMU 1353SH3.1 Operator Manual EML Construction,

NMU/C/98/0071, Ed2
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
8 / 128

1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Scope
1.1.1 Document scope
This document describes the specific functionalities provided by the 1353SH to manage the line system
1686WM Wavelength Division Multiplexer (WDM), commonly refered to as the 1686WM or WDM
Terrestrial Network Element.
This document refers only to the 1686WM release 3.1 and 3.2 managed by the 1353SH5.
1.1.2 Edition scope
The section title has been modified to underline that this document is related to 1686WM release 3.1 / 3.2.
1.1.3 Target audience
This document is intended for all the users of the SDH Manager system.
The documents that should be read before starting this document are:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
Introduction Manual.
Getting Started Manual.
QB3* Network Element Management Manual.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
9 / 128
1.2 Document structure
Chapter 2: 1686WM Network equipment
Overview
Interoffice line system configurations
1686WM Line Terminal NE Release 3.1
1686WM Line Terminal NE Release 3.2
1686WM Line Repeater NE Release 3.1
1686WM Line Repeater NE Release 3.2
1686WM Optical Repeater NE Release 3.1
1686WM Optical Repeater NE Release 3.2
Chapter 3: WDM Terrestrial Management.
Select NE configuration
Subrack Management
Board management
Port features
Add and Drop management
ALS management
Laser On/Off management
Chapter 4: Restrictions.
1686LT NE restrictions
1686OR NE restrictions
Chapter 5: Alarm Mapping.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED

This document is composed of the following chapters:
Alarms in release 3.1

Alarms in release 3.2
Chapter 6: Frequently Asked Questions.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
10 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

1.3 Terminology
1.3.1 Definitions
1.3.2 Abbreviations
ADM
ALS
APS
APSD
AT
CC
CT
CTP
EC
ECC
ECT
EPS
GDC
GOC
IECB
IICB
ITUT
LAN
LAPD
LOS
MNE
MOC
NE
NSAP
OADM
OCH
OGPI
OLA
OMS
OS
OTS
PFE
RECT
SC
SDH
SMEC2
SU
SWDL
WDM
ED
Add Drop Multiplexer

Automatic Laser Shutdown
Automatic Protection Switching
Automatic Protection ShutDown
ATtended Alarm
Controller Card
Craft Terminal
Coonection Termination Point
Equipment Controller
Embedded Channel Communication
Equipment Craft Terminal
Equipment Protection Switching
Generic Digital Client
Generic Optical Client
Intra Equipment Card Bus
Inter Integrated Circuit Bus
International Telecommunication Union Telecommunication
Local Area Network
Link Access Protocol D
Loss Of Signal
Master or Mediation Network Element
Managed Object Class
Network Element
Network Service Access Point
Optical Add Drop Multiplexer
Optical Channel
Optical Generic Physical interface
In Line Optical Amplifier
Optical Multiplex Section
Operation System
Optical Transmission Section
Power Feeding Equipment
REmote Craft Terminal
Slave Card
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
Synchronous Multiplexer Equipment Controller 2
Software Unit
SoftWare DownLoad
Wavelength Division Multiplexing
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
11 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
12 / 128

2 1686WM NETWORK EQUIPMENT

2.1 Overview
The line system 1686WM Wavelength Division Multiplexer (also called 1686WM) Network Element (NE)
is associated to pointtopoint transmission systems.
It provides a high transmission capacity on a single fiber, by multiplexing up to sixteen STM16 optical
channels, each one being associated to a distinct wavelength.
The STM16 signals may come from line systems NEs (such as 1664SL) or from AddDrop Multiplexer
NEs (such as 16xx SM). In addition of the STM16 (SDH) signal, the 1686WM allows asynchronous
inputs.
Three types of 1686WM Network Element are defined:
the 1686WM Line Terminal (LT),
the 1686WM Line Repeater (LR).
the 1686WM Add and Drop MultiplexerRepeater (OR) or OADM repeater.

Each optical input tributary is associated to a channel number as given below:
Long Band (LB) MUXDEMUX
channel:23 (192,3 THz), channel:25 (192,5 THz), channel:27 (192,7 THz), channel:29 (192,9
THz), channel:31 (193,1 THz), channel:33 (193,3 THz), channel:35 (193,5 THz), channel:37
(193,7 THz).
Short Band (SB)
(195,7 THz).
2.2 Interoffice line system configurations

The next figure gives the interoffice line system configuration:

System
STM16 or
asynchronous
1686 LT
1686 OR
1686 LR
1686 LT
Line Terminal
Line Terminal
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Line Repeater
OADM Repeater
Figure 1. Interoffice line system configuration

The number of Line repeater NEs is limited to 7.
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
13 / 128
2.3.1 General
OPTICAL
STM16
LINE
IN8
WLA
OBA
OMX
WLA
IN1
E
X
P
SER_PLUS
WDM out
SPV_CPL
SPV_Channel
DC_DC_CNVR
OMDX
WDM in
WLA
OPA
ODX
WLA
SER_PLUS
DC_DC_CNVR
IN16
WLA
16
WLA
SMEC2
DCC_AUX
DC_DC_CNVR
OMX
IN9
SER_PLUS
OMDX
DC_DC_CNVR
WLA
16
ODX
WLA
SER_PLUS
EAST
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
DC_DC_CNVR
Figure 2. Line Terminal NE functional block diagram
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
14 / 128

2.3 1686WM Line Terminal NE Release 3.1

2.3.2 1686WM LT NE R3.1 description

The Line Terminal NE R3.1 is composed of one or two racks. One of this rack must at least be equipped
with the Master subrack.
The Master subrack is on the upper left corner. The Master subrack supports four possible configurations:
no OMDX board,
LB OMDX board,
SB OMDX board,
LB and SB OMDX board.
Two main configurations are possible:
Normal MUX DEMUX,

Simple Amplifier.
According to the needs, several optional subracks can be used:
the TWLA1 (Transmit WaveLength Adapter) subrack,

the TWLA2 (Transmit WaveLength Adapter) subrack,
the RWLA1 (Reception WaveLength Adapter) subrack,
the RWLA2 (Reception WaveLength Adapter) subrack .
In the Rack view involving a 1686WM R3.1, six subrack housings are displayed.
The four optional subracks can take place anywhere in the six subrack housings.
One subrack or even a rack can remain empty.
2.3.3 Graphical Representation
A Line Repeater NE is represented on the Network Topology as below.
86 LT
WMT
1686LT3.1
Figure 3. Line Terminal NE symbol
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
1686LT3.1 is an example of NE name given at the NE creation by the operator.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
15 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

2.3.4 Views
ED
Rack view
Figure 4. 1686LT 3.1 rack view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
16 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Subrack views
Figure 5. 1686LT 3.1 MUXDEMUX config subrack view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
17 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 6. 1686LT 3.1 Simple Amplifier config subrack view
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
18 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Board view
Figure 7. 1686LT 3.1 board view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
19 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Port views
Figure 8. 1686LT 3.1 Aggregate MUXDEMUX config Port view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
20 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 9. 1686LT 3.1 Aggregate Simple Amplifier config Port view
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
21 / 128

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 10. 1686LT 3.1 OGPI source Port view
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
22 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 11. 1686LT 3.1 OGPI sink Port view
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
23 / 128


Transmission view
Port icon
Figure 12. 1686LT 3.1 Transmission view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
The transmission view allows the operator to access the port view, used in transmission, by
clicking on the port icon.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
24 / 128

Reception view
Port icon
Figure 13. 1686LT 3.1 Reception view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
The reception view allows the operator to access the port view, used in reception, by clicking
on the port icon.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
25 / 128
2.4.1 Configurations
a)
Expanded configuration
OPTICAL
STM16
LINE
IN8
WLA
WLA
OBA
OMX
IN1
E
X
P
SER_PLUS
WDM out
SPV_CPL
SPV_Channel
DC_DC_CNVR
OMDX
WDM in
WLA
OPA
ODX
WLA
SER_PLUS
DC_DC_CNVR
IN16
WLA
16
WLA
IN9
SMEC2
DCC_AUX
DC_DC_CNVR
OMX
SER_PLUS
DC_DC_CNVR
WLA
WLA
OMDX
16
9
ODX
SER_PLUS
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
DC_DC_CNVR
EAST
Figure 14. Line Terminal NE block diagram Expanded configuration
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
26 / 128

2.4 1686WM Line Terminal NE Release 3.2
b)
Bidirectional configuration (red MUX)

OPTICAL
STM16

LINE
IN8
WLA
OBA
OMX
SER_PLUS
VA
DC_DC_CNVR
Long Band
VB
16
WLA
E
X
P
BI_DIR #1
SPV_Channel
WLA
IN1
SMEC2
bidir Line
ODX
WLA
OPA
Short Band
SER_PLUS
DC_DC_CNVR
VA
VB
DCC_AUX
DC_DC_CNVR
VA
VB
WEST
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 15. Line Terminal block diagram Bidirectional configuration (West Side)
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
27 / 128
Bidirectional configuration (blue MUX)

OPTICAL
STM16
LINE
IN8
16
9
WLA
IN1
SER_PLUS
VA
DC_DC_CNVR
VB
F
WLA
OBA
OMX
Short Band
E
X
P
BI_DIR #2
SPV_Channel
WLA
SMEC2
bidir Line
ODX
OPA
Long Band
WLA
SER_PLUS
VA
DC_DC_CNVR
VB
DCC_AUX
DC_DC_CNVR
VA
VB
EAST
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 16. Line Terminal block diagram Bidirectional configuration (East Side)
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
28 / 128

c)

2.4.2 1686WM LT NE R3.2 description

The Line Terminal NE R3.2 is composed of one or two racks. One of this rack must at least be equipped
with the Master subrack.
The Master subrack is on the upper left corner.The Master subrack supports five possible configurations:
LB OMDX board,
SB OMDX board,
LB and SB OMDX board,
LB OMX + SB ODX boards (Red Mux),
SB OMX + LB ODX boards (Blue Mux).
Three configurations are possible:
Normal MUX DEMUX,

Red Mux,
Blue Mux.
According to the needs, four optional subracks can be used:
WLA 1 to 4 subracks,
In the Rack view involving a 1686WM R3.2 LT, six subrack housings are displayed.
The four optional subracks can take place anywhere in the six subrack housings.
86 LT
WMT
1686LT3.2
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
1686LT3.2 is an example of NE name given at the NE creation by the operator.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
29 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

2.4.4 Views
ED
Rack view
Figure 18. 1686LT 3.2 rack view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
30 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Subrack views
Figure 19. 1686LT 3.2 MUXDEMUX config subrack view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
31 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 20. 1686LT 3.2 RED MUX or BLUE MUX config subrack view
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
32 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Board view
Figure 21. 1686LT 3.2 board view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
33 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Port views
Figure 22. 1686LT 3.2 Aggregate MUXDEMUX config Port view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
34 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 23. 1686LT 3.2 RED MUX config Port view
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
35 / 128

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 24. 1686LT 3.2 BLUE MUX config Port view
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
36 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 25. 1686LT 3.2 OGPI source Port view (without RWLA)
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
37 / 128

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 26. 1686LT 3.2 OGPI source Port view (with RWLA)
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
38 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 27. 1686LT 3.2 OGPI sink Port view (without TWLA)
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
39 / 128

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 28. 1686LT 3.2 OGPI sink Port view (with TWLA)
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
40 / 128

Transmission view
Port icon
Figure 29. 1686LT 3.2 Transmission view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
41 / 128

Reception view
Port icon
Figure 30. 1686LT 3.2 Reception view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
on the port icon.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
42 / 128
2.5.1 General
The Line Repeater NE is mainly composed of two in line amplifiers which amplify the 40 Gbit/s aggregates.
Optical line
Optical line
OLA # 3
WDM out
SPV
WDM in
SPV

2.5 1686WM Line Repeater NE Release 3.1
SMEC2
OLA # 1
WDM out
SPV
SPV
DCC_AUX
WDM in
DC_DC_CNVR
WEST
(side 2)
EAST
(side 1)
Figure 31. Line Repeater NE functional block diagram
2.5.2 Description
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
One subrack is required.
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
43 / 128

86 LR
WMT
1686LR3.1
Figure 32. Line Repeater NE symbol
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
1686LR3.1 is an example of NE name given at the NE creation by the operator.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
44 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

2.5.4 Views
ED
Subrack view
Figure 33. 1686LR 3.1 Subrack view
Line Repeater NEs need only one subrack, the Repeater one.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
45 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Board view
Figure 34. 1686LR 3.1 board view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
46 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Port views
Figure 35. 1686LR 3.1 Aggregate East Port view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
47 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 36. 1686LR 3.1 Aggregate West port view
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
48 / 128

Transmission view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 37. 1686LR 3.1 Transmission view

N.B.
N.B.
Alarms from the board in slot 2 concern the East to West direction.
Alarms from the board in slot 4 concern the West to East direction.
East and West are conventional directions, defined at the time of the insertion of the WDM in
the network.
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
49 / 128
a)
Dual fiber configuration
Optical line
Optical line
OLA # 3
WDM out
SPV
SPV
WDM in
SMEC2
OLA # 1
WDM out
SPV
SPV
DCC_AUX
WDM in
DC_DC_CNVR
WEST
(side 2)
EAST
(side 1)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 38. Line Repeater NE block diagram Dual fiber configuration
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
50 / 128

2.6 1686WM Line Repeater NE Release 3.2
b)
Single fiber Configuration 1

Optical line
Optical line
OLA # 1
SPV Channel TX WEST
SPV Channel RX EAST
BI_DIR2
SPV Channel TX EAST
bidirectional Line
DCC_AUX
BI_DIR1
bidirectional Line
OLA # 3
SMEC2
EAST
(side 1)
SPV Channel RX WEST
DC_DC_CNVR
VA
VB
WEST
(side 2)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 39. Line Repeater NE block diagram configuration 1
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
51 / 128
Single fiber Configuration 2
Optical line
Optical line
c)
OLA # 1
SPV Channel TX WEST
SPV Channel RX EAST
BI_DIR1
SPV Channel TX EAST
bidirectional Line
DCC_AUX
BI_DIR2
bidirectional Line
OLA # 3
SMEC2
EAST
(side 1)
SPV Channel RX WEST
DC_DC_CNVR
VA
VB
WEST
(side 2)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 40. Line Repeater NE block diagram configuration 2
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
52 / 128
2.6.2 Description


The Line Repeater NE is mainly composed of two in line amplifiers which amplify the 40 Gbit/s aggregates.
The BIDIR boards are in charge of extracting / inserting the supervision channel, inserting the wavelengths
coming from the transmitting OLA and extracting the wavelengths to feed the opposite OLA.
The subrack has three possible configurations:
2 OLA
2 OLA and BIDIR1/BIDIR2 configuration 1
2 OLA and BIDIR2/BIDIR1 configuration 2

86 LR
WMT
1686LR3.2
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
1686LR3.2 is an example of NE name given at the NE creation by the operator.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
53 / 128
2.6.4 Views

Subrack views
Figure 42. 1686LR 3.2 Dual Fiber configuration Subrack view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
54 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 43. 1686LR 3.2 Configuration 1 Subrack view
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
55 / 128

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Board view
Figure 44. 1686LR 3.2 board view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
56 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Port views
Figure 45. 1686LR 3.2 Aggregate East Port view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
57 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 46. 1686LR 3.2 Aggregate West port view
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
58 / 128

Transmission view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 47. 1686LR 3.2 Transmission view

N.B.
N.B.
Alarms from the board in slot 2 and slot 3 concern the East to West direction. Alarms from the
board in slot 4 and slot 6 concern the West to East direction.
N.B.
East and West are conventional directions, defined at the time of the insertion of the WDM in
the network.
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
59 / 128
2.7.1 General
A 1686OR NE can be composed of a maximum of 3 subracks:
OADM REPEATER subrack,

WAVELENGTH ADAPTER (WLA) subrack #1,
WAVELENGTH ADAPTER (WLA) subrack #2.
The WLA subracks can contain either TWLA or RWLA boards (both card types may be blended in the
same subrack).
At EMLUSM level, the equipment view is composed of one rack including three subracks.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
On NE creation, the MASTER subrack is set in the upper position of the rack.
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
60 / 128

2.7 1686WM Optical Repeater NE Release 3.1

Optical line
Optical line
OLA #3
WDM in
WDM out
STM16
IN i
WLA
OADM in
LOOP in
LOOP in
WLA
INl
SPV
OLA out
SPV
OLA in
OADM in
WLA
OADM #1
IN i
LOOP in
WLA
IN l
LOOP in
SER_PLUS
DC_DC_CNVR
SMEC2
IN i
WLA
OADM in
LOOP in
WLA
INl
LOOP in
DCC_AUX
OADM in
WLA
OADM #2
IN i
LOOP in
WLA
IN l
LOOP in
WDM out
SPV
DC_DC_CNVR
SPV
SER_PLUS
OLA out
OLA in
WDM in
OLA #1
WEST
EAST
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 48. OADM Repeater block diagram
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
61 / 128
Once the configuration is uploaded from the NE, if wavelength adapter subracks exist, they are displayed
as follows:
OADM
REPEATER
Shelf
WLA#1
Shelf
WLA#2
Shelf
Figure 49. Default configuration after upload operation

86 OR
WDM
OADM3.1
Figure 50. 1686OR 3.1 NE symbol
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
OADM3.1 is an example of NE name given at the NE creation by the operator
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
62 / 128

2.7.2 Description
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

2.7.4 Views
ED
Rack view
Figure 51. 1686OR 3.1 rack view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
63 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Subrack view
Figure 52. 1686OR 3.1 Subrack view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
64 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Board view
Figure 53. 1686OR 3.1 board view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
65 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Port views
Figure 54. 1686OR 3.1 Aggregate Port view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
66 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 55. 1686OR 3.1 OGPI source Port view
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
67 / 128

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 56. 1686OR 3.1 OGPI sink Port view
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
68 / 128

Transmission view (West to East)
Figure 57. 1686OR 3.1 Transmission view

Example of an 1686OR without Add and Drop connectivity, i.e. the NE behaves as a repeater.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
02
The transmission view allows the operator to access the port view, used in
transmission, by clicking on the port icon.
East and West are conventional directions, defined at the time of the insertion of the
WDM in the network.
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
69 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Reception view (East to West)
Figure 58. 1686OR 3.1 Reception view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
70 / 128
a)
Dual fiber configuration
Optical line
Optical line
OLA #3
WDM in
WDM out
OLA out
STM16
IN i
WLA
OADM in
LOOP in
WLA
INl
LOOP in
SPV
OLA in
SPV

2.8 1686WM OADM Repeater NE Release 3.2
OADM in
WLA
OADM #1
IN i
LOOP in
WLA
IN l
LOOP in
SER_PLUS
DC_DC_CNVR
SMEC2
IN i
WLA
OADM in
LOOP in
LOOP in
WLA
INl
DCC_AUX
OADM in
WLA
OADM #2
IN i
LOOP in
WLA
IN l
LOOP in
WDM out
SPV
DC_DC_CNVR
SPV
SER_PLUS
OLA out
OLA in
WDM in
OLA #1
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
WEST
EAST
Figure 59. OADM Repeater block diagram Dual fiber configuration
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
71 / 128
Single fiber configuration 1
Optical line
Optical line
OLA #1
OLA in

b)
OLA out
STM16
IN i
WLA
LOOP in
WLA
INl
LOOP in
WLA
OADM in
l
OADM in
OADM #2
IN i
LOOP in
WLA
IN l
LOOP in
SER_PLUS
VA
VB
SPV Channel RX EAST
SPV Channel TX WEST
DC_DC_CNVR
BI_DIR2
bidirectional Line
DCC_AUX
BI_DIR1
bidirectional Line
STM16
SPV Channel TX EAST
IN i
WLA
LOOP in
WLA
INl
LOOP in
SPV Channel RX WEST
OADM in
l
OADM in
WLA
OADM #1
IN i
LOOP in
WLA
IN l
LOOP in
SER_PLUS
VA
VB
DC_DC_CNVR
OLA out
OLA in
OLA #3
EAST
(side 1)
SMEC2
WEST
(side 2)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 60. OADM Repeater block diagram Single fiber configuration 1
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
72 / 128
c)
Single fiber configuration 2

Optical line
Optical line
OLA #1
OLA in
OLA out
STM16
IN i
WLA
LOOP in
WLA
INl
LOOP in
WLA
OADM in
l
OADM in
OADM #2
IN i
LOOP in
WLA
IN l
LOOP in
SER_PLUS
VA
VB
SPV Channel RX EAST
SPV Channel TX WEST
DC_DC_CNVR
BI_DIR1
bidirectional Line
DCC_AUX
BI_DIR2
bidirectional Line
STM16
SPV Channel TX EAST
IN i
WLA
LOOP in
WLA
INl
LOOP in
SPV Channel RX WEST
OADM in
l
OADM in
WLA
OADM #1
IN i
LOOP in
WLA
IN l
LOOP in
SER_PLUS
VA
VB
DC_DC_CNVR
OLA out
OLA in
OLA #3
EAST
(side 1)
SMEC2
WEST
(side 2)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 61. OADM Repeater block diagram Single fiber configuration 2
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
73 / 128
2.8.2 Description
OADM REPEATER subrack,

WAVELENGTH ADAPTER (WLA) subrack #1,
WAVELENGTH ADAPTER (WLA) subrack #2.
The WLA subracks can contain either TWLA or RWLA boards (both card types may be blended in the
same subrack).
At EMLUSM level, the equipment view is composed of one rack including three subracks.
On NE creation, the MASTER subrack is set in the upper position of the rack.
Once the configuration is uploaded from the NE, if wavelength adapter subracks exist, they are displayed
as follows:
OADM
REPEATER
Shelf
WLA#1
Shelf
WLA#2
Shelf
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 62. Default configuration after upload operation
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
74 / 128

A 1686OR NE can be composed of a maximum of 3 subracks:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

86 OR
WDM
OADM3.2
Figure 63. 1686OR 3.2 NE symbol

N.B.
ED
OADM3.2 is an example of NE name given at the NE creation by the operator
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
75 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

2.8.4 Views
ED
Rack view
Figure 64. 1686OR 3.2 rack view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
76 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Subrack views
Figure 65. 1686OR 3.2 Subrack view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
77 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 66. 1686OR 3.2 Single fiber configuration 1 or 2 Subrack view
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
78 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Board view
Figure 67. 1686OR 3.2 board view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
79 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Port views
Figure 68. 1686OR 3.2 Aggregate Port view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
80 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 69. 1686OR 3.2 OGPI source Port view (without RWLA)
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
81 / 128

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 70. 1686OR 3.2 OGPI source Port view (with RWLA)
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
82 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 71. 1686OR 3.2 OGPI sink Port view (without TWLA)
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
83 / 128

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 72. 1686OR 3.2 OGPI sink Port view (with TWLA)
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
84 / 128

Transmission view (West to East)
Figure 73. 1686OR 3.2 Transmission view

Example of a 1686OR without Add and Drop connectivity, i.e. the NE behaves as a repeater.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
02
The transmission view allows the operator to access the port view, used in
transmission, by clicking on the port icon.
WDM in the network.
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
85 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Reception view (East to West)
Figure 74. 1686OR 3.2 Reception view
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
86 / 128

3 WDM TERRESTRIAL MANAGEMENT

3.1 Select NE configuration
This feature allows to set a default configuration to a NE.
In Configuration pull down menu, click on Select NE Config...:

Configuration
MIB
>
Select NE Config...
Alarms Severities...
NE Time...
Figure 75. Configuration menu

Switching for a configuration to another will destroy the boards set in the main subrack and the related
one(s) in the WLA subrack(s). Therefore, a configuration selection is usually performed only upon NE
creation.
The following Set New configuration window is displayed:
3.1.1 Release 3.1 for LT only
Figure 76. LT 3.1 Set new configuration window

The list of the allowed configurations for one NE is given:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
Mux Demux Configuration: the standard configuration,

Simple Amplifier configuration: with this configuration at most one TWLA and one RWLA boards can
be set, and the equipped/unequipped port attribute is no longer managed in that configuration.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
87 / 128

3.1.2 Release 3.2 for LT
Figure 77. LT 3.2 Set New Configuration window

The list of the allowed configurations for one NE is given:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
MUX_DEMUX: standard configuration (as per R3.1). Beware, that configuration demands two fibers
(one for Transmission, another for Reception).
Single Fiber Red MUX: allows to transmit and receive in a single fiber. The transmitted channels
belong to the lower edge of the ITU grid (channels ranging from 23 to 37).
Single Fiber Blue MUX: allows to transmit and receive in a single fiber. The transmitted channels
belong to the upper edge of the ITU grid (channels ranging from 43 to 57).
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
88 / 128

3.1.3 Release 3.2 for OR and LR
Figure 78. OR/LR 3.2 Set New Configuration window

The list of the allowed configurations for one equipment is given:
Dual Fiber: standard configuration (as per R3.1).

Single Fiber Configuration 1: BIDIR1 board transmits to the West side whereas BIDIR2 board
transmits to the East side.
Single Fiber Configuration 2: BIDIR2 board transmits to the West side whereas BIDIR1 board
transmits to the East side .
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
BIDIR1 provides 1480nm SPV channel insertion and 1510nm SPV channel extraction.
BIDIR2 provides 1510nm SPV channel insertion and 1480nm SPV channel extraction.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
89 / 128
This feature is similar to the change board type feature but concerns subracks in an equipment rack view.
It allows to configure subracks according to a list of allowed subracks.
The subracks can be changed or removed using the menu options of the equipment rack view.
The remove and set subrack is only allowed if the NE management states are the followings:
Assignment: Any state Supervision: Supervised/ Declared

Local access: Any
Operational: Any
Alignment: Aligned/ misaligned/ in configuration
3.2.1 Removing a subrack
Click on the subrack you wish to remove. The outline of the housing becomes highlighted. This
indicates that the subrack is selected and that operations can be done on the housing.
N.B.
If the selected housing cannot be changed the menu option will be greyed.
In the Equipment view, select the Remove option from the Subrack pull down menu.
Subrack
Set subrack ...
Remove subrack
Ctrl+S
Ctrl+R
Figure 79. Removing a subrack in Release 3.1, 3.2.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
From the confirmation dialogue box that opens, the operator can confirm or cancel the Remove
subrack operation.
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
90 / 128

3.2 Subrack management
3.2.2 Setting a subrack

Click on the empty housing in which you want to add a subrack. The outline becomes highlighted to
show that you can do operations on it.
Select the Set ... option from the Subrack pull down menu.
N.B.
A new subrack may be created in either an empty housing or it may replace an

existing one.
The different subrack list depends on the NE type and the Release.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 80. The different subrack list for a LT NE in Release 3.1
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
91 / 128

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 81. The different subrack list for a LT NE in Release 3.2
Figure 82. The different subrack list for an OR NE in Release 3.1, 3.2
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
92 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

N.B.
The list of subracks displayed during a Change subrack operation is restricted to

those which the NE may accept in the selected housing. Therefore the list will vary
depending on which housing has been selected.
Choose the subrack type required by clicking on the corresponding item in the list. The name of the
subrack is highlighted. Click on the OK push button to validate the choice.
The subrack representation appears on the NE view in the housing when the subrack change is
effective.
In the Set subrack dialogue box, the Cancel push button cancels the operation and closes the
dialogue box. The Help push button opens a Help view giving information about the context.
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
93 / 128
3.3.1 Setting a board

To set a board, click on the empty housing in which you want to add a board in the subrack view. The outline
becomes highlighted to show that you can do operations on it.
Select the Board option from the Equipment pull down menu.
Select the Set Board option from the Board menu:
a)
Selection for any board except WLA boards for LT 3.2 and OR 3.1/3.2:
The following Allowed board Types list is displayed, for example:
Figure 83. Set board window

Select a board and click on OK.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
The operator must then execute a Channel connection if a RWLA board was selected in a LT
Release 3.1 (see paragragh 3.3.2.)
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
94 / 128

3.3 Board management
WLA selection for LT Release 3.2

b)
Figure 84. Set board for LT NE Release 3.2
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Select in the list a board with double click on.

The list of the available channel numbers is displayed.

With the white arrow you can return to the previous window.
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
95 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Select the channel number with double click on and then click on the OK button.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
96 / 128
WLA selection for the OADM Repeater Release 3.1, 3.2

c)
Figure 87. Set board for OR NE Release 3.1
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 88. Set board for OR NE Release 3.2
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
97 / 128
Select in the list a board with double click on.

The directions of the board selected are displayed. Each direction (EastWest or WestEast) is
related to a given board.
Figure 89. Set board for OR NE Release 3.1, 3.2
Select the EastWest or the WestEast with double click on.

The list of the available channel numbers is displayed.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
With the white arrow you can return to the previous window.
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
98 / 128
Select the channel number with double click on and then click on the OK button.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The board is then set, its reference is displayed in the Expected Board field.
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
99 / 128
3.3.2 Channel connection
In fact, each RWLA board is not assigned to a specific channel (as a TWLA board). Therefore the operator
has to decide which is the corresponding channel for each RWLA board by performing the following
operations:
In a RWLA subrack view, select a WLA board.

Click on the Equipment menu.
Select the Board option, then the Channel Connection option.
Equipment
Board
>
Slots Labels On/OFF
Set Board...
Remove Board
Channel Connection...
Ctrl+S
Ctrl+R
Ctrl+C
Figure 92. Optical TP Channel Connection option selection

The following window is displayed with the list of allowed channels:
Figure 93. Channel Connection Config window
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
Click on a channel number in the Channels Allowed list.

Click on the white right arrow.
Click on the OK button.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
100 / 128

This feature is only available for the LT NE in the release 3.1.

3.3.3 Removing a board

To remove a board, click on the board in the subrack view. The outline becomes highlighted to show that
you can do the remove.
Select the Board option from the Equipment pull down menu.
Select the Remove Board option from the Board menu:
The following confirmation box is displayed:
Figure 94. Remove board confirmation box

Click on OK in the confirmation box to execute the remove.
Removing a board leads to the following by products:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
the associated alarms are cleared.

should the board perform a multiplexing function (OMDX, OMX, ODX or OADM), the carried OCH
objects and the related OGPI objects are removed as well. You will notice that they no longer appear
in the board view or in any other view of the NE.
the removal of OCH and OGPIs (owed to the removal of a multiplexing board) may also entail the
removal of WLA boards that supported the destroyed OGPIs.
if the removed board is a WLA, the previously carried OGPI object is sent back to the multiplexing
board that supports the related OCH object.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
101 / 128
3.4 Port features

Depending on the port selected in Port view, the Port pull down menu gives various options.
For OGPI source port on the LT NE, the option menu is:
Port
Navig to Supported Board
Show linked port(s)
Configure Far End Label...
View WDM Channel Spacing...
Figure 95. OGPI source port option menu
For GOC and OGPI sink port on the LT NE without TWLA board, the option menu is:
Port
Port

Show linked port(s)
Set Port In service
Set Port Out of service

Show linked port(s)
Set Port In service
Figure 96. GOC (on left) annd OGPI (on right) sink port on TWLA board option menu
For GDC and OGPI sink port on TWLA board on the LT NE, the option menu is:
Port
Port

Show linked port(s)
Regenerator type
Set Port In service

Show linked port(s)
Regenerator type
Set Port In service
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 97. GDC (on left) and OGPI (on right) port option menu
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
102 / 128
For GOC and OGPI sink port without TWLA on the OADM NE, the option menu is:

Port
Port

Show linked port(s)

Show linked port(s)
Figure 98. GOC (on left) and OGPI (on right) port option menu
For GDC and OGPI sink port on the TWLA on the OADM NE, the option menu is:
Port
Port

Show linked port(s)
Regenerator type

Show linked port(s)
Regenerator type
Figure 99. GDC (on left) and OGPI (on right) port option menu
For OCH port, the option menu is:

Port
Show linked port(s)
View WDM Level
Optical TP Configuration...
Figure 100. OCH port option menu
For OTS port, the option menu is:

Port
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Show linked port(s)
View WDM Level
Figure 101. Figure 102. OTS port option menu
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
103 / 128
For OMS_TT port, the option menu is:

Port
Show linked port(s)
View WDM Level
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 103. Figure 104. OMS_TT port option menu
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
104 / 128
3.4.1 Set Port in/out of service

This feature is only available for OGPI sink port of LT NEs.

To set in service the port selected in the Port view, click on Set Port In service option in the Port menu.
The following confirmation box is displayed.
Figure 105. Set port in service confirmation

You click on OK to confirm your choise.
To set out of service the port selected in the Port view, click on Set Port Out of service option in the Port
menu.
Figure 106. Set port out of service confirmation

You click on OK to confirm your choise.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
Beware that no transmission alarm is handle for unequipped ports.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
105 / 128
3.4.2 List of unequipped port
To list the unequipped port of the NE:
In Diagnosis pull down menu, click on List of option and then click on Unequipped port option
Diagnosis
Compare
Show NE Alarms...
View
List Of
>
> Unequipped Ports...
Figure 107. List of unequipped ports

The folowing window is displayed:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 108. Unequipped port window
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
106 / 128

This feature is only available for LT NEs.
3.4.3 Optical TP configuration

This feature, only available for the Terminal equipment LT and OR, allows the operator to know the channel
number and the channel frequency (in THz) of any optical source or sink port.
To display these characteristics:
Open the port view of the optical port.

Click on the Port menu.
Select the Optical TP Configuration option.
The following window is displayed:
Figure 109. Optical TP Configuration window
3.4.4 Configure Far End Label

This feature is only available for OGPI and OTS ports.
The Far End Label is chosen as a new attribute which allows to indicate the user name of the far end
entity (i.e. the entity connected to the other end of the fiber).

Select the Far End Label Configuration option.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 110. Far End Label Configuration window

Enter the Far End Label (40 characters at most) and then push on the OK button.
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
107 / 128
This feature is available for OMS_TT port of LT NEs and OR NEs but it is only meaningful for the former
NE type.

Select the View WDM Level option.
The following window giving the Number of wavelenghs (number of OGPIsink equipped) is displayed:
Figure 111. View WDM Level window

The value range spreads from 0 to 16.
N.B.
For the 1686OR NE, the number of wavelengths is unknown.
3.4.6 View WDM Channel Spacing

This feature is only available for GOC (on OADM or OMDX board) and OCH port of LT or OR NE.

Select the WDM Channel Spacing option.
The following window giving the Channel Spacing (in Ghz) is displayed:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 112. Wdm Channel Spacing window

The value is always 200.000 Ghz
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
108 / 128

3.4.5 View WDM Level
3.4.7 Regenerator Type

This feature is only available for GDC sink port on TWLA board.

Select the Regenerator Type option.
The Regenerator Type depends on the board type:
For an asynchronous board the following window is displayed:
Figure 113. Regenerator Type window for asynchronous boards
For a synchronous STM16 board the following window is displayed:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 114. Regenerator type window for synchronous STM16 boards
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
109 / 128
Crossconnection operations can be performed in both directions (East to West, West to East) on 4 fixed
wavelengths extracted from the Aggregate signal.
One switch is associated to each of the four wavelengths. The switch can have two states:
Drop/Insert,
PassThrough.
10 combinations of 4 wavelengths are available by means of 10 different board types.

In the Board view, click on the Board pull down menu and select the Optical Switch config... option.
Board
Navig to Subrack
Optical Switch config...
Figure 115. Board menu

Figure 116. Optical Switch State Configuration window

The Switch State has two possible values:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
PassThrough: the signal on the channel is just amplified,

Drop/Insert: the wavelength corresponding to the sink optical channel is extracted from the inbound
aggregate signal and dropped into the source tributary port. The sink tributary port corresponding
to that channel is inserted in the source optical channel at the transmit side to complete the outbound
aggregate signal.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
110 / 128

3.5 Add and Drop management
3.6 ALS management

In a hardware point of view, the ALS function is supported by:
the EXP and OBA boards for the Line Terminal equipment,
the OADM and OLA boards for the OAM Repeater equipment.
From the OS point of view, the ALS function is always implemented on these boards.
If the ALS function is not implemented on one of these boards (this operation is possible using a Craft
Terminal), the Alignment State, following an upload operation, will be misaligned. So a download operation
has then to be performed to align the OS and NE MIBs.
In the Board view click on the Board pull down menu and select the Laser management option:
Board
Navig to Subrack
Laser Management >
Configuration...
Manual Restart
Test Restart
Figure 117. Board menu
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
That menu is only available from the OBA board view (LT) and the OLA board views (OR).
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
111 / 128
3.6.1 Configuration

When you click on Configuration... option, the following window is displayed:
Figure 118. Automatic Laser Shutdown window

Three parameters are displayed:
ALS function:
Enabled: the laser operates with the automatic protection,

Forced ON: the laser activation is forced,
Forced OFF: the laser is stopped.
ALS Auto Restart:
Enabled: if the laser is stopped, the restart is automatic after a wait time of x seconds (x is the
value displayed in Wait To Restart Time field),
Disabled: if the laser is stopped, the restart is manual.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
Wait To Restart Time: the number of seconds to wait before a restart.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
112 / 128
3.6.2 Manual restart

To restart laser manualy, click on Manual restart option, the following confirmation box is displayed:
Figure 119. Manual restart confirnation box

Click on OK to confirm the manual laser restart.
3.6.3 Test Restart
To test a laser restart, click on Test Restart option, the following confirmation box is displayed:
Figure 120. Manual restart confirnation box
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Click on OK to confirm the test laser restart.
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
113 / 128
3.7 Laser On/Off management

In a hardware point of view, the Laser On/Off function is supported by:

the WLA boards for the Line Terminal equipment Release 3.2,
the WLA boards for the OADM Repeater equipment Release 3.2.
In the Board view click on the Board pull down menu and select the Laser management option:
Board
Navig to Subrack
Laser Management >
Configuration...
Figure 121. Board menu in Release 3.2
3.7.1 Configuration
When you click on Configuration... option, the following window is displayed:
Figure 122. Laser Shutdown window in Release 3.2

Three parameters are displayed:
Laser function:
Enabled: the laser operates with the automatic protection,

Forced ON: the laser activation is forced,
Forced OFF: the laser is stopped.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
The Auto Laser Shutdown rectangle in the WLA board view is not meaningful and will remain
in an inactive state regardless the triggered Laser Function.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
114 / 128

4 RESTRICTIONS
4.1 1686LT NE restrictions
No information is supplied from the NE in order to indicate the rack/subrack positions. This data has to
be internally created and persisted from the OS.
After the NE creation and before uploading the configuration, the operator has to assign the shelves in
their wanted relevant subracks. Only Master subrack is present at the first position of the first rack at the
creation. The default positions for Release 3.1 are as below:
Rack #1 (the left one):
subrack 1: Master,
subrack 2: TWLA 1,
subrack 3: RWLA 1.
Rack #2 (the right one):
subrack 1: empty,
subrack 2: TWLA 2,
subrack 3: RWLA 2.
The default positions for Release 3.2 are as below:
Rack #1 (the left one):
subrack 1: Master,
subrack 2: WLA 1,
subrack 3: WLA 2.
Rack #2 (the right one):
subrack 1: empty,
subrack 2: WLA 3,
subrack 3: WLA 4.
4.2 1686OR NE restrictions

On the same way, default positions are:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
subrack1: Master,
subrack 2: WLA 1
subrack 3: WLA 2
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
115 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
116 / 128

5 ALARM MAPPING
5.1 Alarms in release 3.1
This section is aimed at presenting the correspondance between the craft alarms and the 1353SH alarm
type. For each type of alarm defined at the Craft interface, the corresponding SH probable cause is given.
The equipment alarms appear on the bottom of the board view. There are two alarm lines.
The mapping list of this section concerns the 1686WM NE in release 3.1.
5.1.1 Equipment alarms
Alarm Description (Craft)
Abnormal Condition:
unassigned slot
board
present
Probable Cause (1353SH)

in
an replaceableUnitTypeMismatch
AIS received on the 2Mbit/s channel 2 side 1 (4)
aux2MbChannelProblem
Board not responding on IECB bus
equipmentMalfunction
Card (board) absent in the slot
replaceableUnitMissing
Card (board) not accessible
replaceableUnitProblem
Card (board) Type in the slot not correct (5)
replaceableUnitTypeMismatch
Converter #1 card (board) not accessible
Cover removed
opticalConnectorCoverOpen
Excessive Bit Error Rate #1 on side 1
receivedSpvChannelonEWside
receivedSpvChannelonWEside
Failure of the 5V Remote Inventory Power
remoteInventoryFailure
Failure of the 5V Service Power
powerProblem
Failure on the Card (board) present in the slot
Failure on the east Regeneration Section DCC auxEastRsLapDFail

channel
Failure on the IIC bus
internalBusFailure
Failure on the Multiplex Section DCC channel
auxEastRsLapDFail
Failure of the Network IECBus
lossOfSupervChannel
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Failure on the Regeneration Section DCC channel auxRsLapDFail

Failure on the west Regeneration Section DCC auxWestRsLapDFail
channel
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
117 / 128
Hardware Failure
hardwareFailure
Hardware Failure synthesis
hardwareFailure
Hardware Failure OR no response on IIC bus
hardwareFailure
Input Loss of Optical Signal
lossOfInputSignal
Input Loss of Signal (1)
lossOfInputSignal
Input Loss of Signal of channel 23 (input 8) (2)
ch23InputLOS
ch25InputLOS
ch27InputLOS
ch29InputLOS
ch31InputLOS
ch33InputLOS
ch35InputLOS
ch37InputLOS
ch43InputLOS
ch45InputLOS
ch47InputLOS
ch49InputLOS
ch51InputLOS
ch53InputLOS
ch55InputLOS
ch57InputLOS

Input Loss of Signal of channel <w1> (input 1) (6) ch<w1>InputLOS

Input Signal Over Load
opticalInputPowerThresholdCrossed
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Loss of Frame alignement on SPV outgoing frame receivedSpvChannelonEWside

side 1 (East)
Loss of Frame alignement on SPV outgoing frame receivedSpvChannelonWEside
side 2 (West)
Loss of Input Optical Signal from OPA board
ED
02
lossOfInputSignal
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
118 / 128

Loss of Input Signal
lossOfInputSignal
Loss of Input Signal 2nd stage
lossOfInputSignal2ndStage
Loss of Input Signal on the 2Mbit/s channel 2 side aux2MbChannelProblem

1 (4)
Loss of Saturation signal
lossOfSaturationSignal
Loss of Signal on SPV incoming frame side 1 (East) receivedSpvChannelonEWside

Loss of Signal on SPV incoming frame side 2 receivedSpvChannelonWeside
(West)
Loss of Supervision channel on transmit (TX) side lossOfTxSupervChannel
Multiplexing Section AIS received on SPV auxMSAISChannelOne
incomming frame
Multiplexing Section Ferf indication received on auxMSPERFChannelOne
SPV incomming frame
Optical loss of Supervision channel on transmit opticalLossOfTxSupervChannel
(TX) side
Out of Frequency on the 2Mbit/s channel2 side 1 aux2MbChannelProblem
(4)
Output Loss of Signal
lossOfOutputSignal
Power Failure
powerProblem
Software mismatch between the one transmitted versionMismatch

by the board and the one stored in the SMEC2
Switch 1 Mismatch
switch1Mismatch
Switch 2 Mismatch
switch2Mismatch
Switch 3 Mismatch
switch3Mismatch
Switch 4 Mismatch
switch4Mismatch
Tone Generator failure
toneMissing
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
(1): only relevant when EXP board and/or OPA board is present in the Master shelf
(2): probable cause with (T)WLA boards for LB_OMDX_F type
(3): probable cause with (T)WLA boards for SB_OMDX_F type
(4): only supported by the DCC_AUX4 board
(5): USM view only for WLA board
(6): only when TWLA boards are present
N.B.
ED
Converters have no abnormal condition even if the board is present in the slot and not declared
in the configuration.
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
119 / 128
5.1.2 Communication alarms

Input Loss of optical Signal
lossOfMultiplexSection
Input Loss of Signal of channel 23
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
Input Loss of Signal of channel <w1> (input 1)
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
degradedSignal
lossOfInputSignal
Loss of Input Signal OFA

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Loss of Supervisory channel on Receive (RX) side lossOfSupervisoryChannel

Output Loss of optical Signal
transmitFailure
(2): only relevant when neither the OPA board nor the EXP board are present in the Master shelf
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
120 / 128
5.1.3 Quality Of Service alarms

Auxiliary Pumping Laser Degradation
auxiliaryPumpingLaserDegradation
Auxiliary Pumping Laser 2nd stage Degradation
Degraded Output Signal
txDegraded
Laser Current Over Bias
laserBiasThresholdCrossed
Laser Temperature Out Of Range
laserTemperatureThresholdCrossed
Mux or Demux Temperature Out Of Range
Optical Signal Power Out Of Range
opticalOutputPowerThresholdCrossed
Pumping laser 1st stage Degradation
firstStagePumpingLaserDegradation
Pumping laser 2nd stage Degradation
secondStagePumpingLaserDegradation
Pumping laser Degraded
pumpingLaserDegradation
Temperature Out Of Range
5.1.4 Environmental alarms
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
AND/OR power fail
equipmentMalFunction
OR Battery failure
batteryFailure
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
121 / 128
This section is aimed at presenting the correspondance between the craft alarms and the 1353SH5 alarm
type. For each type of alarm defined at the Craft interface, the corresponding SH probable cause is given.
The equipment alarms appear on the bottom of the board view. There are two alarm lines.
The mapping list of this section concerns the 1686WM NE in release 3.2.
Abnormal Condition:
unassigned slot
board
present

in
an replaceableUnitTypeMismatch
AIS received on the 2Mbit/s channel 2 side 1 (4)
Board not responding on IECB bus
Card (board) absent in the slot
Card (board) not accessible
Card (board) Type in the slot not correct (5)
Cover removed
receivedSpvChannelonEWside
receivedSpvChannelonWEside
powerProblem
Failure on the Card (board) present in the slot
Failure on the east Regeneration Section DCC auxEastRsLapDFail

channel
internalBusFailure
Failure on the Multiplex Section DCC channel
auxEastRsLapDFail
Failure of the Network IECBus
internalCommunicationProblem
Failure on the Regeneration Section DCC channel auxRsLapDFail
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Failure on the west Regeneration Section DCC auxWestRsLapDFail

channel
Hardware Failure
hardwareFailure
Hardware Failure synthesis
hardwareFailure
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
122 / 128

5.2 Alarms in release 3.2

hardwareFailure
Input Loss of Optical Signal
lossOfInputSignal
lossOfInputSignal
ch23InputLOS
ch25InputLOS
ch27InputLOS
ch29InputLOS
ch31InputLOS
ch33InputLOS
ch35InputLOS
ch37InputLOS
ch43InputLOS
ch45InputLOS
ch47InputLOS
ch49InputLOS
ch51InputLOS
ch53InputLOS
ch55InputLOS
ch57InputLOS

Loss of Frame alignement on SPV outgoing frame receivedSpvChannelonEWside

side 1 (East)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Loss of Frame alignement on SPV outgoing frame receivedSpvChannelonWEside

side 2 (West)
Loss of Input Optical Signal from OPA board
lossOfInputSignal
lossOfInputSignal
Loss of Input Signal 2nd stage
lossOfInputSignal2ndStage
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
123 / 128
Loss of Saturation signal

Loss of Input Signal on the 2Mbit/s channel 2 side aux2MbChannelProblem

1 (4)
Loss of Signal on SPV incoming frame side 1 (East) receivedSpvChannelonEWside

Loss of Signal on SPV incoming frame side 2 receivedSpvChannelonWeside
(West)
Loss of Supervision channel on transmit (TX) side lossOfTxSupervChannel
Multiplexing Section AIS received on SPV auxMSAISChannelOne
incomming frame
Multiplexing Section Ferf indication received on auxMSFERFChannelOne
SPV incomming frame
Optical loss of Supervision channel on transmit opticalLossOfTxSupervChannel
(TX) side (7)
Out of Frequency on the 2Mbit/s channel2 side 1 aux2MbChannelProblem
(4)
Output Loss of Signal
lossOfOutputSignal
Power Failure
powerProblem
Software mismatch between the one transmitted versionMismatch

by the board and the one stored in the SMEC2
Switch 1 Mismatch
switch1Mismatch
Switch 2 Mismatch
switch2Mismatch
Switch 3 Mismatch
switch3Mismatch
Switch 4 Mismatch
switch4Mismatch
Tone Generator failure
toneMissing
(1): only relevant when EXP board and/or OPA board is present in the Master shelf
(2): probable cause with TWLA boards for the LB_OMDX_F or LB_OMX type
(3): probable cause with TWLA boards for the SB_OMDX_F or SB_OMX type
(4): only supported by the DCC_AUX4 board
(5): USM view only for WLA board
(6): only when TWLA boards are present
(7): not supported by WB_OXA, WB_OXA_P, WB_OXA2 and WB_OXA2_P board types
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
Converters have no abnormal condition even if the board is present in the slot and not declared
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
124 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Alternate Modulated Signal
aMS
High Bit Error Rate
excessiveBER
Input Loss of optical Signal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
lossOfSignal
degradedWavelength
degradedSignal
Loss of Frame alignement
lossOfFrame
lossOfInputSignal
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
125 / 128
lossOfWavelenght
Loss of Input Signal OFA


(1)
Low Bit Error Rate
lowBer
Output Loss of optical Signal
transmitFailure
(1): not supported by WB_OBA, WB_OXA_P and WB_OXA2_P board types

(2): only relevant when neither the OPA board nor the EXP board are present in the Master shelf
5.2.3 Quality Of Service alarms
Auxiliary Pumping Laser Degradation
Auxiliary Pumping Laser 2nd stage Degradation
txDegraded
laserBiasThresholdCrossed
Mux or Demux Temperature Out Of Range
Pumping laser 1st stage Degradation
Pumping laser 2nd stage Degradation
Pumping laser Degraded
Temperature Out Of Range
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
AND/OR power Fail
equipmentMalFunction
OR Battery failure
batteryFailure
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
126 / 128
6 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

Question: The OS refused to upload the MIB of a NE. How can I retrieve the refusal grounds?
Answer: In Diagnosis menu, click on View option and then on Upload Failure. You can displayed a
upload failure diagnosis file (xxx.ufd). This file gives a diagnosis in plain english of the 1st
encountered error.
Question:What are the difference between the Simple Amplifier configuration and the MUXDEMUX
configuration?
Answer: With the Simple Amplifier configuration, there are only a tributary sink port and a tributary
source port and the EXP board. There is no OMDX board.
With the MUXDEMUX configuration, at least one OMDX board is mandatory (8 channels in 3.1
release).
Question: What are the differences with respect to the management between a 1686WM LT and a
1686WM OR in 3.1 release?
Answer:
With 1686LT NE: the subracks are specialized either for the TWLA or for the RWLA.
With 1686OR NE: any type of TWLA or RWLA is allowed in the same subrack.
Question: What are the differences with respect to the management of a 1686WM LT between the 3.1
and the 3.2 release?
Answer:
With 1686LT R3.1 NE: the subracks are specialized either for the TWLA or for the RWLA.
With 1686LT R3.2 NE: any type of TWLA or RWLA is allowed in the same subrack.
Question: How to change the Optical Switch state?
Answer: Select the OADM board in the subrack view with the chosen direction and then the Optical
switch option (see paragraph 3.5.)
Question: After setting TWLA/RWLA, OGPI ports do not appear anymore in the OMDX in the OADM board
view?
Answer: The OGPI ports are supported by the RWLA and TWLA, to see them display the RWLA or
TWLA subrack views.
Question: Some alarms do not raise on OGPI sink port. What is wrong?
Answer: First, make sure that the target ports are equipped, if the NE is a Line Terminal, alarm
handling is automatically disabled on unequipped ports.
Then, you shall check that the alarms are notified to the CT. If the CT does not receive the alarms,
refer to the NE document for further troubleshooting information.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Question: Am I always notified of the problem that may affect the Transmission object which is currently
displayed?
Answer: Yes, either by the Transmission alarm or by an URU synthesis on the TP. There is one minor
restriction: if a multiplexing board (including OADM) issues on equipment alarm, no transmission
alarm is generated for the OGPI objects carried by that board. Note the OTS part(s) is/are affected
thanks to the usual URU mechanism..
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
127 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
END OF DOCUMENT
ED
02
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
128
128 / 128
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 Purpose of the document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.2 Target audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 Document description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5
5
5
5
2 OVERVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1 Interoffice line system configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.1 Interoffice line system without Line Repeater NEs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.2 Interoffice line system with Line Repeater NE(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.1.3 Interoffice line system with Line Terminals structured as AddDrop Multiplexer(s) . . .
2.2 1686WM Line Terminal NE Release 2.1 / 2.1d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.2 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3 1686WM Line Repeater NE Release 2.1 / 2.1d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3.2 Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7
7
7
8
8
9
9
9
11
11
11
3 GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1 Line Terminal NE Release 2.1 / 2.1d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.2 Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 Line Repeaters NE Release 2.1 / 2.1d . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.2 Views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
13
13
14
19
19
20
4 WDM TERRESTRIAL MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.1 Subrack Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.1 Removing a subrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.2 Setting a subrack . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2 Optical TP Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
23
23
23
23
25
01
001207
Validated
M. Uszynski
B.MOGLIA ITAVE
L.Picot
ED
DATE
CHANGE NOTE
APPRAISAL AUTHORITY
ORIGINATOR
1353SH REL.5.3
VERSION 5.3.0
OPERATORS HANDBOOK
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
1 / 36
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
25
26
28
5 RESTRICTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1 Line Terminal NE Release 2.1 / 2.1d Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.1 Equipment configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.2 External points configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.3 ALS Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.4 Protection management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.5 Synchronization management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.6 Performance monitoring management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2 Line Repeaters NE Release 2.1 / 2.1d Restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.1 External input points configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.2 ALS Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
29
30
30
30
6 ALARM MAPPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1 Equipment alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2 Communication alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3 Quality Of Service alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4 Environmental alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
31
32
33
33
7 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7.1 1686 WM Line Terminal NE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.1.1 ALS Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
35
35
35
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
2 / 36

4.2.1 Visualization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.2 Channel connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 WDM Aggregate signals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10


Figure 1. Interoffice line system without Line Repeater NEs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2. Interoffice line system with Line Repeater NE(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3. Interoffice line system with Line Terminals structured as AddDrop Multiplexer(s) . . . .
Figure 4. Line Terminal NE functional block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 5. Line Repeater NE functional block diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6. Line Terminal NE symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 7. Line Terminal rack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 8. Line Terminal subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 9. Line Terminal Transmission view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 10. Line Terminal Reception view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 11. Line Terminal Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 13. Line Repeater Subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 14. Line Repeater Transmission view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 15. Line Repeater Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 16. Removing a subrack. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 17. The list of different subracks relative to an NE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 19. Optical TP Configuration window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 21. Channel Connection Config window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ED
01
7
8
8
9
11
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
26
27
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
3 / 36
HISTORY
Edition
Authors
Date
Page /
Paragraph
1.2
L. Picot
980819
All
Conversion CDT to ALCATEL format.
L. Picot
981001
All
1353SH3.1.0 scope Validated.
2.1
L. Picot
981013
All
1353SH3.1.1 scope.
L. Picot
981030
All
1353SH3.1.1 scope Validated.

as internal document NMU/C/98/0079

Observations
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Applicable documents (for Alcatel internal use only)

[1]
Alcatel/NMU Application Development Process

NMU/GT/96/022, Ed. 1
[2]
Alcatel/NMU 1353SH3.0, Software Specific Development Process

NMU/GT/96/020, Ed. 1.2
[3]
Alcatel/NMU, 1353SH3.x Quality Assurance Plan

NMU/GT/96/024, Ed. 02
[4]
Alcatel/NMU, NMU Documentation Management Procedure

8AY 02000 0000 ASZZA, Ed. 04
[5]
Network Release 3.1 Feature List

3AL 37004 0001 MRZZA, Ed. 1.5
[6]
Alcatel/NMU, 1353 SH R3.1 Technical Requirements Specification,

NMU/L/VE/98/158, Ed. 1.1
[7]
Alcatel/NMU, 1353SH R3.1 System Architecture Document: Application,

3AL 70887 0001 EBZZA, Ed. 02
[8]
Alcatel/NMU, 1353SH R3.1 System Architecture Document: Defence,

3AL 70887 0002 EBZZA, Ed. 01
[9]
Alcatel/NMU, 1353SH R3.1 User Interface Specification,

NMU/C/98/0161, Ed. 01
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
4 / 36

1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Purpose of the document
This document describes the specific functionalities provided by the 1353SH to manage the line system
1686WM Wavelength Division Multiplexer (WDM), commonly refered to as the 1686WM or WDM Terrestrial Network Element.
The 1353SH3.1.1 manages all 2.1 releases.
1.2 Target audience

This document is intended for all the users of the SDH Manager system.
SDH Manager Introduction Manual.

SDH Manager Getting Started Manual
SDH Manager Network Element Management Manual
1.3 Document description

Chapter 2: Overview.
Interoffice line system configurations

1686WM Line Terminal NE Release 2.1 / 2.1d
1686WM Line Repeater NE Release 2.1 / 2.1d
Chapter 3: Graphical Representation.
Line Terminal NE Release 2.1 / 2.1d

Line Repeater NE Release 2.1 / 2.1d
Chapter 4: WDM Terrestrial Management.
Subrack Management
Optical TP Configuration
WDM Aggregate Signals
Chapter 5: Restrictions.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Line Terminal NE Release 2.1 / 2.1d Restrictions

Line Repeater NE Release 2.1 / 2.1d Restrictions
Chapter 6: Alarm Mapping.
Equipment Alarms
Communications Alarms
Quality Of Service Alarms
Environmental Alarms
Chapter 7: Frequently asked questions.
ED
1686WM Line Terminal NE

01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
5 / 36
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
6 / 36

2 OVERVIEW
The line system 1686WM Wavelength Division Multiplexer (also called 1686WM) Network Element (NE)
is associated to pointtopoint transmission systems.
It provides a high transmission capacity on a single fiber, by multiplexing up to sixteen STM16 optical
channels, each one is associated to a distinct wavelength.
The STM16 signals may come from line systems NEs (such as 1664SL) or from AddDrop Multiplexer
NEs (such as 16xx SM).
Two types of 1686WM Network Element are defined:
the 1686WM Line Terminal (LT),

the 1686WM Line Repeater (LR).
2.1 Interoffice line system configurations

3 configurations of interoffice line systems are possible:
without Line Repeater NEs,

with Line Repeater NE(s),
with Line Terminals structured as AddDrop Multiplexer(s).
2.1.1 Interoffice line system without Line Repeater NEs
1664 SL
/
16xx SM
STM16
1686 WM
1686 WM
Line Terminal
Line Terminal
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 1. Interoffice line system without Line Repeater NEs
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
7 / 36

2.1.2 Interoffice line system with Line Repeater NE(s)
1664 SL
/
16xx SM
STM16
1686 WM
1686 WM
1686 WM
Line Terminal
Line Terminal
Line Repeater
Figure 2. Interoffice line system with Line Repeater NE(s)

The number of Line repeater NEs is limited to 7.
2.1.3 Interoffice line system with Line Terminals structured as AddDrop Multiplexer(s)
1664 SL
/
16xx SM
STM16
ADM structure
1686 WM
Line Terminal
1686 WM
1686 WM
Line Terminal
Line Terminal
1686 WM
Line Terminal
Figure 3. Interoffice line system with Line Terminals structured as AddDrop Multiplexer(s)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The AddDrop Multiplexer is realized by putting back to back two Line Terminals. The previous configuration applies between each couple of line terminals. The number of AddDrop Multiplexers is unlimited.
Drop and insert capabilities of fixed channels are provided only.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
8 / 36
2.2.1 General
The Line Terminal NE is mainly composed of (see Figure 4. ):
two multiplexers: each multiplexer can process up to 8 STM16 signals. The use of the two multiplexers generates a 40 Gbit/s aggregate signal (composed of 16 STM16 tributary signals).
two demultiplexers: each demultiplexer can process up to 8 STM16 signals. The use of the two demultiplexers generates 16 STM16 tributary signals (from a 40 Gbit/s aggregate signal).
STM16
IN 1
MULTIPLEXER
(20 Gbit/s)
IN 8
OUT 1
DEMULTIPLEXER
(20 Gbit/s)
OUT 8
IN 9
MULTIPLEXER
(20 Gbit/s)
IN 16
OUT 9
DEMULTIPLEXER
OUT 16
(20 Gbit/s)
OPTICAL INTERFACE

2.2 1686WM Line Terminal NE Release 2.1 / 2.1d
Optical line
(40 Gbit/s)
(40 Gbit/s)
Figure 4. Line Terminal NE functional block diagram
2.2.2 Description
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The Line Terminal NE is composed of two (Release 2.1a, R2.1b, R2.1c) or three (R2.1d) racks. One of
this rack must at least be equipped with the Master subrack.
The master subrack can take place at any position.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
9 / 36
the Expansion subrack,

the WLA1 (WaveLength Adapter) subrack,
the WLA2 (WaveLength Adapter) subrack,
the RWLA1 (Reception WaveLength Adapter) subrack (only for R2.1d),
the RWLA2 (Reception WaveLength Adapter) subrack (only for R2.1d).
In the Rack view (see chapter Graphical Representation / Line Terminal NE) involving a 1686WM R2.1d,
nine subrack housings are displayed.
The Master subrack and the five optional subracks can take place anywhere in the nine subrack housings.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
10 / 36

According to the needs, several optional subracks can be used:

2.3 1686WM Line Repeater NE Release 2.1 / 2.1d

2.3.1 General
The Line Repeater NE is mainly composed of two in line amplifiers which amplify the 40 Gbit/s aggregates
(see Figure 5. ).
Optical line
Optical line
IN LINE AMPLIFIER
WDM in
WDM out
IN LINE AMPLIFIER
WDM in
WDM out
Figure 5. Line Repeater NE functional block diagram
2.3.2 Description
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
11 / 36
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
12 / 36

3 GRAPHICAL REPRESENTATION
3.1 Line Terminal NE Release 2.1 / 2.1d
A Line Terminal NE is represented on the Network Topology as below.
86 LT
WMT
1686LT
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
13 / 36
3.1.2 Views

Rack view
Figure 7. Line Terminal rack view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
Six types of shelf are available for the nine subracks (see Line Terminal Restrictions chapter).
At least, three subracks will remain empty. Each type of shelf can be assigned to any of the nine
subracks.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
14 / 36
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Subrack view
Figure 8. Line Terminal subrack view
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
15 / 36

Transmission view
Port icon
Figure 9. Line Terminal Transmission view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
16 / 36

Reception view
Port icon
Figure 10. Line Terminal Reception view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
on the port icon.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
17 / 36
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
Port view
Figure 11. Line Terminal Port view
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
18 / 36

3.2 Line Repeaters NE Release 2.1 / 2.1d

A Line Repeater NE is represented on the Network Toppology as below.
86 LR
WMT
1686LR
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
19 / 36
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.2.2 Views
ED
Subrack view
Figure 13. Line Repeater Subrack view
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
20 / 36

Transmission view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 14. Line Repeater Transmission view
ED
01
N.B.
The transmission view allows the operator to access the port view, used in transmission, by clicking on the port icon.
N.B.
Alarms from the board in slot 2 (or slot 2 plus slot 3) concern the East to West direction.
Alarms from the board in slot 4 (or slot 4 plus slot 6) concern the West to East direction.
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
21 / 36
WDM in the network.

Port view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 15. Line Repeater Port view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
22 / 36

4 WDM TERRESTRIAL MANAGEMENT

4.1 Subrack Management
This feature is similar to the change board type feature but concerns subracks in an equipment rack view.
It allows to configure subracks according to a list of allowed subracks.
The subracks can be changed or removed using the menu options of the equipment rack view.
The remove and set subrack is only allowed if the NE management states are the followings:
Assignment: Any state Supervision: Supervised/ Declared

Local access: Any
Operational: Any
Alignment: Aligned/ misaligned/ in configuration
4.1.1 Removing a subrack
Click on the subrack you wish to remove. The outline of the housing becomes highlighted. This indicates that the subrack is selected and that operations can be done on the housing.
N.B.
If the selected housing cannot be changed the menu option will be greyed.
In the Equipment view, select the Remove option from the Subrack pull down menu.
Subrack
Set ...
Remove
Info ...
Ctrl+A
Ctrl+M
Figure 16. Removing a subrack.

From the confirmation dialogue box that opens, the operator can confirm or cancel the Remove subrack
operation.
4.1.2 Setting a subrack
Click on the empty housing in which you want to add a subrack. The outline becomes highlighted to
show that you can do operations on it.
Select the Set ... option from the Subrack pull down menu (see Figure 16. ).
N.B.
A new subrack may be created in either an empty housing or it may replace an existing one.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The following dialogue box containing a list of the different types of subracks is displayed.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
23 / 36

Figure 17. The list of different subracks relative to an NE.

N.B.
The list of subracks displayed during a Change subrack operation is restricted to

those which the equipment may accept in the selected housing. Therefore the list will
vary depending on which housing has been selected.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Choose the subrack type required, by clicking on the corresponding item in the list. The name of the
subrack is highlighted. Click on the OK push button to validate the choice.
The subrack representation appears on the NE view in the housing when the subrack change is effective.
In the Set subrack dialogue box, the Cancel push button cancels the operation and closes the dialogue box. The Help push button opens a Help view giving information about the context.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
24 / 36

4.2 Optical TP Configuration

4.2.1 Visualization
This feature, only available for the Terminal equipments, allows the operator to have the channel number
and the channel frequency (in THz) of any of the optical source or sink ports.
Each optical input tributary is associated to a channel number as given below:
Long Band (for Master MUX)
(193,7 THz).
Short Band (for Expansion MUX)
(195,7 THz).
N.B.
The number of input tributaries depends on the equipment configuration.

The master subrack launches the instanciation of 8 OptTribSinkStm16 ports.
The expansion subrack launches the instanciation of 8 other OptTribSinkStm16 ports (16 in total).
The channel number is equal to the two last digits of the frequency.
Each optical tributary output is associated to a channel number as given below:
Long Band (for Master DEMUX):
(193,7 THz).
Short Band (for Expansion DEMUX):
(195,7 THz).
N.B.
The number of output tributaries depends on the equipment configuration.

The master subrack launches the instanciation of 8 OptTribSourceStm16 ports.
The expansion subrack launches the instanciation of 8 other OptTribSourceStm16 ports (16 in
total).
The channel number is equal to the two last digits of the frequency.
To display these characteristics (see Figure 18. ):
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED

Select the Optical TP Configuration option.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
25 / 36

Port
Browse CrossConnection(s)... Ctrl+B
Show linked port(s)
Set Port In service
Set Port Out service
Figure 18. Optical TP Configuration option selection

Figure 19. Optical TP Configuration window
4.2.2 Channel connection

This feature is only available for the release 2.1d.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
In fact, each RWLA board is not assigned to a specific channel (as a WLA board). Then the operator has
to decide which is the corresponding channel for each RWLA board. To do this (Figure 20. ):
In an RWLA subrack view, select a WLA board.
Select the Board option, then the Channel Connection option.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
26 / 36

Equipment
Board
>
Slots Labels On/OFF
Set Board...
Remove Board
Channel Connection...
Ctrl+S
Ctrl+R
Ctrl+C
Figure 20. Optical TP Channel Connection option selection

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 21. Channel Connection Config window
Click on a channel number in the Channels Allowed list.
Click on the white right arrow.
Click on the OK button.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
27 / 36
The WDM aggregate output signal is associated to a wdmTTPSource object. Following the configuration,
it is constituted by 8 or 16 wavelength optical signals.
In the reverse direction, the WDM aggregate input signal is associated to a wdmTTPSink object. Following
the configuration, it is constituted by 8 or 16 wavelength optical signals.
These Aggregate signals are available for both Terminal and Repeater equipments.
The Port view corresponding to the Aggregate signal can be accessed through:
the Transmission and Reception views for the Line Terminal equipments,
the unique Transmission/Reception view for the Line Repeater equipments.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Once the Transmission/Reception view is displayed, doubleclick on the Aggregate port icon to display
the port view.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
28 / 36

4.3 WDM Aggregate signals

5 RESTRICTIONS
5.1 Line Terminal NE Release 2.1 / 2.1d Restrictions
5.1.1 Equipment configuration
No information is supplied from the NE in order to indicate the racks/subracks positions. This data has to
be internally created and persisted from the OS.
After the NE creation and before uploading the configuration, the operator has to assign the shelves in
their wanted relevant subracks. Only Master subrack is present at the first position of the first rack. Else
the default positions are as below:
Main rack, subrack #1 : Master shelf.

Main rack, subrack #2 : Expansion shelf.
Main rack, subrack #3 : first Slave Wavelength adapter shelf.
First Expansion rack, subrack #1 : second Slave Wavelength adapter shelf.
First Expansion rack, subrack #2 : first Reception Slave Wavelength adapter shelf.
First Expansion rack, subrack #3 : second Reception Slave Wavelength adapter shelf.
5.1.2 External points configuration

The output House Keeping can be set ON/OFF. Open state corresponds to OFF.
5.1.3 ALS Management
Two types of ALS management are available:
Individual ALS function: each WLA board of the WLA subracks supports its own ALS function. A loss
of signal at the input of a WLA board induces a cut of signal at the board output.
Global ALS function: the Booster board of the Master subrack supports the ALS function. A loss of
signal at the input of a Booster board induces a cut of signal at the board output.
From the OS point of view, the ALS function is always implemented on these boards.
If the ALS function is not implemented on one of these boards (this operation is possible using a Craft Terminal), the Alignment State, following an upload operation, will be misaligned. So a download operation
has then to be performed to align the OS and NE MIBs.
5.1.4 Protection management
EPS and APS are not applicable.
5.1.5 Synchronization management
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Not applicable.
5.1.6 Performance monitoring management
Not applicable.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
29 / 36
5.2 Line Repeaters NE Release 2.1 / 2.1d Restrictions

5.2.1 External input points configuration

The polarity can not be modified and is set to Active high.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ALS management is not required.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
30 / 36

6 ALARM MAPPING
This section is aimed at presenting the mapping of the NECTAS and the 1353SH3.1 alarm type. For each
type of alarm defined at the NECTAS interface, the corresponding SH probable cause is given.
The alarms appear on the bottom of the board view. There are two alarm lines.
The first alarm line concerns the transmission alarms (i.e. alarms implied from the input/output ends of the
NE. These alarms are generaly displayed at the port level (from the transmission/reception view) too.
The second alarm line is for the internal board alarms.
For the repeaters the transmission alarms are displayed only at the port level because the related board
is implicited.
The mapping list of this section concerns the 1686WM NE.
6.1 Equipment alarms

Alarm Description (NECTAS)
Abnormal Condition
AbnormalConditions
Card fail
Card mismatch
ReplaceableUnitTypeMismatch
Card missing
ReplaceableUnitMissing
Card not accessible
ReplaceableUnitProblem
Card not responding
Cover removed
CT connected
craftTerminalConnected
Demux Temperature Out Of Range
temperatureOutOfRange
powerProblem
internalBusFailure
Hardware Failure
HardwareFailure
HardwareFailure
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Laser Temperature or Mux Temperature Out Of temperatureOutOfRange

Range
Pumping Laser Degradation
Pumping Laser Fist Stage Degradation
Pumping Laser Second Stage Degradation
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
31 / 36
Pumping Laser Third Stage Degradation
AuxiliaryPumpingLaserDegradation
Software mismatch
versionMismatch
N.B.
Converters have no abnormal conditions even if the board is present in the slot and not declared
6.2 Communication alarms

Alarm Description (Nectas)
Degraded Output
DegradedSignal
EAST_RS_LAPD_FAIL
auxEastRsLapdFail
Failure of the Network IECB
LossOfSupervChannel
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
LOS_1 or LOF_1 or EXBER1_1 or EXBER2_1 (*) receivedSpvChannelProblem

LOS_2M2_1 or AIS_2M2_1 or OOF_2M2_1 (*)
LossOfInputSignal
Loss of Input Signal Inter Stage
LossOfInputSignalInterStage
Loss of Input Signal of Channel 37..23
LossOfInputSignalChannel<37..23>
Loss of Input Signal of Channel 57..43
LossOfInputSignalChannel<57..43>
Loss of Input Optical Signal
LossOfInputSignal
Loss of Input Optical Signal from OPA
LossOfInputSignal
Loss of Output Signal
LossOfOutputSignal
Loss of Supervision Channel on Rx Side
LossOfRxSupervChannel
Loss of Supervision Channel on Tx Side
LossOfTxSupervChannel
Loss of Saturation Signal
MS_AIS_1
auxMsAisOne
MS_FERF_1
auxMsFerfOne
MS_LAPD_FAIL
auxMsLapdFail
Optical Loss of Supervision Channel on Tx Side
opticalLossOfTxSupervChannel
RS_LAPD_FAIL
auxRsLapdFail
MS_AIS_1
auxMsAisOne
Tone Generator Failure
ToneMissing
WEST_RS_LAPD_FAIL
auxWestRsLapdFail
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
32 / 36


N.B.
(*) : or means logical OR
6.3 Quality Of Service alarms

OpticalOutputPowerThresholdCrossed
Degraded Output Signal (WLA board)
DegradedSignal
OpticalInputPowerThresholdCrossed
LaserBiasThresholdCrossed
LaserTemperatureThresholdCrossed
Output Signal Power Out Of Range
Temperature Out Of Range (MUX, DEMUX)
TemperatureOutOfRange
Temperature Out Of Range (WLA, EXP)
6.4 Environmental alarms

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
OR Battery failure
ED
01

batteryFailure
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
33 / 36
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
34 / 36
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

7 FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS

7.1 1686 WM Line Terminal NE
Question: On an upload operation, the Alignment state is misaligned. Why ?
Answer: From the OS point of view, the ALS function is always implemented on these boards. So perform
a download operation to align the OS and NE MIBs.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
35 / 36
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
END OF DOCUMENT
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
36
36 / 36
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1.1 Document scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1.2 Edition scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1.3 Target audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.1 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.2 Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
9
9
9
9
10
11
11
11
2 SUBMARINE TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WITH REPEATERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2 Wet Plant: Line management generalities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.1 Segment definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.2 SubSegment definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.3 SubSystem definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
13
14
14
14
15
3 POWER FEEDING EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 PFEs physical description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.1 Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.2 ASN PFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.3 SAFT PFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.4 NEC PFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.5 Fujitsu PFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3 ASN PFE graphical representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.1 ASN PFE symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.2 ASN PFE equipment views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4 SAFT PFE graphical representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4.1 SAFT PFE symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17
18
20
20
21
22
24
27
29
29
29
33
33
01
000913
Creationvalidated
V.SCORTECCI ITAVE
N.Bradshaw
B.MOGLIA ITAVE
J.Berthomieu
ED
DATE
CHANGE NOTE
APPRAISAL AUTHORITY
ORIGINATOR
1353SH REL.5.3
VERSION 5.3.0
OPERATORS HANDBOOK
ED
01
SC.4.3:WDM SUBMARINE PFE
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
1 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
33
37
37
37
41
41
41
45
45
46
46
47
48
48
49
49
50
51
51
52
52
53
54
54
55
55
56
56
56
57
58
58
58
59
4 ANALOG MEASUREMENTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1 Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2 ASN PFE Measurement Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.1 Measurement points definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.2 Measurement management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.3 Run measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.4 Display Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 SAFT PFE Measurement Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4 NEC PFE Measurement Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5 Fujitsu PFE Measurement Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
61
61
62
62
63
64
65
66
66
67
68
69
70
70
72
73
74
75
75
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
2 / 98

3.4.2 SAFT PFE equipment views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.5 NEC PFE graphical representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.1 NEC PFE symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.2 NEC PFE equipment views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6 Fujitsu PFE graphical representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.1 Fujitsu PFE symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.2 Fujitsu PFE equipment views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7 ASN PFE Power Feeding view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7.1 Menu options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7.2 Threshold alarms option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7.3 Reference values option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7.4 PFE Cable Head Status option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7.5 PFE Routing Status option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7.6 NavigateToSubrack option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8 SAFT PFE Power Feeding view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8.1 Menu options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.9 NEC PFE Power Feeding view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.9.1 Menu options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.10 Fujitsu PFE Power Feeding view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.10.1 Menu options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.10.2 Reference values option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.10.3 PFE Routing Status option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.10.4 NavigateToSubrack option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.11 Equipment management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.12 Power Feeding management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.12.1 Power Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.12.2 Power Monitoring and Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.12.3 Switching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10


76
77
78
5 WDM SUBMARINE EQUIPMENTS RESTRICTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.1 PFE restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.1 Software download management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.2 Equipment Protection management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.3 Transmission management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.4 Connection management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.6 Loopback management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.7 Maintenance Memory management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.8 Board management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.9 Port management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.10 External Points management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.11 Supervision management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
79
6 ALARM MAPPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1 ASN PFE Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1.1 Equipment Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1.3 Quality of service alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2 SAFT alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.1 Equipment Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3 NEC PFE Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4 Fujitsu PFE Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
81
82
82
86
86
87
87
89
89
90
90
95
95
96
96
98
98
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
3 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
FIGURES
Figure 1. Example of Submarine Transmission System (STS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2. Submarine Network example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3. Repeater schematic (two fibre pairs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 4. BU schematic (2 trunk fibre pairs and two channel AddandDrop Modules) . . . . . . . . .
Figure 5. ASN PFE racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6. SAFT PFE racks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 7. Rack Layout : Low Voltage Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 8. Rack Layout : High Voltage Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 9. Example of Mechanical Configuration (Type L+ : configuration of Shima) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 10. Rack Layout Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 11. ASN PFE symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 12. Views pull down menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 13. ASN PFE rack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 14. ASN PFE subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 15. ASN PFE Power Feeding view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 16. SAFT PFE symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 18. SAFT PFE rack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 19. SAFT PFE subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 20. SAFT PFE Power Feeding view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 21. NEC PFE symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 23. NEC PFE rack view (Low Voltage Configuration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 24. NEC PFE subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 25. NEC PFE Power Feeding view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 26. Fujitsu PFE symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 28. Fujitsu PFE rack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 29. Fujitsu PFE subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 30. Fujitsu PFE Power Feeding view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 31. PFE Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 32. Voltage alarms threshold configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 33. PFE reference values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 34. PFE cable head status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 35. Routing status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 36. PFE Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 39. PFE Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 42. PFE Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 43. Fujitsu PFE reference values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 44. Fujitsu PFE Routing status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 45. Measurement polling selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 46. ASN PFE Measure Polling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 47. Show NE measurement data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 48. Analog Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 50. SAFT PFE Measure Polling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ED
01
13
14
15
16
21
23
25
26
27
28
29
29
30
31
32
33
33
34
35
36
37
37
38
39
40
41
41
42
43
44
45
46
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
56
64
64
65
65
68
68
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
4 / 98

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10


Figure 54. NEC PFE Measure Polling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 58. Fujitsu PFE Measure Polling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
69
69
73
73
74
74
77
77
78
78
TABLES
Table 1. NE Types and Current Releases for PFE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2. ASN menu options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3. SAFT menu options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4. NEC menu options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 5. Fujitsu menu options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6. ASN measurement points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 7. SAFT measurement points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 8. NEC measurement points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 9. Fujitsu measurement points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17
45
49
52
55
62
66
71
75
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
5 / 98
HISTORY
Edition
Authors
Date
Page /
Paragraph
1.1
J.Berthomieu
000120
All
Creation.
1.2
J.Berthomieu
000503
All
Update after rereading remarks
J.Berthomieu
000705
All

as internal document 3DW 10145 AAAA PCGNA

Observations
[1]

3CK 00051 0002 ASZZA, Ed2
[2]

[3]

[4]

NMU/GT/96/022, Ed1
[5]

8AY 02000 0000 ASZZA, Ed4
[6]

[7]

3BP 22100 0008 DSZZA, Ed1
[8]

See NMU Web Server
[9]
TSD Vimercate, 1353 SH R5 Technical Requirements Specification,

[10] TSD Marcoussis, 1353 SH R5 User Interface Specification QB3*,

3AL 71310 0001 PBZZA, Ed1
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
[11] SND, 1353SH R3.1 NEC PFE R1.0 Mapping Specification,

3DW 10052 AAAA DSGNA, Ed.1.1
[12] TSD, 1353SH R3.1 PFE Mngt IM External Specification,
3DW 00508 0005 DTGNA, Ed.4
[13] SND, 1353SH R3.1 FUJITSU PFE R1.0 Mapping Specification,
3DW 10077 AAAA DSGNA, Ed.1
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
6 / 98

Reference documents (for Alcatel internal use only)

3BP 22100 0066 OMZZA, Ed1
3BP 22100 0067 OMZZA, Ed1
[16] TSD Marcoussis, 1353SH5 Generic NE Management manual,
3AL 71389 0015 OMZZA, Ed1
[17] TSD Marcoussis, 1353SH5 Performance Management manual,
3AL 71389 0016 OMZZA, Ed1
[18] TSD Marcoussis, 1353SH5 Software Management manual,
3AL 71389 0017 OMZZA, Ed1
[19] TSD Marcoussis, 1353SH5 Synchronization Management manual,
3AL 71389 0018 OMZZA, Ed1
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
[20] TSD Marcoussis, 1353SH5 Transmission Management manual,

3AL 71389 0019 OMZZA, Ed1
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
7 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
8 / 98

1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Scope
This document describes all the functionalities provided by the 1353SH to manage the Wavelength
Division Multiplexer (WDM) Submarine NEs.
The following equipments are documented:
ASN PFE (Alcatel Submarine Networks),

SAFT PFE,
NEC PFE,
Fujitsu PFE .
1.1.2 Edition scope

None.
This manual is intended for all the operators of the 1353 SH in charge of managing WDM Submarine NEs.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
EMLCore 98 Introduction manual [14],

See Section 1.2 in this Handbook.
EMLCore 98 Getting started manual [15],

1353SH5 Generic NE Management manual [16],

1353SH5 Performance Management manual [17],

1353SH5 Software Management manual [18],

1353SH5 Synchronization Management manual [19],

1353SH5 Transmission Management manual [20].

ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
9 / 98
Chapter 2: Submarine Transmission System with Repeaters
Overview
Wet plant: Line management generalities
Chapter 3: Power Feeding Equipment
Overview
PFEs physical description
ASN PFE graphical representation
SAFT PFE graphical representation
NEC PFE graphical representation
Fujitsu PFE graphical representation
ASN PFE Power Feeding view
SAFT PFE Power Feeding view
NEC PFE Power Feeding view
Fujitsu PFE Power Feeding view
Equipment management
Power Feeding management
Chapter 4: Analog Measurements
Principles
ASN PFE Measurement Points
SAFT PFE Measurement Points
NEC PFE Measurement Points
Fujitsu PFE Measurement Points
Chapter 5: WDM Submarine Equipments Restrictions
PFE restrictions
Chapter 6: Alarm Mapping
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED

ASN PFE alarms

SAFT PFE alarms
NEC PFE alarms
Fujitsu PFE alarms
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
10 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

1.3 Terminology
1.3.1 Definitions
None
1.3.2 Abbreviations
Refer to the Alcatel/NMU, NMU Technical Glossary [8] for general abbreviations.
Refer to the Alcatel/NMU, EMLCore 98 Introduction manual [14] for dedicated abbreviations.
The following list enumerates specific abbreviations.
BU
Branching Unit
CAD
Current Alarm Detector
CMISE
Common Management Information Service Element
CT
Craft Terminal
CCC
Control and Converter Cubicle
CTC
Cable Termination Cubicle
CTB
Cable Termination Box
DLC
Dummy Load Cubicle
EML
Element Management Level
GIS
Generator Insertion Switch
GUI
Graphical User Interface
IM
Information Model
LT
Load Transfer
MIB
Managed Instance Base
MOC
MS
Management System (CT/OS)
MNE
Mediation Network Element
MPC
Measurement and Protection Channel
NE
Network Element
NML
Network Management Layer
OS
Operation System
PCC
Power Converter Cubicle
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
11 / 98
Powering Control Sequence
PFE
PM
Power Monitoring
PR
Power Regulator
PSU
Power Supply Unit
PSW
Path Switch
PU
Power Unit
RC
Remote Control
RX
Reception
SBS
Stimulated Brouillouin Scattering
SDH
SLTE
Submarine Line Terminal Equipment
SME
Synchronous Multiplexer Equipment
SPC
SLTE Processor Card

PCS
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
STM16 Synchronous Transport Module 16

STS
Submarine Transmission System
SW
Switch
TBC
To Be Confirmed
TMN
Telecommunication Management Network
TMP
Transport Monitoring Processor
TL
Test Load
TX
Transmission
VAD
Voltage Alarm Detector
WDM
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
12 / 98

2 SUBMARINE TRANSMISSION SYSTEM WITH REPEATERS

The WDM Submarine Network Elements (NEs) are used in the Submarine Transmission System (STS),
which adapts terrestrial signals for transmission over submarine cables.
The STS provides a high transmission capacity through optical fibers by multiplexing several STM16
optical channels.
2.1 Overview
A Submarine Transmission System is composed of the following elements (see Figure 1. ):
Several Landing Stations, one for each terrestrialsubmarine interface. They process not only the
terrestrial to/from submarine conversion, but they also provide remote management and power
facilities for undersea equipments. They are composed of:
One or several Submarine Line Terminal Equipments (SLTE): each SLTE actually adapts and
multiplexes SDH signals for submarine optical transmission. Depending on the requirements,
a single station can include several SLTEs.
Power Feeding Equipment (PFE): used to remotely energize the submarine line cable.
A Submarine Line Cable which supports the physical transmission of the signal from one landing
station to another. It can provide long distance services and addanddrop facilities. According to
the topology, it can be composed of the following Line Equipments:
Undersea Repeaters (URs) (also called Repeaters): to amplify the SLTE line signals. A repeater
is composed of optical amplifiers.
Branching Units (BUs): placed at junction points of a branched cable and allow to get some
routing flexibility in the traffic management.
Landing
Station 1
PFE
Submarine Line Cable

URs
SLTE
SDH
signals
PFE
BU
UR
Landing
Station 2
SLTE
SDH
signals
URs
Landing
Station 3
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Optical Fiber
(Energized)
SDH
signals
PFE
SDH
signals
SLTEs
Figure 1. Example of Submarine Transmission System (STS)
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
13 / 98
The line management deals with the management of a segment, the associated subsegments and Line
Equipments (Branching Units (BUs), Repeaters) (see Figure 2. ).
BU
Repeater1
Repeater2
SLTE1
SLTE2
OS
OS
Repeater3
SLTE3
OS
Figure 2. Submarine Network example
2.2.1 Segment definition

A Segment consists in a set of submerged and station equipements linked to the same submarine cable.
2.2.2 SubSegment definition
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
A SubSegment is a section between a SLTE and a BU, between 2 BUs, or between 2 SLTEs (in case
of point to point line).
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
14 / 98

2.2 Wet Plant: Line management generalities

2.2.3 SubSystem definitions

A line Equipment (Repeater or BU) is composed of SubSystems, mainly composed of Optical Amplifiers
(OA).
a)
Repeater
A Repeater contains up to four repeater subsystems, one for each fibre pair. A Repeater SubSystem
is made of two Optical Amplifiers (OA) which provide amplification for line signal. The two directions of a
repeater are referred to as direction X and direction Y.
An example of Repeater structure is given in Figure 3.
direction X
OA
OA
Repeater SubSystem
OA
OA
Repeater SubSystem
REPEATER
direction Y
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 3. Repeater schematic (two fibre pairs)
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
15 / 98
Branching Unit
A BU allows individual or group of channels at different wavelengths to be routed to different locations in

the Network. BU contains up to four BU subsystems out of four trunk fibre pairs.
A BU subsystem is composed of 0 to 2 BU module(s). This number depends on the BU subsystem type.
For example, a Passthrough BU subsystem or a FibreRouting BU subsystem doesnt contain any
BU module.
A BU module is composed of 1 or 2 OA(s). This number depends on the BU type. For the
Add_Drop_Module_X (resp. Add_Drop_Module_Y) BU, the Add OA of the module Y (resp. X) doesnt
exist.
An example of Branching Unit structure is given in Figure 4.
Branching Unit
BU subsystem
X module
Y module
T
Trunk
ADM
D
ADM
T
D
T: Trunk
A: Add
D: Drop
ADM : Add & Drop Module
X
Branch
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 4. BU schematic (2 trunk fibre pairs and two channel AddandDrop Modules)
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
16 / 98

b)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3 POWER FEEDING EQUIPMENT

The Power Feeding Equipment (PFE) is used to energize the Repeaters and Branching Units from the
landing station. An electric current is sent along the cable through a copper sheaf that surrounds the optical
fibres. The circuit is closed through the earth: this is normally system earth, i.e. the sea.
The PFEs managed by the 1353SH are:
the ASN PFE has gone through several releases. The version described below is Release 3.1.
the SAFT PFE. This was installed for GIGA 5 systems, but these can be upgraded to WDM.
the NEC PFE.
the Fujitsu PFE.
Table 1. NE Types and Current Releases for PFE

Manufacturer
NE Type
Current NE Release
ASN
ASN PFE
3.1
SAFT
SAFT PFE
1.0
NEC
NEC PFE
1.0
FUJITSU
FUJITSU PFE
1.0
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
17 / 98
3.1 Overview
Power Generation,
Power Regulation and Ramp Control,
Power Monitoring and Protection,
Power Load,
Switching,
Safety Functions.
a)
Power Generation
A power generator converts a DC power supply into a regulated current using pulse width modulation,
under the control of the Power Regulation function. This function is performed by generators (SAFT) or
converters (ASN, NEC, Fujitsu).
Some portions of line are fed from both ends. If the PFE at one end fails, the other is capable of taking
up the whole load. The normal scheme is to doubly feed the trunk of the cable while singly feeding the
spurs, if any.
b)
Power Regulation and Ramp Control
It consists in controlling generator output through pulse width modulation:
The Power Regulation maintains a requested level of voltage (in voltage regulation mode) or current
(in current regulation mode). These levels are called Reference Values.
An additional function connected to Power Regulation is Low Frequency Modulation, also known as
Electroding. This makes the cable emit low frequency radio waves, which are useful for locating it
on the sea bed.
As smooth transitions are desirable, Ramp Control commands are used to vary the output level at
a predetermined rate, e.g. to pass from the OFF state to the reference value in a given time interval.
A ramping state is associated with this process, so that the operator can tell which is the current
ramp phase.
Power Regulation and Ramp Control are implemented differently according to the equipments:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
In the SAFT PFE, each Generator is equipped with its own regulation and can be independently
controlled (by the local operator). In addition, PFE output can be regulated as a whole by a
Centralized Control subrack.
The ASN PFE is organized in one or two Power Units (PUs). A Power Unit is a set of power converters
with associated control and switching equipment, which are ramped up or down collectively.
The NEC PFE has the same basic structure as the ASN PFE: there are two sets of converters, each
with its own regulation equipment (though there is some overlap in the case of the Low Voltage
Configuration). NEC refers to these two sets as Regular PFE and the Standby PFE.
The Fujitsu PFE is organized in one or two Power Units (PUs). A Power Unit is a set of power
converters with associated control and switching equipment, which are ramped up or down
collectively.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
18 / 98

The PFE features are the following:

c)
Power Monitoring and protection
It consists in measuring output characteristics and comparing them with thresholds. If a dangerous
threshold is crossed an emergency shutdown is performed directly by the monitoring equipment.
N.B.
d)
It is independent from general monitoring and control functions (NE Management, e.g. alarm
surveillance), which are performed by other PFE components and which work in the same way
as in other NEs.
Power Load
The Power Load designates the outlet of generated energy. This can be one of the following:
Cable Head: the coupling between the PFE and the submarine cable,
Test Load or Dummy Load: a variable resistance used for calibration,
Earth or short circuit: current is fed to earth (through a resistance),
Open Circuit: circuit is interrupted, current cannot pass. (Differs from the above since nothing is
connected there is no actual load).
e)
Switching
Switches are used to direct the generated power to one load or another: as well as the submarine line,
it is usually possible to route generator output onto a dummy load (for calibration), or to earth.
Switching is of various kinds:
Power Routing consists in connecting the generators/converters with the power loads in different
configurations,
Cable Head Switching controls the connection between the submarine cable and the PFE as a whole,
e.g. the cable head may be shortcircuited (to earth).
Measurement Switching determines the position of measurement equipment in the electrical circuit.
Polarity Switching is not always required it consists in swapping positive and negative terminals,
thus inverting the voltage.
Switching is organized differently according to PFE versions.

f)
Safety Functions
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
In order to prevent dangerous operations such as opening doors or turning switches of equipment that
supplies power, various interlock systems are added.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
19 / 98
3.2.1 Terminology
a)
ASN PFE Acronyms

CCC:
Control & Converter Cubicle
CTC:
Cable Termination Cubicle
DLC:
Dummy Load Cubicle
PCC:
Power Converter Cubicle
PU:
Power Unit
BEC:
Bottom Entry Cubicle
PU:
A Power Unit is a set of generators with complete monitoring and control functions. It may
be composed of one CCC or one CCC and a PCC.
CTC/ DLC:Each cubicle may have its own rack or they may share the same rack.
b)
c)
SAFT PFE Acronyms

GIS:
Generator Insertion Switch
MIS:
Measurement Insertion Switch
MPC:
Measurement and Protection Switch
NEC PFE Acronyms

FFTU:
Fuse Filter &Terminal Unit
CTB :
TRM:
Termination
C/V SENS: Current and voltage sensor

d)
Fujitsu PFE Acronyms

C/V SENS:Current and Voltage Sensor
CTB :
PR:
Power Regulator Rack
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
POWER_DIS: Power distribution
ED
PM:
Power Monitor Rack
LT:
Load Transfer Rack
TL:
Test Load Rack
PSW:
Path Switch Rack
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
20 / 98

3.2 PFEs physical description
3.2.2 ASN PFE

As the possible configurations of the ASN PFE are multiple, here are the main parameters:
the number of converters (Converter Shelf) for each PU,

the presence or absence of the Dummy Load option.
The architecture of the ASN PFE is based on:
one or two PUs (can work independently),

an optional CTC,
an optional DLC (used for calibration).
There are six different types of racks within an ASN PFE:
Control Cubicle (CC1 and CC2),

Power Control Cubicle (PCC1 and PCC2),
Cable Terminating Cubicle (CTC),
Dummy Load Cubicle (DLC),
Cable Terminating and Dummy Load Cubicle (CTDLC),
Bottom Entry Cubicle (BEC).
The following figure gives the six types of rack and their subracks compositions.
D.C. Input
Control/
H.V. Polarity
Switch
CV 4
logic
EOW key/
Monitor
CV 3
H.V.
Switch
CV 1
CV 2
CC
PCC
Dummy
load and
fans
(Long
Haul)
DLC
Alarms
Concentrator
Alarms
Concentrator
Cable
Terminating
Cable
Terminating
Fiber
Terminating
Fiber
Terminating
Earth
Isolation
Earth
Isolation
Dummy
load and
fans
(Short
Haul)
CTDLC
CTC
BEC
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 5. ASN PFE racks
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
21 / 98
3.2.3 SAFT PFE
the presence of the MPC B and of the MIS B,
the number of Generator Racks (one to four),
in each Generator Rack, the number of generators (one to four per rack).

As the possible configurations of the SAFT PFE are multiple, here are the main parameters:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
There are seven different types of racks:
Cable Termination Rack (CABLE TERM),
Measurement and Control Rack (MEASCTRL),
Protection Rack (PROT),
Measurement and Control and Protection Rack (MEASCTRLPROT),
Generator Rack (GEN),
Test Load Rack (TEST LOAD),
Power Supply Rack (PWR SUP).
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
22 / 98

Generator
Interface
Pwr Sup
Rack
Gen. 1
GIS
Key
1
Gen. 2
GIS
2
Gen. 3
GIS
Key
3
Gen. 4
GIS4
Gen Rack
Measur.
Control
Protection A
Test load
(Short
Haul)
Test load
(Short
Haul)
Measur.
Control
Alarm
Centraliser
(Large)
Protection A
Measur.
Insertion
Switches
Protection B
Prot Rack
MeasCtrl
Rack
Power
Switching
Alarm
Centraliser
(Small)
Test load
(Long
Haul)
Fiber Termination
Measur. Insertion
Switches
Protection B
MeasCtrlProt
Rack
Cable Term
Rack
Test Load
Rack
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 6. SAFT PFE racks
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
23 / 98
3.2.4 NEC PFE
Rack Level.
Unit (Subrack) Level. NEC practice allows two units to occupy two halves of a single vertical shelf
level, or one unit to occupy several shelf levels.
Package Level, i.e. board level. This level is not present in all units.
NEC PFE equipment configuration depends on the following parameters (obtained from the PFE):
Presence of Racks;
Presence of Subracks.
The NEC PFE exists in two configurations: High Voltage (or standard) and Low Voltage.
The difference between Low Voltage and High Voltage configuration consists in the presence or not of
different types of racks.
a)
Low Voltage Configuration Type
There are two different types of racks within a Low Voltage NEC PFE :
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
Basic Rack:
Option Rack:
01
BASIC
OPTION
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
24 / 98

The NEC PFE is structured in three levels:

METER and Alarm
Operation
C/VSENS
RECORDER
Load Transfer
Operation
C/V_SENS
Converter 2
Converter 1
Converter 1
TEST_LOAD
Switch
Earth test
FFTU
FFTU
CTB
BASIC RACK
OPTION RACK
Figure 7. Rack Layout : Low Voltage Configuration

b)
High Voltage Configuration
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
There are five different type of racks within a High voltage NEC PFE.
Power Monitoring Rack
: PM, a PM can be regular (PMR) or standby (PMS)
Load Transfer Rack
: LT
Switch Rack
: SW
Test Load Rack
: TL, three TL can be present (TL[1..3])
Power Regulator Rack

Standby (PRS[1..5])
: PR, five PR can be present. A PR can be Regular (PRR[1..5]) or
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
25 / 98
Operation
FAN 2
(empty)
Alarm Detector

Meter and Alarm
TEL
TEST_LOAD
Load Transfer
C/V SENS
recorder1
recorder 2
FAN 1
Control & Power Unit
(empty)
FFTU
FFTU
FFTU
PM Rack
LT Rack
TL Rack
Switch Meter
EARTH TEST
Converter 4
Converter 3
Termination
Converter 2
Switch
DISCHARGE
RESISTOR
RETURN
FFTU
COMMON
FFTU
CTB
SW Rack
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Converter 1
PR Rack
Figure 8. Rack Layout : High Voltage Configuration
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
26 / 98

3.2.5 Fujitsu PFE

The FUJITSU PFE (Power Feeding Equipment) is a multiracks, multisubracks and multiboards
equipment.
The FUJITSU PFE exists in different types of configuration:
type L : the NE has at most 9 racks (3 PR + 1 PM +1 LT + 1 PSW + 3 TL).
type L+ : the NE has at most 13 racks (6 PR + 2 PM +1 LT + 1 PSW + 3 TL).
type SS : the NE has at most 5 racks (1 PR + 1 PM +1 LT + 1 PSW + 1 TL)
type SS+ : the NE has at most 7 racks (2 PR + 2 PM +1 LT + 1 PSW + 1 TL)
The operator can not change dynamically some racks type and position, subracks type and position
or boards type and position.
There are five different types of racks within Fujitsu PFE :
Power Regulator Rack:

Power Monitor Rack:
Load Transfer Rack:
Test Load Rack:
Path Switch Rack:
PR1
(A)
PR
PM
LT
TL
PSW
PR2
(A)
PR3
(A)
R1
R2
R3
R4
PM
(B)
PR1
(B)
PR2
(B)
PR3
(B)
R10
R11
R12
PM
(A)
R13
LT
TL1
TL2
TL3
R5
R6
R7
R8
R9
PSW
R14
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 9. Example of Mechanical Configuration (Type L+ : configuration of Shima)
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
27 / 98
METER
Alarm Display
COMMON
Current
Control & Operation
Converter 1
Load Transfer
Alarm Detector
Converter 2
Transfer Control
Converter 3
Telephone Set
Converter 4
C/V_SENS
Communication
Converter 5
RECORDER
POWER_DIS
POWER_DIS
PR
POWER_DIS
PM
LT
METER
DISCHARGE
Test Load
Operation
Switch
EARTH_TEST
C/V_SENS
FAN
RETURN
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
TL
POWER_DIS
PSW
POWER_DIS
CTB
Figure 10. Rack Layout Configuration
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
28 / 98

3.3 ASN PFE graphical representation

3.3.1 ASN PFE symbol
ASN PFE is represented on the Network Topology view as shown below.
ASN
PFE
ASN PFE
Figure 11. ASN PFE symbol
3.3.2 ASN PFE equipment views

There are three types of equipment views: the rack view, the subrack views and the power feeding view.
These views are accessible by Views pull down menu.
Views
Previous
Equipment
Power Feeding
Open object
Open in Window
Close
Esc
Alt+O
Alt+W
Figure 12. Views pull down menu
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
However, some subrack views may lead to empty board views. These views are used to display
the alarms.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
29 / 98
Rack view

a)
CCC
CTC
DLC
CCC
Rear
View
PCC
PCC
Figure 13. ASN PFE rack view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The CCC rear view allows to show the subracks only accessible through the rear door of the cubicle.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
30 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

b)
ED
Subrack view
Figure 14. ASN PFE subrack view
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
31 / 98
Power Feeding view

c)
Figure 15. ASN PFE Power Feeding view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
For further information, refer to the paragraph ASN Power Feeding view.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
32 / 98

3.4 SAFT PFE graphical representation

3.4.1 SAFT PFE symbol
SAFT PFE is represented on the Network Topology view as shown below.
SAFT
PFE
SAFT PFE
Figure 16. SAFT PFE symbol
3.4.2 SAFT PFE equipment views

Views
Previous
Equipment
Power Feeding
Open object
Open in Window
Close
Esc
Alt+O
Alt+W
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
33 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

a)
ED
Rack view
Figure 18. SAFT PFE rack view
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
34 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

b)
ED
Subrack view
Figure 19. SAFT PFE subrack view
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
35 / 98
Power Feeding view

c)
Figure 20. SAFT PFE Power Feeding view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
For further information, refer to the paragraph SAFT Power Feeding view.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
36 / 98

3.5 NEC PFE graphical representation

3.5.1 NEC PFE symbol
NEC PFE is represented on the Network Topology view as shown below.
NEC
PFE
NEC PFE
Figure 21. NEC PFE symbol
3.5.2 NEC PFE equipment views

Views
Previous
Equipment
Power Feeding
Open object
Open in Window
Close
Esc
Alt+O
Alt+W
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
37 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

a)
ED
Rack view
Figure 23. NEC PFE rack view (Low Voltage Configuration)
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
38 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

b)
ED
Subrack view
Figure 24. NEC PFE subrack view
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
39 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

c)
ED
Power Feeding view
Figure 25. NEC PFE Power Feeding view
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
40 / 98

3.6 Fujitsu PFE graphical representation

3.6.1 Fujitsu PFE symbol
Fujitsu PFE is represented on the Network Topology view as shown below.
FJT
PFE
FUJITSU PFE
Figure 26. Fujitsu PFE symbol
3.6.2 Fujitsu PFE equipment views

Views
Previous
Equipment
Power Feeding
Open object
Open in Window
Close
Esc
Alt+O
Alt+W
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
41 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

a)
ED
Rack view
Figure 28. Fujitsu PFE rack view
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
42 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

b)
ED
Subrack view
Figure 29. Fujitsu PFE subrack view
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
43 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

c)
ED
Power Feeding view
Figure 30. Fujitsu PFE Power Feeding view
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
44 / 98
3.7 ASN PFE Power Feeding view

The power feeding view displays a functional organization of the ASN equipment.
Each functional block can be selected.
Information are available from the PFE menu (see Figure 31. ) depending on the selected block.
Pfe
Threshold alarms
Reference values...
Cable Head Status
Routing status
NavigateToSubrack
Figure 31. PFE Menu
3.7.1 Menu options

The following table gives the options depending on the selected block.
Table 2. ASN menu options
Selected block
Threshold
alarms
Reference
values
Cable Head
Status
Routing status
NavigateToSubrack
PU1 / PU2
Converter 1 / Converter 2
Common1 / Common 2
Cable head
DUMMY_LOAD_LH
X: option available.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
: option not available.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
45 / 98
This option allows to inhibit or to authorize the alarms relative to the crossing of the low and high voltage
thresholds.
When selecting the option, the following window is displayed.
Figure 32. Voltage alarms threshold configuration

Inhibited or Authorized can be selected.
3.7.3 Reference values option
This option allows to display the voltage, current and frequency paramaters of the selected PU.
No modifications of the values are allowed.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 33. PFE reference values
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
46 / 98

3.7.2 Threshold alarms option
3.7.4 PFE Cable Head Status option

This option allows to display the status of the cable head.

Normal
normal
Figure 34. PFE cable head status
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The different statuses that can be displayed are the following:
open circuit,
normal,
busy,
unknown.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
47 / 98
3.7.5 PFE Routing Status option

This option allows to display the different types of connection between the functional blocks.
Normal
Busy
Dummy LOad Or In Test
Dummy LOad Or In Test
Figure 35. Routing status

off line,
on line,
busy,
unknown,
between off line and dummy (transient),
between on line and off line (transient),
dummy load or in test.
3.7.6 NavigateToSubrack option
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
When selecting this option, the subrack view corresponding to the selected block is displayed.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
48 / 98
3.8 SAFT PFE Power Feeding view

The power feeding view displays a functional organization of the SAFT equipment.
Pfe
Reference values...
Routing status
NavigateToSubrack
Figure 36. PFE Menu
3.8.1 Menu options

Table 3. SAFT menu options
Selected block
Reference values
Routing status
NavigateToSubrack
MeasCtrl
Generator
MPC_A / MPC_B
Cable head
TEST_LOAD_SH
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
49 / 98

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
50 / 98

On Line
On Line
On Line
On Line
On Line
On Line

off line,
on line,
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
51 / 98
3.9 NEC PFE Power Feeding view

The power feeding view displays a functional organization of the NEC equipment.
Pfe
Reference values...
Routing status
NavigateToSubrack
Figure 39. PFE Menu
3.9.1 Menu options

Table 4. NEC menu options
Selected block
Reference values
Routing status
NavigateToSubrack
Regular_PFE / Standby
_PFE
Converter 1 / Converter
2
Power Monitor R / S
Cable head
V2_TEST_LOAD
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
52 / 98

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
53 / 98

Normal
Busy
Dummy Load Or In Test

on line,
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
54 / 98
3.10 Fujitsu PFE Power Feeding view

The power feeding view displays a functional organization of the Fujitsu equipment.
Pfe
Reference values...
Routing status
NavigateToSubrack
Figure 42. PFE Menu
3.10.1 Menu options

Table 5. Fujitsu menu options
Selected block
Reference values
Routing status
NavigateToSubrack
PFE Plant A / B
Converter A / Converter
B
Power Monitor A / B
Cable head
TEST_LOAD
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
55 / 98

This option allows to display the voltage, current paramater of the selected PU.
Figure 43. Fujitsu PFE reference values

Normal
Busy
Figure 44. Fujitsu PFE Routing status

on line,
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
56 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.11 Equipment management

The operator can display the PFE configuration: the mechanical arrangement and the options selected
at the installation time. The Equipment view reflects the real location of the PFE shelves.
The operator cannot change the mechanical layout of the PFE. The mechanical layout information is
uploaded from the NE.
Parameters can be modified from the OS and downloaded into the NE.
When a configuration change is detected by the OS:
ED
the operator is warned that an alignment procedure is activated, or

the operator can activate an alignment procedure.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
57 / 98
The role of the OS is restricted in PFE equipments operations due to their risks. Therefore the local
operator is the only one who can perform the most sensitive operations :
State changes,
Configuration changes,
Measurement values.
However the OS monitors the following operations:

3.12.1 Power Generation
Power Generation is the main function of PFE equipment.
A power generator converts a DC power supply into a regulated current using pulse width modulation.
Then, Power Regulation is used to maintain a Reference Value, that is a desired level of voltage (in voltage
regulation mode) or the current one (in current regulation mode).
The implementation of Power Regulation and Ramp Control depends on the PFE version:
In the SAFT PFE, generators are equipped with their own regulation and can be independently
controlled.
The ASN PFE uses one or two sets of power converters (Power Units) with associated control and
switching equipment. These Power Units are ramped up or down collectively.
The NEC PFE has the same basic structure as the ASN PFE: two sets of converters refered as the
Regular PFE and the Standby PFE.
The Fujitsu PFE uses one or two sets of power converters (Power Units) with associated control and
switching equipment. These Power Units are ramped up or down collectively.
Electroding (or Low Frequency Modulation) makes the cable emit low frequency radio waves so that it can
be easily located on the sea bed.
3.12.2 Power Monitoring and Protection
This function consists in measuring output characteristics and comparing them with thresholds. If a
dangerous threshold is crossed, an emergency shutdown is directly performed by the monitoring
equipment.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Measurement thresholds are neither monitored nor controlled by the OS. They are actually calculated by
the PFE according to located set reference values.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
58 / 98

3.12 Power Feeding management
3.12.3 Switching
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

There are four types of Switching :
Power Routing consists in connecting SAFT generators (or ASN, NEC converters) with the Power
Loads in different configurations.
The Power Load is the outlet of generated energy. It can be one of the following :
Cable Head : the coupling between the PFE and the submarine cable.
Test Load or Dummy Load : a variable resistance used for calibration.
Earth or short circuit : current is fed to earth through a resistance.
Open circuit : circuit is interrupted, current cannot pass.
Cable Head Switching controls the connection between the submarine cable and the PFE. The three
following states may be returned :
NORMAL : The PFE terminals are connected to Cable and Earth.
SHORT CIRCUIT : PFE is disconnected and the cable is connected to earth. This allows the
cable to be fed from the PFE at the far end.
OPEN CIRCUIT : PFE is disconnected and the cable is in open circuit.
Measurement Switching determines the position of measurement equipment in the electrical circuit.
Polarity Switching is an optional method. It consists in swapping positive and negative terminals, thus
inverting the voltage.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
59 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
60 / 98

4 ANALOG MEASUREMENTS
4.1 Principles
Analog measurements are used for submarine transmission network elements such as the SLTE and the
PFE, in order to follow as closely as possible the deterioration of equipment with age and to be warned
as early as possible of any impeding problem. Indeed, those equipments must satisfy stringent
requirements for long period of time (typically 25 years).
From the point of view of the operator, there are three ways of interacting with the OS:
a)
Operator query: the operator uses a specific dialogue box to request the current value of
measurements (of a Measurement Point). The OS relays this request to the NE, which responds with
the measurement values. The OS can then display the results to the operator, as well as are recording
these values in a measurement database.
b)
Periodic polling: for the operator, this works along the same principles as for Performance
Monitoring. The following steps can be distinguished:
1)
In a preliminary setup phase, the operator specifies which measurements are to be polled
(choice of measurement points), as well as the time interval between polls for each
measurement point (15 min., 1 day).
2)
For each measurement point, the OS periodically requests current measurement values from
the NE and stores them in its database.
3)
In a subsequent offline consultation phase, the operator can display measurement results.
The PFEs perform analog measurements continually, independently of the OS. Measurements are
transferred to the OS in blocks called Measurement Points, on OS request. The NE does not periodically
store measurement values as in performance monitoring: on OS measurement request, the NE sends
back the current (present) value of each measurement.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
For PFEs, analog measurements are performed to monitor the power supply parameters, which are a vital
aspect of submarine line operation. In addition, statistical measurements (min., max. and average values)
are calculated. On periodic measurement request from the OS, the NE resets the values and restart their
calculations.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
61 / 98
4.2.1 Measurement points definition

Measurement points definition
Two kinds of PFE performance information are monitored:
Voltage,
Current.
Measurements are set in measurement points. A measurement point includes several measurement
values.
Many measurement points are available. The list of measurement points is given below.
Table 6. ASN measurement points

PU1 Main Value
PU current Instantaneous
Common current Instantaneous
Common voltage Instantaneous
PU Battery voltage Instantaneous
Earth to station differential voltage
PU2 Main Value
PU current Instantaneous
Common current Instantaneous
Common voltage Instantaneous
PU Battery voltage Instantaneous
Earth to station differential voltage
CTC earth values
Earth rod 1 current

Earth rod 2 current
Earth rod 3 current
Earth rod 4 current
PFE Transient data
Line current Min

Line current Max
Line current Average
Line voltage Min
Line voltage Max
Line voltage Average
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
For most measurements, an instantaneous value is sent. For the Line data, three analog measurements
are sent: the minimum and maximum values obtained in a time period and the average value of the
period.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
62 / 98

4.2 ASN PFE Measurement Points
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

4.2.2 Measurement management

1)
There are three possibe ways to run measurements for specific measurement point:
a polling every 24 hours: a measurement is automatically performed by the OS every 24 hours,
a polling every 15 minutes: a measurement is automatically performed by the OS every 15

minutes,
an immediate measurement: a measurement is immediatelly performed when requested.
By default, no periodic polling are performed.

The operator can start/stop the periodic polling for a list of selected measurement points.
The OS will automatically interrupt the periodic polling in case of Stop Supervision.
Periodic polling and immediate measurement concern all measurements of the concerned
measurment points.
ED
2)
All measurements are stored/displayed in a database.
3)
No measurement threshold management are available from the OS.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
63 / 98
To either start/stop periodic polling, or perform an immediate measurement on some measurement points,
the operator needs to display the Measure Polling window:
From any view, click on the Configuration pulldown menu.

Select the Measure then Measure Polling options (see Figure 45. ).
Configuration
MIB
>
NE Time...
Measure
>
Measure Polling
Figure 45. Measurement polling selection

The following window is then displayed:
Figure 46. ASN PFE Measure Polling
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Click on one or several toggles depending on operator needs and on OK to validate the choices.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
64 / 98

4.2.3 Run measurements

4.2.4 Display Measurements

In a graphical interface, measurements can be selected using many criterias.
To activate this graphical interface:
from any view, click on Diagnosis pulldown menu,

select the Show NE Measurement Data option:
Diagnosis
Compare
Show NE Alarms
View
>
Show NE Measurement Data
Figure 47. Show NE measurement data

Latest performed immediate measurements can also displayed in a text format.
To display them:

select the View option,
in the pulldown menu, select the Analog measures option :
Diagnosis
Compare
Show NE Alarms
View
> Remote Inventory
Show NE Measurement Data Analog Measures
MIB Dump
Upload Failure
Mib Audit
Events Log
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 48. Analog Measures
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
65 / 98

Voltage,
Current.
values.
Table 7. SAFT measurement points

MPC A Measurements
Current
Voltage
Zener current
MPC B Measurements
Current
Voltage
Zener current
Earth and reference values
Earth current
Earth voltage
Reference current
Reference voltage
PFE line data
Line current Min

Line current Max
Line current Average
Line voltage Min
Line voltage Max
Line voltage Average
All the PFE measurement data have the following characteristics :
voltage : " 10000 V, accuracy 1 V,

current : " 3000 mA, accuracy 10 mA.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
For all measurements, an instantaneous value is sent.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
66 / 98

4.3 SAFT PFE Measurement Points
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10


1)

minutes,

measurment points.
ED
2)
3)
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
67 / 98

Configuration
MIB
>
NE Time...
Measure
>
Measure Polling

Figure 50. SAFT PFE Measure Polling
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
68 / 98




Diagnosis
Compare
Show NE Alarms
View
>

To display them:

Diagnosis
Compare
Show NE Alarms
View
> Remote Inventory
MIB Dump
Upload Failure
Mib Audit
Events Log
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
69 / 98

Voltage,
Current.
values.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
70 / 98

4.4 NEC PFE Measurement Points
Table 8. NEC measurement points



Cable values
Cable currentAverage
Cable currentMax
Cable currentMin
Cable voltageAverage
Cable voltageMax
Cable voltageMin
Cable currentInstantaneous
Cable voltageInstantaneous
Earth point values
Earth currentAverage
Earth currentMax
Earth currentMin
Earth voltageAverage
Earth voltageMax
Earth voltageMin
Station gnd currentAverage
Station gnd currentMax
Station gnd currentMin
Earth currentInstantaneous
Earth voltageInstantaneous
Station gnd currentInstantaneous
Regular PU values
Power supply currentAverage

Power supply currentMax
Power supply currentMin
Power supply voltageAverage
Power supply voltageMax
Power supply voltageMin
Power supply currentInstantaneous
Power supply voltageInstantaneous
Standby PU values
Power supply currentAverage

Power supply currentMax
Power supply currentMin
Power supply voltageAverage
Power supply voltageMax
Power supply voltageMin
Power supply voltageInstantaneous
Power supply voltageinst
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
71 / 98
1)

minutes,
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

measurment points.
ED
2)
3)
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
72 / 98




Configuration
MIB
>
NE Time...
Measure
>
Measure Polling

Figure 54. NEC PFE Measure Polling
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
73 / 98


Diagnosis
Compare
Show NE Alarms
View
>

To display them:

Diagnosis
Compare
Show NE Alarms
View
> Remote Inventory
MIB Dump
Upload Failure
Mib Audit
Events Log
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
74 / 98

4.5 Fujitsu PFE Measurement Points

Voltage,
Current.
values.
Table 9. Fujitsu measurement points

Cable values
Cable currinst
Cable voltinst
Earth values
Earth curr SE1inst

Earth volt SE1inst
Earth curr SE2inst
Earth volt SE2inst
Earth curr STEinst
Earth volt PFEinst
Power feeding (PUA)

Power feeding (PUB)
Power Sup currinst

Power Sup voltinst
PFE line data 15mn
Line currmin
Line currmax
Line curravg
Line voltmin
Line voltmax
Line voltavg
PFE line data 24h
Line currmin
Line currmax
Line curravg
Line voltmin
Line voltmax
Line voltavg
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
75 / 98
1)

minutes,
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

measurment points.
ED
2)
3)
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
76 / 98




Configuration
MIB
>
NE Time...
Measure
>
Measure Polling

Figure 58. Fujitsu PFE Measure Polling
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
77 / 98

In graphical interface, measurements can be selected using many criterias.

Diagnosis
Compare
Show NE Alarms
View
>

To display them:

Diagnosis
Compare
Show NE Alarms
View
> Remote Inventory
MIB Dump
Upload Failure
Mib Audit
Events Log
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
78 / 98

5 WDM SUBMARINE EQUIPMENTS RESTRICTIONS

5.1 PFE restrictions
5.1.1 Software download management
Not supported.
5.1.2 Equipment Protection management
Not supported.
5.1.3 Transmission management
Not supported.
5.1.4 Connection management
Not supported.
Not supported.
5.1.6 Loopback management
Not supported.
5.1.7 Maintenance Memory management
Not supported.
5.1.8 Board management
Not supported for the SAFT PFE.
5.1.9 Port management
Not supported.
5.1.10 External Points management
Not supported.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
5.1.11 Supervision management

Starting Supervision with Align Downwards is not supported.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
79 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
80 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

6 ALARM MAPPING
This section is aimed at presenting the mapping between the NE alarms and the 1353SH alarm types. For
each type of alarm defined in the NE, the corresponding 1353 SH probable cause is given.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
81 / 98
6.1 ASN PFE Alarms

The mapping list of this section concerns the ASN PFE NE.
6.1.1 Equipment Alarms
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Alarm Description (NE)
Alarm concentrator comms fail
externalIFDeviceProblem
Alarm unit1 failed
Alarm unit 1 FS2 failed
powerProblem
Alarm unit 2 failed
Alarm unit 2 FS1 failed
powerProblem
Aux. 12V supply failed (PSU #2)
pfeDeferredPowerProblem
Auxiliary DPM supply FS5 failed
Auxiliary logic supply FS4 failed
Calibration drift outside limit
pfeCalibrationProblem
Calibration process failed
cable head relays FS3 failed
powerProblem
CC or PCC door open
pfeDoorOpen
Charge filter failed converter 1
Common current monitor signal failed
communicationSubsystemFail
Common mons FS6 failed
powerProblem
Common voltage monitor signal failed
Common Very high current
pfeVeryHighCurrent
Common Very high voltage
pfeVeryHighVoltage
Common very high current software backup
pfeVeryHighCurrent
Common very high voltage software backup
pfeVeryHighVoltage
Common current below minimum working level
pfeVeryLowCurrent
Comms from other PU failed
internalBusFailure
Configuration different between PUs
pfeConfigurationProblem
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
82 / 98

Contactor 1 failed
Contactor 2 failed
Contactor 3 failed
Control panel FS1 failed
Converter 1 electronic failed
Converter 1 output failed
Converter control card failed
Contactor 4 failed
CT connected
CTC alarm annunicator FS3 failed
powerProblem
CTC comms failed
internalBusFailure
CTC controller supply 1 FS1 failed
powerProblem
CTC controller supply 2FS2 failed
powerProblem
CTC door open
pfeDoorOpen
CTC DL rheostats and fans FS4 failed
powerProblem
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
CTC earth switchstation and system earths pfeStationAndSystemEarthShorted

shorted
CTC earth switchstation earth only
pfeStationEarthOnly
Current control FS3 failed
powerProblem
DL comms failed
internalBusFailure
DL door open
pfeDoorOpen
DLC rheostats and fans FS2 failed
powerProblem
DL shutdown
pfeDummyLoadShutdown
DPM 12V supply failed (PSU #3)
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
83 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
DPM FS2 failed
Earth current imbalance
pfeEarthCurrentImbalance
Earth current monitor signal failed
Earth voltage monitor signal failed
Earthy line protector (upper apparatus shelf)
pfeEarthLineProtector
EI and PU mons FS4 failed
powerProblem
Electrical interface card failed
Emergency shutdown
pfeEmergencyShutdown
ESD Latch Active (Shutdown)
Event log fault
processorProblem
Flash memory fault
processorProblem
Hot repair shutdown
pfeHotRepairShutdown
Hot repair mode set
pfeHotRepairModeSet
Invalid calibration data
Invalid configuration data
pfeConfigurationProblem
Line voltage protector (monitor shelf)
pfeLineVoltageProtector
Local control panel comms failed
internalBusFailure
Main 50V FS1 failed
Main 12V supply failed (PSU #1)
Main DPM supply FS3 failed
Main logic supply FS2 failed
Micro unit FS5 failed
powerProblem
Microprocessor has restarted
processorProblem
Opencircuit/dischage relays connection failed
pfeInconsistentPositionInformation
Optical interface card failed
unitProblem
Output current DPM fail
internalBusFailure
Output voltage DPM fail
internalBusFailure
Pfe Hot Repair Mode Set
pfeHotRepairModeSet
Pfe Hot Repair Shut Down
pfeHotRepairShutDown
Pfe routing switch door open
pfeDoorOpen
ED
01

957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
84 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Polarity switch comms fail
internalBusFailure
Polarity switch failed to change position
unitProblem
Polarity switch in invalid position
unitProblem
Polarity switch inconsistent position information
Power unit current DPM fail
internalBusFailure
Power up ramp step failed
pfeRampStepFail
Printer comms fail
PU battery voltage DPM fail
internalBusFailure
PU very high current
pfeVeryHighCurrent
PU very high voltage
pfeVeryHighVoltage
PU voltage monitor signal failed
PU current monitor signal failed
PU1 routing switch door open
pfeDoorOpen
PU2 routing switch door open
pfeDoorOpen
Ramp end of step unstable
pfeRampEndOfStepUnstable
Ramp failedcurrent control card fault
Rear chassis 1 FS1 failed
powerProblem
powerProblem
powerProblem
powerProblem
Remote control panel comms failed
internalBusFailure
Routing switch comms fail
internalBusFailure
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
85 / 98
Routing switch failed to change position
unitProblem
Routing switch in invalid position
unitProblem
Routing switch inconsistent position information
SMS to SPC comms fail
SPC comms unit FS4 failed
SPC to micro unit comms fail
internalBusFailure
System to station earth voltage limit exeeded
pfeSystemToStationEarthLimit Exceeded
Transient measurement log fault
processorProblem


Auxiliary 50V supply failed
auxDcSupplyFailure
Battery volt high
pfeBatteryVoltHigh
Battery volt low
pfeBatteryVoltlow
DL over temperature
highTemperature
Main 50V supply
mainDcSupplyFailure
6.1.3 Quality of service alarms
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Common high current
pfeHighCurrentThresholdCrossed
Common low current
pfeLowCurrentThresholdCrossed
Common very low current
PU current share
pfeCurrentShareThresholdCrossed
PU high voltage
pfeHighVoltageThresholdCrossed
PU low voltage
pfeLowVoltageThresholdCrossed
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
86 / 98
6.2 SAFT alarms

The mapping list of this section concerns the SAFT PFE NE.
6.2.1 Equipment Alarms
AB on LINE
pfeBothMpcsOnLine
B on LINE
pfeMpcBOnLine
CIA board fault or CIB board fault
Fault (break) in local earth circuit
pfeStationEarthFault
Fault (break) in normal current return circuit (Sys- pfeStationEarthOnly

tem Earth). Power feed is working on local earth
Fault at CPC board
Fault in 48V/5V converter supplying power to CPC powerProblem

and CIA
Fault in 48V/5V converter supplying power to CPC powerProblem
and CIB
Fault in 48V/5V converter supplying power to gen- pfeGeneratorRack1PowerProblem
erator rack 1
erator rack 2
erator rack 3
erator rack 4
Fault in 48V/5V converter supplying power to re- powerProblem
corder
Fault in 48V/5V converter supplying power to MDO powerProblem
module
Fault in 48v/5V converter supplying power to MPC powerProblem
A
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Fault in 48v/5V converter supplying power to MPC powerProblem

B
Fault in generator rack 1
pfeGeneratorRack1Fault
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
87 / 98
Generator 1 failure
Generator 2 failure
Generator 3 failure
Generator 4 failure
LV shut ol
pfeVeryHighVoltage
LV shut ot
pfeVeryHighVoltage
LC<0.5 ol
pfeVeryLowCurrent
LC < 0.5 ot
pfeVeryLowCurrent
LC<CminTAT
pfeVeryLowCurrent
LCA > 110%
pfeVeryHighCurrent
LCB > 110%
pfeVeryHighCurrent
LF Modulator fault
PFE FAULT
pfeFaultSynthesis
SHUTDOWN

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Shunted
Swi.ZENER
pfeZenerSwitchOpen
T.N.S
pfeLineUnmonitored
ZCA > 90 mA
pfeHighZenerCurrent
ZCB > 90 mA
pfeHighZenerCurrent
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
88 / 98

LCA > 102%
LCB > 102%
LCA < 98%
LCB < 98%
LV 25%
LV +25%
MIN LV
MAX LV

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Transmission fault at CPC board
ED
01

communicationProtocolError
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
89 / 98
6.3 NEC PFE Alarms

The mapping list of this section concerns the NEC PFE NE.
ADJ Fail

powerProblem
Basic rack C/V SENS Analog Bus Cable Discon- internalBusFailure

nected
Basic rack C/V SENS Scene Bus Cable Discon- internalBusFailure
nected
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Basic rack EARTH TST analog Bus Cable Discon- internalBusFailure

nected
Basic rack OPE Scene Bus Cable Disconnected
internalBusFailure
Basic rack SW Scene Bus Cable Disconnected
internalBusFailure
CA1 CPU Error
processorProblem
CA2 CPU Error
processorProblem
CA3 CPU Error
processorProblem
CA1 fail
powerProblem
CA2 fail
powerProblem
CA3 fail
powerProblem
CA1 Missing
CA2 Missing
CA3 Missing
CS1 fail
powerProblem
CS2 fail
powerProblem
CS3 fail
powerProblem
CS4 fail
powerProblem
CS5 fail
powerProblem
CS1 Missing
CS2 Missing
CS3 Missing
CS4 Missing
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
90 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

CS5 Missing
Cont & PU fail
powerProblem
Curr Cont PU1 Fail
powerProblem
Curr Cont PU2 Fail
powerProblem
Curr Cont PU3 Fail
powerProblem
Det1 CPU Error
processorProblem
Det2 CPU Error
processorProblem
Det1 CPU Fail
processorProblem
Det2 CPU Error
processorProblem
DSP Alm
processorProblem
DSP Alarm on Meter 1
processorProblem
DSP Alarm on Meter 2
processorProblem
Earth Analog Bus cable Disconnect
internalBusfailure
Earth C/O Fail
powerProblem
Emergency stop (local)
pfeEmergencyShutDown
Emergency stop (remote)
High Voltage Protection Cover Open
pfeHighVoltageCoverOpen
Key unlock
pfeInterlockKeyOpen
LID open
enclosureDoorOpen
LT Rack Scene Bus Cable Disconnected
internalBusFailure
Main Fuse Problem
powerProblem
Maintenance state notify
pfeMaintenance
Missing
Missing Det1
Missing Det2
Missing EXPSI
Missing Meter
Missing on Meter1
Missing on Meter2
Missing on PU
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
91 / 98
Missing on SV
Missing PSI
Missing PU1
Missing PU2
Missing RLI
NFB Trip
OPE CPU Error
processorProblem
OPE CPU PU Error
processorProblem
Output Current Problem
Output Voltage Problem
Pfe cable open
pfeCableOpen
PU1 Fail
powerProblem
PU2 Fail
powerProblem
PU Fail
powerProblem

PM Rack ALMDET Scene Bus Cable Discon- internalBusFailure

nected
PM Rack C/V SENS analog Bus Cable Discon- internalBusFailure
nected
PM Rack C/V SENS Scene Bus Cable Discon- internalBusFailure
nected
PM Rack C/V OPO Scene Bus Cable Discon- internalBusFailure
nected
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
PMS Rack Meter&Alarm Scene Bus Cable Discon- internalBusFailure

nected
PR1 Rack Scene Bus Cable Disconnected
internalBusFailure
internalBusFailure
internalBusFailure
internalBusFailure
Polarity Change Plug Missing
UnitProblem
Polarity Change Plug Missing Diode
UnitProblem
Polarity Plug Mismatch
UnitProblem
Power supply current abnormal increase 10%
pfeVeryHighCurrent
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
92 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Power supply current earth problem
pfeEarthProblem
Power supply voltage abnormal increase VSD
pfeVeryHighVoltage
Rack AC input Power Failure
powerProblem
Rack main1 input Power Failure
pfeInputPowerProblem
pfeInputpowerProblem
Rack main input Power Failure
RL. DRIV. Fail
powerProblem
Rotation Failure
Scene Bus Timeout
internalBusFailure
Scene Bus Timeout on ACM
internalBusFailure
Scene Bus Timeout on EXPSI
internalBusFailure
Scene Bus Timeout on Meter
internalBusFailure
Scene Bus Timeout on Meter 1
internalBusFailure
Scene Bus Timeout on Meter 2
internalBusFailure
Scene Bus Timeout on PSI
internalBusFailure
Scene Bus Timeout on RLI
internalBusFailure
Scene Bus Timeout on SV
internalBusFailure
Send/Return current difference problem
pfeCurrentProblem
Sens 2 Fail
powerProblem
SV Fail
powerProblem
SV&Com Fail
powerProblem
SV&Com CPU Fail
powerProblem
SW Rack Scene Bus Cable Disconnected
internalBusFailure
Temperature unacceptable
TL1 Scene Bus Cable Disconnected
internalBusFailure
internalBusFailure
internalBusFailure
Test Frise Failure
powerProblem
Unit Mismatch
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
93 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Unit Mismatch on ACM
Unit Mismatch on EXPSI
Unit Mismatch on Meter
Unit Mismatch on Meter 1
Unit Mismatch on Meter 2
Unit Mismatch on RLI
Unit Mismatch on SV
VA1 CPU Error
processorProblem
VA2 CPU Error
processorProblem
VA3 CPU Error
processorProblem
VA1 fail
powerProblem
VA2 fail
powerProblem
VA3 fail
powerProblem
VA1 Missing
VA2 Missing
VA3 Missing
VS1 Fail
powerProblem
VS2 Fail
powerProblem
VS3 Fail
powerProblem
VS1 Missing
VS2 Missing
VS3 Missing
ED
01

957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
94 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Rear door open
enclosureDoorOpen
Temperature unacceptable

Power supply current abnormal increase 2%
Power supply current abnormal decrease 2%
Power supply voltage abnormal increase 15%
Power supply voltage abnormal decrease 15%
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
95 / 98
6.4 Fujitsu PFE Alarms

The mapping list of this section concerns the Fujitsu PFE NE.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
CABLE OPEN SD <A/B>
pfeCableOpen
CARD OUT ARR ALM
CARD OUT CURR ALM 1
CARD OUT CURR ALM 2
CARD OUT CURR ALM 3
CARD OUT IUMB ALM
CARD OUT VOLT ALM 1
CARD OUT VOLT ALM 2
CARD OUT VOLT ALM 3
COMMON UNIT FAIL
CONTROL CURRENT 1
CONTROL CURRENT 2
CONTROL CURRENT 3
CONV <A/B> CURRUNB
pfeCurrentProblem
CONV <A/B> LEAK CURR
pfeCurrentProblem
CONV CARD ADD ALM
CONV CARD ARR ALM
CONV CARD CURR ALM 1
CONV CARD VOLT ALM 1
CONV CARD IUMB ALM
CONV UNIT
CONV UNIT CURRENT CONTROLLER 1
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
96 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

CONV VOLTAGE
CURRENT SD <A/B>
pfeVeryHighCurrent
EMERGENCY SD <A/B>
FAN DEGRADED
FUSE BLOWN OUT
powerProblem
HIGH VOLTAGE COVER OPEN
pfeHighVoltageCoverOpen
INTERLOCK KEY
pfeInterlockKeyOpen
INPUT POWER FAIL 1
powerProblem
INPUT POWER FAIL 2
powerProblem
INPUT POWER FAIL 3
powerProblem
INPUT POWER FAIL 4
powerProblem
INPUT POWER FAIL 5
powerProblem
Maintenance state notify
pfeMaintenance
NFB TRIB
Safety key on PSW OPE&SW
pfeInterlockKeyOpen
SEA EARTH FAIL
pfeStationEarthOnly
ULINK PLUG OUT SWITCH SELECT
unitProblem
ULINK PLUG OUT POLARITY
unitProblem
UNIT OUT
VOLTAGE SD <A/B>
pfeVeryHighVoltage
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
97 / 98

FRONT COVER OPEN
enclosureDoorOpen
OVER TEMPERATURE SD A
OVER TEMPERATURE SD B
REAR DOOR OPEN
enclosureDoorOpen


CONV <A/B> HC
pfeHighCurrentThresholdCrossedMinor
CONV <A/B> LC
pfeLowCurrentThresholdCrossedMinor
CONV <A/B> HV
pfeHighVoltageThresholdCrossedMinor
CONV <A/B> LV
pfeLowVoltageThresholdCrossedMinor
CONV <A/B> VHC
CONV <A/B> VLC
CONV <A/B> VHV
CONV <A/B> VLV
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
END OF DOCUMENT
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
98
98 / 98
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1.1 Document scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1.2 Edition scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1.3 Target audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.1 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.2 Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9
9
9
9
9
10
11
11
11

2.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2 Wet Plant: Line management generalities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
13
14
14
14
15
3 SUBMARINE LINE TERMINAL EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.1 SLTE overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.1 OALW16 SLTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.2 OALW40 SLTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.3 OALW16/OALW40 RSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 Submarine Line equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.1 STC Repeaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.2 SMC Repeaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.3 R3 and R4 Repeaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.4 Branching Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3 SLTE physical description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.1 OALW16 SLTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.2 OALW40 SLTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17
18
18
19
20
21
21
22
23
24
25
25
27
01
000913
Creationvalidated
V.SCORTECCI ITAVE
N.Bradshaw
B.MOGLIA ITAVE
J.Berthomieu
ED
DATE
CHANGE NOTE
APPRAISAL AUTHORITY
ORIGINATOR
1353SH REL.5.3
VERSION 5.3.0
OPERATORS HANDBOOK
ED
01
SC.4.4:WDM SUBMRN OALW16&40
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
1 / 126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
28
29
29
29
30
32
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
40
41
42
43
44
45
45
45
46
48
48
49
50
4 SLTE FUNCTIONALITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1 NE Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2 Tributary service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 Tributary EOW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4 Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.1 Channel Power value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.2 Increase/Decrease Channel Power value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5 Wavelength Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6 Segment information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7 FEC Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7.1 AMS management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7.2 Marker configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7.3 FEC error management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7.4 FEC correction management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8 Protection management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8.1 Protection configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8.2 Invoke/Release a Channel Lockout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8.3 Invoke Protection Forced Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.9 External points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.9.1 External Input Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.9.2 External Output Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10 Performance counter management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10.1 Performance counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10.2 Performance Points list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.10.3 Performance thresholds configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51
51
52
54
56
56
57
58
59
61
61
62
64
66
67
68
70
71
72
72
73
74
74
75
77
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
2 / 126

3.3.3 OALW16/OALW40 RSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.4 OALW16 NE graphical representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4.1 OALW16 NE symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4.2 OALW16 equipment views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4.3 OALW16 icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5 OALW16 SLTE views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.1 Rack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.2 Subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.3 Board view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.4 Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.5 Submarine Line view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.6 Transmission view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.7 Reception view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.8 External Points view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6 OALW16 RSU views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.1 Rack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.2 Subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.3 Board view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.4 Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.6.5 Submarine Line view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7 OALW40 NE graphical representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7.1 OALW40 NE symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7.2 OALW40 equipment views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.7.3 OALW40 icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8 OALW40 SLTE views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8.1 Rack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.8.2 Subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.9 OALW40 RSU views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

4.10.4 Protection Switch Level adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.11 Automatic Preemphasis Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.11.1 APA view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.11.2 Reset Reference Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.11.3 Refresh Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.11.4 APA commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.11.5 Margin Measurement commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.11.6 Back To Back Q Factor commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.12 Laser Management (ALS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.12.1 Laser commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.12.2 Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.12.3 Manual restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.12.4 Test Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.12.5 Laser Cut Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
77
78
79
80
80
80
81
81
82
82
83
83
84
84
5 SUBMARINE LINE MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.1 SubSegments management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.1 SubSegment parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.2 SubSegment Repeaters characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.3 SubSegment Multi Repeaters commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2 Branching Units management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.1 Branching Units parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.2 Branching Units list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.3 View Settings/Thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
85
86
86
87
94
99
99
100
105
6.1 Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1.1 SLTE NEs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1.2 Submarine Line Equipment monitored by SLTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2 OALW16/OALW40 Measurement Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.2 Thresholds management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.3 Polling management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2.4 Measurement Points list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3 Line Equipments Measurement Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
107
107
107
107
108
108
111
113
114
115
118
7 WDM SUBMARINE EQUIPMENTS RESTRICTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7.1 OALW16/OALW40 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.1.6 NE management : OS resilience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.1.7 MSP domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.1.8 EPS domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
119
8 ALARM MAPPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.1 OALW16/OALW40 Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
121
121
121
124
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
3 / 126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
FIGURES
Figure 5. OALW16 SLTE environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6. OALW40 SLTE environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 7. SLTE transmission view. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 8. R1 Repeater bloc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 9. SMC Repeater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 10. R3 Repeater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 11. Branching Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 12. Layout of 4+4 configuration SLTE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 13. NE maximum layout (rack, subrack) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 14. Layout of RSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 15. OALW16 SLTE and RSU NE symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 17. OALW16 icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 18. OALW16 SLTE rack view (1+1 configuration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 19. OALW16 SLTE subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 20. OALW16 SLTE board view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 21. OALW16 SLTE port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 22. SLTE Submarine Line view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 23. SLTE Transmission view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 24. SLTE Reception view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 25. OALW16 SLTE External points view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 26. OALW16 RSU rack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 27. OALW16 RSU subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 28. OALW16 RSU board view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 29. OALW16 RSU port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 30. RSU Submarine Line view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 31. OALW40 SLTE and RSU NE symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 33. OALW40 icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 34. OALW40 SLTE rack view (16+0 configuration) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 35. OALW40 SLTE subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 36. Display NE Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 37. NE Characteristics dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 38. Display tributaries status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 39. Tributary Service dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 40. EOWs status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 41. Tributary EOW dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 42. Display channel power information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 43. Channel Power dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 44. Display Wavelength information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 45. Wavelength dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 46. Slem segment parameters menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 47. Segment Parameters view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 48. Segment Parameters view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 49. AMS Management for FECDEC board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 50. Marker Configuration for the FECENC board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ED
01
13
14
15
16
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
26
27
28
29
29
30
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
45
46
48
49
51
51
52
52
54
54
56
56
58
58
59
59
60
61
62
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
4 / 126

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 51. Marker Configuration for the FECDEC board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

63
Figure 52. FEC Error Management window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
64
Figure 53. Single FEC Error Management window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
65
Figure 54. States of AMS insertion, FEC error insertion and single FEC error insertion on FECENC
board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
65
Figure 55. FEC Correction management for FECDEC board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
66
Figure 56. Fec correction state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
66
Figure 57. Protection configuration selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
68
Figure 58. Protection Configuration dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
68
Figure 59. Invoke channel lockout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
70
Figure 60. Configuring external input points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
72
Figure 61. Configuring external output points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
73
Figure 62. List Of options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
75
Figure 63. View Performance Points list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
75
Figure 64. Performance point counters view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
76
Figure 65. FEC Performance Thresholds configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
77
78
Figure 67. APA view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
79
Figure 68. APA Reset RPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
80
Figure 69. APA Refresh Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
80
Figure 70. APA command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
80
Figure 71. Margin Measurement command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
81
Figure 72. Back to Back Q Factor commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
81
Figure 73. Laser Management options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
82
Figure 74. Automatic laser shutdown dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
83
Figure 75. Manual restart confirmation box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
83
Figure 76. Test restart confirmation box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
84
84
Figure 78. SubmergedLine menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
86
Figure 79. Sub Segment Parameters view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
86
Figure 80. Repeater selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
88
Figure 81. Repeaters list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
88
Figure 82. Repeater Sub System view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
89
Figure 83. Repeater SubSystem Measurement view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
90
Figure 84. Repeater OA Commands view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
91
Figure 85. Switch Pump OA R3R4 Repeater Commands view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
92
Figure 86. Switch Pump OA R0R1 Repeater Commands view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
92
Figure 87. Setting Pump OA Commands view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
93
Figure 88. Multi Repeaters Mesurement Command view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
95
Figure 89. Multi Repeaters Setting Command view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
97
Figure 90. Multi Repeaters Reset IFF Command view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
98
Figure 91. BU parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
99
Figure 92. Subsystems list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
Figure 93. BU Module View: SubSystem characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Figure 94. BU Module Measurement view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102
Figure 95. BU OA Commands view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
Figure 96. Switch Pump OA Command view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Figure 97. Setting Pump OA Command view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
Figure 98. Settings/ThresholdsSegment selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Figure 99. Settings/Thresholds list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106
Figure 100. Measure menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Figure 101. OALW16/OALW40 measure thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Figure 102. Measure thresholds global command window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Figure 103. OALW16/OALW40 Measure Polling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
5 / 126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
114
115
115
116
117
TABLES
Table 1. OALW16 Color icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2. OALW40 Color icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3. Channel lockout options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4. Forced switch options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 5. OALW16/OALW40 measurement points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 6. Line equipment measurement points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
47
70
71
109
118
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
6 / 126

Figure 104. List Of options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 105. Show NE measurement data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 106. Analog Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 107. View Measure Points list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 108. Measure Polling view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
HISTORY


Edition
Authors
Date
Page /
Paragraph
1.1
J.Berthomieu
000121
All
Creation (1353SH 5.3)
1.2
J.Berthomieu
000512
All
Observations
[1]
TSDFrance, Manuel Qualite Branche Systemes de Transmission TSD,

8AS 11002 0001 UZALB, Ed8
[2]

3CK 00051 0002 ASZZA, Ed2
[3]

[4]

[5]

NMU/GT/96/022, Ed1
[6]

8AY 02000 0000 ASZZA, Ed4
[7]

[8]

3BP 22100 0008 DSZZA, Ed1
[9]

See NMU Web Server
[10] TSD Vimercate, 1353 SH R5 Technical Requirements Specification,

3AL 71310 0001 PBZZA, Ed1
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
[12] AAR, 1353SH R3.1 OALW40 SLTE Mapping Specification,

NMU/C/97/0117, Ed.2.1
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
7 / 126


3BP 22100 0066 OMZZA, Ed1
3BP 22100 0067 OMZZA, Ed1
3AL 71389 0015 OMZZA, Ed1
3AL 71389 0016 OMZZA, Ed1
3AL 71389 0017 OMZZA, Ed1
3AL 71389 0018 OMZZA, Ed1
3AL 71389 0019 OMZZA, Ed1
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
[20] ASN Villarceaux, 1353SH5 WDM Submarine PFE Operator manual,

3DW 10145 AAAA PCGNA, Ed1
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
8 / 126

1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Scope
This document describes all the functionalities provided by the 1353SH to manage the 2.5 Gb/s
Wavelength Division Multiplexer (WDM) Submarine NEs.
Alcatel OALW16 SLTE,

Alcatel OALW16 RSU,
Alcatel OALW40 SLTE,
Alcatel OALW40 RSU.
1.1.2 Edition scope

None.
This manual is intended for all the operators of the 1353SH in charge of managing WDM Submarine NEs.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10







ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
9 / 126
Overview
Wet plant: Line management generalities
Chapter 3: Submarine Line Terminal Equipment
SLTE overview
Submarine Line Equipments
SLTE physical description
OALW16 NE graphical representation
OALW16 SLTE views
OALW16 RSU views
OALW40 NE graphical representation
OALW40 SLTE views
OALW40 RSU views
Chapter 4: SLTE functionalities
NE Characteristics
Tributary service
Tributary EOW
Channel Power
Wavelength Information
Segment Information
FEC Features
Protection management
External points
Performance counter management
Automatic Preemphasis Adjustment
Laser Management ALS
Chapter 5: Submarine Line Management
SubSegments management
Branching Units management
View Settings/Thresholds
Principles
OALW16/OALW40 Measurement Points
Line Equipments Measurement Points
Chapter 7: WDM Submarine Equipments Restrictions
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
OALW16/OALW40
ED

OALW16/OALW40 alarms
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
10 / 126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

1.3 Terminology
1.3.1 Definitions
None
1.3.2 Abbreviations
AMS
Alternate Maintenance Signal
APA
Automatic Pre emphasis Adjustment
BER
Bit Error Ratio
BU
Branching Unit
CMISE
CT
Craft Terminal
EML
EOW
External Orderwire
FDU
FEC Decoder Unit
FEC
Forward Error Coding
FEU
FEC Encoder Unit
GUI
IM
Information Model
LTU
Line Transmitter Unit
LRU
Line Receiver Unit
MIB
MOC
MS
MNE
NE
Network Element
NML
OPU
Overhead Process Unit
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
11 / 126
Operation System
OWE
Orderwire equipment
PFE
PSU
Power Supply Unit
RC
Remote Control
RSU
Remote Supervisory Unit; subset of the SLTE dedictated to submerged plant (repeaters and
Branching Units) management. This kind of terminal has no tributary (and protection) cards and contains
only submerged plant dedicated cards. From the point of vue of the management system the RSU has
the same QB3* interface as for the SLTE.
RX
Reception
SBS
SDH
SLTE
SME
SPC
SLTE Processor Card

STS
SW
Switch
TBC
To Be Confirmed
TMN
TMP
TP
Transmission Point
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
TTEM
Back to Back Q factor
TX
Transmission
VAD
Voltage Alarm Detector
WDM
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
12 / 126

OS


The STS provides a high transmission capacity through optical fibers by multiplexing several STM16
optical channels.
2.1 Overview
terrestrial to/from submarine conversion, but they also provide remote management and power
facilities for undersea equipments. They are composed of:
One or several Submarine Line Terminal Equipments (SLTE): each SLTE actually adapts and
multiplexes SDH signals for submarine optical transmission. The OALW16 can manage up to
eight STM16 signals. The OALW40 can manage up to sixteen STM16 signals. Depending
on the requirements, a single station can include several SLTEs.
Power Feeding Equipment (PFE): used to remotely energize the submarine line cable. The
management of this equipment type is described in [20].
A Submarine Line Cable which supports the physical transmission of the signal from one landing
Branching Units (BUs): placed at junction points of a branched cable and allow to get some
routing flexibility in the traffic management.
Landing
Station 1
Up to
sixteen
STM16
PFE
SLTE
PFE
Submarine Line Cable
URs
BU
UR
Landing
Station 2
SLTE
Up to
sixteen
STM16
URs
Landing
Station 3
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Optical Fiber
(Energized)
Up to
sixteen
STM16
PFE
Up to
sixteen
STM16
SLTEs
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
13 / 126
BU
Repeater1
Repeater2
SLTE1
SLTE2
OS
OS
Repeater3
SLTE3
OS

A Segment consists in a set of submerged and station equipements linked to the same submarine cable.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
14 / 126

2.2 Wet Plant: Line management generalities


A line Equipment (Repeater or BU) is composed of SubSystems. A Subsystem is composed of Optical
Amplifiers (OA).
a)
Repeater
A Repeater contains up to four repeater subsystems, one for each fibre pair. A Repeater SubSystem
is made of up to four Optical Amplifiers (OA) which provide amplification for line signal. The two directions
of a repeater are referred to as direction X and direction Y.
direction X
OA
OA
Repeater SubSystem
OA
OA
Repeater SubSystem
REPEATER
direction Y
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
15 / 126
Branching Unit
A BU allows individual or group of channels at different wavelengths to be routed to different locations in

the Network. BU contains up to four BU subsystems out of four trunk fibre pairs.
A BU subsystem is composed of 0 to 2 BU module(s). This number depends on the BU subsystem type.
For example, a Passthrough BU subsystem or a FibreRouting BU subsystem doesnt contain any
BU module.
Add_Drop_Module_X (resp. Add_Drop_Module_Y) BU, the Add OA of the module Y (resp. X) doesnt
exist.
Branching Unit
BU subsystem
X module
Y module
T
Trunk
ADM
D
ADM
T
D
T: Trunk
A: Add
D: Drop
X
Branch
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
16 / 126

b)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3 SUBMARINE LINE TERMINAL EQUIPMENT

The Submarine Line Terminal equipment (SLTE) are used to adapt SDH signals for transmission over a
submarine cable and to multiplex these signals.
The equipments supported by the 1353SH 5 are the following:
OALW16/OALW40 SLTE (Submarine Line Terminal Equipment),
OALW16/OALW40 RSU (Remote Supervisory Unit),
The capacity of the OALW16 equipment is a maximum of 8 STM16 signals multiplexed.

The capacity fo the OALW40 equipment is a maximum of 16 STM16 signals multiplexed.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
17 / 126
SLTEs are considered as bidirectional and managed at Element Management Level (EML) and at the Craft
Terminal level.
They also collaborate to the process of fault detection and fault recovery on the submarine cable. The
OALW16/OALW40 equipments act as a mediation device between the Line Equipments (Repeaters,
Branching Units) located on the submarine cable and the OS.
3.1.1 OALW16 SLTE
Craft
Terminal
EMLOS
SLTE
Maximum
8 x 2.7Gbit/s
STM161
Tributaries
STM168
Synchronous
Multiplexer
Equipment
(SME)
Undersea
amplifier
Environ
mentals
PFE
OWE
Figure 5. OALW16 SLTE environment
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The SLTE can process up to 8 STM16 signals. It can protect up to 8 signals in a 1+1 protection.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
18 / 126

3.1 SLTE overview

3.1.2 OALW40 SLTE
Craft
Terminal
EMLOS
SLTE
Maximum
16 x 2.7Gbit/s
STM161
Tributaries
STM1616
Synchronous
Multiplexer
Equipment
(SME)
Undersea
amplifier
Environ
mentals
OWE
PFE
Figure 6. OALW40 SLTE environment

The SLTE can process up to 16 STM16 signals with no protected signals. If less than 16 signals are used,
the remaining signals may be used as protecting signals in a 1+1 protection.
For OALW16 SLTE and OALW40 SLTE the Element Manager Layer Operating System (EMLOS) is a
management system which offers a complete range of management functions for the SLTE. In each
station, the EMLOS performs centralized management of Line Terminals, PFEs and a subset of
Branching Units and repeaters. The management domain of this EMLOS is assigned to one or a set of
stations.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The Craft Terminal (CT) may also manage the SLTE, but with a less userfriendly graphical interface.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
19 / 126
an Optical/Electrical conversion function which is the interface with the SDH equipment,
a FEC function that performs the encoding / decoding of the FEC overhead on the electrical signal,
an Electrical/Optical conversion on a specific wavelength,
a multiplex/demultiplex function which put/extract on the same fiber pair all the tributary optical
signals,
a Submarine Line Physical Interface function which mainly performs an post / pre optical
amplification of the multiplexed signal.
The OWE equipment allows the transmission of service channels and order wire channels between
distant SLTEs, provided that there are STM16 links between these SLTEs. These communication
channels are transmitted through the FEC frame overhead availability and come in addition to the
SDH Data Communication channels available at the SDH equipment level. Management of such
equipement is not in the scope of the 1353SH.
STM16
O/E
FEC
E/O
MUX
O/E
FEC
E/O
O/E
FEC
E/O
DEMUX
Submarine
Line
Physical
Interface
Submarine
Line
Physical
Interface
N * 2.7 Gbits
submarine
line
STM16
O/E
FEC
E/O
SLTE transmit side
SLTE receive side
Figure 7. SLTE transmission view.
3.1.3 OALW16/OALW40 RSU
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The OALW16/OALW40 RSU is a subset of the OALW16/OALW40 SLTE dedicated to submerged plant
management (Repeaters and Branching Units). This equipment has no tributary (and protection) boards
and contains only submerged plant dedicated boards.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
20 / 126

The following figure shows the SLTE functional blocks:
3.2 Submarine Line equipment

The Line Equipment is the following:
the Repeaters:
the STC Repeaters: R0 and R1 repeaters,

the SMC Repeaters,
the R3 Repeaters,
the R4 Repeaters.
the Branching Units.
The following figures, given for each type of Line Equipment, specify the measurement points locations
for analog measurements.
3.2.1 STC Repeaters
Two types of STC submerged repeaters are managed via the OALW16/OALW40 equipments :
R1 repeater,
R0 repeater.
Repeater SubSystem 1
P.In
Frequency F1
I.P1
P.P1
pump 1
P.Out
OA1
pump 2
OA2
pump 1
I.P2
P.P2
Frequency F2
T
E
pump 2
S
L
T
Measurement point (detailed in paragraph Line Equipments Measurement Points)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 8. R1 Repeater bloc

STC repeaters can support up to 4 fibre pairs, and then 8 optical amplifiers.
Two pumps are linked to each optical amplifier and are separately controlled.
Some commands are available on each Optical Amplifiers (OA), mainly the setting and resetting of optical
amplifier pump power and pump status.
Only one type of repeaters can be installed on one subsegment.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
21 / 126
3.2.2 SMC Repeaters
Each Repeater subsystem contains one optical amplifier in each direction. One pump is linked to each
direction.
Pout
Pin
A
IPA
Pump A
IPB
Pump B
B
Pout
Pin
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 9. SMC Repeater
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
22 / 126

The SMC Repeaters contains up to four repeater subsystems, one for each fibre pair.
3.2.3 R3 and R4 Repeaters

The R3 and R4 Repeaters contains up to four Repeater subsystems, one for each fibre pair.
Each Repeater subsystem contains one optical amplifier in each direction. The R3 repeater is a
twopump system, one pump is linked to each optical amplifier. The R4 repeater is a 4pump systems,
two pumps are implemented for each optical amplifier.
The two systems (two and fourpump) can be installed in the whole segment but they cannot be mixed
within the same subsegment.
Pout
Pin
A
IPA
Pump A
IPB
Pump B
B
Pout
Pin
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 10. R3 Repeater
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
23 / 126
3.2.4 Branching Units

Each Branching Unit subsystem contains:

the Module X, that contains Trunk and Add amplifiers for Direction X,
the Module Y, that contains Trunk and Add amplifiers for Direction Y.
Each Module has its own physical address, that is not visible to the operator.
ADM: Add and drop Module
Line direction X
X Module
Y Module
P.In P.Out
T
X
ADM
D
Trunk
I.P
Y
ADM
P.Out
I.P
Y
D
P.In
T: OA Trunk
A: OA Add
D: OA Drop
X
Branch
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 11. Branching Unit
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
24 / 126

3.3 SLTE physical description

3.3.1 OALW16 SLTE
Several configurations exist for this SLTE (from 1+0 to 8+8).
The two main configurations for the SLTE are the following:
4 + 4 configuration: 4 X tributaries protected by 4 Y tributaries,
8 + 8 configuration: 8 X tributaries protected by 8 Y tributaries.
For a 4+4 configuration, the SLTE is composed of three racks (see Figure 12. ):
one rack contains all the tributary subracks (X tributaries: working channels),
one rack contains all the common elements: switching, transmission and reception subracks,
one rack contains all the channels for protection of the tributaries (Y tributaries: protecting
channels).
For a 8+8 configuration, two more racks are used for the 4 additional X tributaries and the 4 additional
Y tributaries.
One or two tributary subracks are needed for each wavelength depending on whether or not the protection
is used:
an unprotected wavelength is transmitted by one tributary subrack,
a protected tributary needs two subracks and switching boards:
one tributary subrack from the left rack,
two switching boards from the middle rack,
one subrack from the right rack for protection.
If no tributaries are protected, the switch subrack from the middle rack may be omitted.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Whatever the SLTE configuration, two subracks are necessary:
TxAmp (Common multiplex transmission),
RxAmp (Common multiplex reception).
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
25 / 126
Subrack 1
Trib 1X
Subrack 1
Switch 1
Subrack 1
Trib 1Y
Subrack 2
Trib 2X
Subrack 2
Tx Amp
Subrack 2
Trib 2Y
Subrack 3
Trib 3X
Subrack 3
Rx Amp
Subrack 3
Trib 3Y
Subrack 4
Trib 4X
Rack 1
(X Tributaries)

The following figure gives a 4+4 SLTE configuration:
Subrack 4
Trib 4Y
Rack 2
(Common)
Rack 3
(Y Tributaries)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 12. Layout of 4+4 configuration SLTE.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
26 / 126

3.3.2 OALW40 SLTE

Several configurations exist for this SLTE. The general form is :
i + j with i + j <= 16 and j <= i.
i = number of multiplexed tributaries
j = number of protected tributaries. If j = 0 there is no protection.
The OALW40 SLTE (Submarine Line Terminal Equipment) is a multiracks equipment.
The NE can have at most 7 racks with 4 subracks in each rack.
The NE determines the number and the content of racks according to the number of wavelengths and the
fact that they are protected or not.
There is 8 types of Subrack :
Tributary (specific to a tributary wavelength),
Switch (protection switching between tributary subracks),
Tx Amp (Common multiplex transmission),
Rx Amp (Common multiplex reception),
Rx Amp2 (Common multiplex reception variant),
Aux Amp (Common multiplex reception second stage),
Tx Mux (Common multiplex transmission),
Tx Demux (Common multiplex reception).
rack 1
rack 2
rack 3
rack 4
rack 5
rack 6
rack 7
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 13. NE maximum layout (rack, subrack)
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
27 / 126
As the OALW16/OALW40 RSU has no tributary or protection boards, the equipment is only composed of
the two amplification subracks: TX AMP and RX AMP.
Subrack 1
Tx Amp
Subrack 2
Rx Amp
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 14. Layout of RSU
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
28 / 126

3.3.3 OALW16/OALW40 RSU

3.4 OALW16 NE graphical representation

3.4.1 OALW16 NE symbol
The OALW16 NE is represented on the Network Topology view as shown below.
16
SLTE
16
RSU
OALW16 SLTE
OALW16 RSU
Figure 15. OALW16 SLTE and RSU NE symbols
3.4.2 OALW16 equipment views

For the equipment, there are four types of equipment views: the rack view, the subrack views, the board
views, the port views.
Transmission/reception views, Submarine Line view and External points view are also available.
Views
Previous
Equipment
External Points
Transmission
Reception
Submarine Line
Open object
Open in Window
Open New Submarine Line Window
Close
Esc
Alt+O
Alt+W
Alt+M
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
29 / 126
3.4.3 OALW16 icons

In the right column of the views, the following icons give information about the equipment status.
Supervisionstate
Alignment state
Local access state
Operational state
1354 SN assignment state
Default configuration state
External point alarm state
Craft terminal connected
Alarm filtering state
Multiple line command state
Line supervision state
Figure 17. OALW16 icons
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The icons have two significant forms:
round, abnormal status,
square, normal status.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
30 / 126
The icons have significant colors. The colors are different depending on the status icon:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Table 1. OALW16 Color icons
Icon
Status Color
SUP
supervised = green (the NE is supervised).

activating = brown
declared = near dark
ALI
aligned = green (the NE configuration is the one diesplayed in the OS).

aligning = brown
in configuration = sky blue
misaligned = orange
a key
granted = sky blue (the NECTAS is allowed to act on to the NE: eg. configuration
modification)
denied = white
Q3
enabled = green (the interface between OS and NE is working well).

disabled = red
SNM
present = green (the submarine Network Manager (1354SN) is detected as

present).
free = sky blue
DEF
not active = green

active = alarm severity color (the default configuration hard coded in the NE is the
one currently used).
EXT
cleared = green ( synthesis of Extenal Points).

alarm = alarm severity color
CTC
cleared = green (the craft (NECTAS) is connected to the NE).

AF
disabled = green (the Alarm filter is not activated: all alarms are reported into the
OS).
enabled = dark blue
MLC
ready = green
in progress = dark blue (the multiline command is ongoing).
LSS
operational = green (hardware components allowing line supervision are

operational).
non operational = dark blue
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
31 / 126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
3.5.1 Rack view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3.5 OALW16 SLTE views
Figure 18. OALW16 SLTE rack view (1+1 configuration)
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
32 / 126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.5.2 Subrack view
Figure 19. OALW16 SLTE subrack view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
33 / 126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.5.3 Board view
Figure 20. OALW16 SLTE board view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
34 / 126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.5.4 Port view
Figure 21. OALW16 SLTE port view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
35 / 126
This function is available for SLTE in stand alone mode only (1354SN not connected to 1353SH),
assignement state is visible in permanent item panel (SNM Item).
To display the Submarine Line view, select the Submarine Line option in the Views pull down menu:
the following view is displayed.
Figure 22. SLTE Submarine Line view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The Submerged Line view is separated in two parts: the left part is for subsegments, the right part
for Branching Units. This view can not be configured from the OS but from the Craft Terminal.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
36 / 126

3.5.5 Submarine Line view
3.5.6 Transmission view

The structure of the transmission view proceeds from the SLTE functional blocks (see Figure 7. ).
It allows to directly access the port view associated to the block.
!
"
!

!

!

!

!

"

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 23. SLTE Transmission view

N.B.
The Alarm sythesis icon is extended to the whole size of the port icon if it is too small.
N.B.
Links between wdmsource and OptPathSource ports are hidden if the port is not in service. An
icon with letter W (Working) is added to show the tributary in service.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
37 / 126
3.5.7 Reception view

The structure of the reception view proceeds from the SLTE functional blocks (see Figure 7. ).

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 24. SLTE Reception view

N.B.
The Alarm sythesis icon is extended to the whole size of the port icon if it is too small.
N.B.
Links between wdmsink and OptPathSink ports are hidden if the port is not in service. An icon
with letter W (Working) is added to show the tributary in service.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
38 / 126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.5.8 External Points view
Figure 25. OALW16 SLTE External points view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
39 / 126
For the RSU equipment, there are four types of equipment views: the rack view, the subrack views,
the board views, the port views. The Submarine Line view and the External points view are also
available.
3.6.1 Rack view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 26. OALW16 RSU rack view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
40 / 126

3.6 OALW16 RSU views
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.6.2 Subrack view
Figure 27. OALW16 RSU subrack view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
41 / 126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.6.3 Board view
Figure 28. OALW16 RSU board view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
42 / 126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.6.4 Port view
Figure 29. OALW16 RSU port view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
43 / 126
To display the Submarine Line view, select the Submarine Line option in the Views pull down menu:
the following view is displayed.
Figure 30. RSU Submarine Line view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The Submerged Line view uses the same structure as the SLTE equipment view.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
44 / 126

3.6.5 Submarine Line view

3.7 OALW40 NE graphical representation

3.7.1 OALW40 NE symbol
The OALW40 NE is represented on the Network Topology view as shown below.
40
SLTE
40
RSU
OALW40 SLTE
OALW40 RSU
Figure 31. OALW40 SLTE and RSU NE symbols
3.7.2 OALW40 equipment views

For the SLTE equipment, there are four types of equipment views: the rack view, the subrack views, the
board views, the port views.
Transmission/Reception views, Submarine Line view and External points view are also available.
Views
Previous
Equipment
External Points
Transmission
Reception
Submarine Line
Open object
Open in Window
Close
Esc
Alt+O
Alt+W
Alt+M
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
45 / 126
3.7.3 OALW40 icons

Supervision state
Alignment state
Local access state
Operational state
1354 SN assignment state
External point alarm state
FarEnd Margin Measurement
PreAmphasis Equalized
Margin Measurement
Figure 33. OALW40 icons
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
46 / 126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Table 2. OALW40 Color icons
Icon
Status Color
SUP
supervised = green (the NE is supervised).

activating = brown
ALI
aligned = green (the NE configuration is the one diesplayed in the OS).

aligning = brown
misaligned = orange
a key
granted = sky blue (the NECTAS is allowed to act on to the NE: eg. configuration
modification).
denied = white
Q3
enabled = green (the interface between OS and NE is working well).

disabled = red
SNM
present = green (the submarine Network Manager (1354SN) is detected as

present).
free = sky blue
DEF
not active = green

active = alarm severity color (the default configuration hard coded in the NE is the
one currently used).
EXT
cleared = green ( synthesis of Extenal Points).

CTC
cleared = green (the craft (NECTAS) is connected to the NE).

AF
disabled = green (the Alarm filter is not activated: all alarms are reported into the
OS).
enabled = dark blue
MLC
ready = green
in progress = dark blue (the multiline command is ongoing).
LSS
operational = green (hardware components allowing line supervision are

operational).
FMM
operational = green
PEE
operational = green
MM
operational = green
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
47 / 126
As the views are almost identical to the OALW16 SLTE, only the rack view and the subrack view are given
below.
3.8.1 Rack view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 34. OALW40 SLTE rack view (16+0 configuration)
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
48 / 126

3.8 OALW40 SLTE views
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.8.2 Subrack view
Figure 35. OALW40 SLTE subrack view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
49 / 126
For the RSU equipment, there are four types of equipment views: the rack view, the subrack views, the
board views, the port views. A Submarine Line view and the External points view are also available.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
These views are almost identical to OALW16 RSU. Refer to chapter 3.6.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
50 / 126

3.9 OALW40 RSU views

4 SLTE FUNCTIONALITIES
4.1 NE Characteristics
This feature allows to display the local code of the SLTE. This code is used to define markers inserted into
the FEC frame.
In the Supervision pull down menu, click on the NE option then the Characteristics option as
follows.
Supervision
NE
>
>
Start Supervision
Stop Supervision
Access State
>
Alarms
>
Upload Remote Inventory
Dump NE MIB
Save
Reset NE
Characteristics...
Slem Segment >
Figure 36. Display NE Characteristics

The following dialogue box is displayed.
Figure 37. NE Characteristics dialogue box

The SLTE local code may be modified by entering a new value in the WDM SLTE Local code field.
A MIB align down operation is necessary to download the new value in the NE.
Click on the OK push button to validate your modifications and to close the window.
The Cancel push button cancels the operation and closes the dialogue box, without modifications.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
01
A MIB align down operation is necessary to download the new value to the NE
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
51 / 126
4.2 Tributary service
When the tributary is Off Service, the SLTE is equipped for future use or in maintenance but the channel
is not currently in service and the tributary does not support traffic. The SLTE does not report associated
Transmission alarms to the OS.
In the Configuration pull down menu, click on the Tributaries Status option.
Configuration
MIB
Alarms Severities ...
NE Time
Tributaries Status ...
EOWs Status ...
Performance
>
Reset NE
Characteristics...
>
Figure 38. Display tributaries status

The following dialogue box is displayed. This window is resizable.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 39. Tributary Service dialogue box

Each tributary is associated to one wavelength.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
52 / 126

Each tributary can be set In Service or Off Service.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

For each tributary, select the option:
In Service,
Off Service.
Click on the OK push button to validate your choices and to close the window.
The Close push button cancels the operation and closes the dialogue box, without modifications.
N.B.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
53 / 126
This feature is used to specify which EOW auxiliary channels are in use, and which related alarms must
be transmitted to the OS.
N.B.
Alarms related to EOW auxiliary channels are not considered as Transmission alarms.
In the Configuration pull down menu, click on the EOWs Status option.
Configuration
MIB
NE Time
EOWs Status ...
Performance
>
Reset NE
Characteristics...
>
Figure 40. EOWs status

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 41. Tributary EOW dialogue box
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
54 / 126

4.3 Tributary EOW
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

This dialog box allows to modify for each tributary, the EOW Status value. Four option can be
selected:
Channel 1 On,
Channel 2 On,
Both Channel Off,
Both Channel On,.
This attribute is used to inhibit alarms from the auxiliary channels per tributary.
N.B.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
55 / 126
4.4.1 Channel Power value

This feature is only available for LTU board of the OALW16/40 SLTE.
This feature allows the operator to display the channel power value (in dBm) of a port.
The value displayed is the value (in dBm) set by the NE after an increase/decrease channel power remote
control.
To display the Channel Power value:
Open the port view for the LTU board of a tributary subrack.
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Channel Power ... option.
Port
Increase Channel Power
Decrease Channel Power
Channel Power ...
Wavelength ...
Wdm Protection
>
Protection Config ...
Laser Management
>
Figure 42. Display channel power information

The following window is displayed.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 43. Channel Power dialogue box
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
56 / 126

4.4 Channel Power
4.4.2 Increase/Decrease Channel Power value
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

The value can be increased or decreased by step of 0.5 dBm.

To increase/decrease the Channel Power value:
Open the port view for the LTU board of a tributary subrack.
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Increase/Decrease Channel Power option (see
Figure 42. ).
In the confirmation box that displays, click on OK to confirm your operation or click on Cancel.
The NE modifies a configuration table with the new channel power value. The alignment state becomes
misaligned so the operator has to upload the configuration to see the new value.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
57 / 126
4.5 Wavelength Information

This feature allows the operator to display the tributary wavelength.

This value can be displayed for the port of the LTU and LRU boards of the OALW16/40 SLTE.
To display the Wavelength value:
Open the port view of the LTU or LRU board of a tributary subrack.
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Wavelength ... option.
Port
Channel Power ...
Wavelength ...
>
Laser Management
Figure 44. Display Wavelength information

The following window is displayed
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 45. Wavelength dialogue box
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
58 / 126
4.6 Segment information

Information about the current segment can be displayed as follows:
In the the Supervision pull down menu click on the NE option. Then click on the Slem Segment
parameters.
Supervision
NE
>
>
Start Supervision
Stop Supervision
>
Access State
Alarms
>
Dump NE MIB
Save
Reset NE
Characteristics...
Slem Segment > Segment Parameters ...
Segment Tributaries Conf ...
Figure 46. Slem segment parameters menu
Select the Segment Parameters option: the following window is displayed.
Figure 47. Segment Parameters view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The following attributes are displayed :
ED
the SLTE Orientation,
the Reply Detection On attribute,
the Modulation level,
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
59 / 126
Select the Segment Parameters option: the following window is displayed. This window is resizable.

Figure 48. Segment Parameters view
In the Tributaries list, select one tributary,
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The Pourcentage of Modulation of the selected tributary is displayed.

Click on Close to close the window.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
60 / 126

4.7 FEC Features

4.7.1 AMS management
This feature controls the insertion of an AMS (Alternate Maintenance Signal) in place of an SDH signal
detected as incorrect.
This feature can be enabled or disabled from the FEC port view of the FECENC or FECDEC boards
(tributary subracks) of the SLTE:
FECENC for transmission side (to submerged Line),
FECDEC for reception side (to terrestrial Line).
To enable/disable the AMS insertion:
Open the port view of the FECENC or FECDEC board.
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Enable/Disable AMS Insertion option.
Port
Enable AMS Insertion
Disable AMS Insertion
Marker Configuration
Insert Fec Error
Fec Error Management ...
Insert Single Fec Error
Single Fec Error Management ...
Figure 49. AMS Management for FECDEC board

Click on OK in the confirmation box to validate the operation.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The state of the AMS insertion feature is given in the Termination point view (see Figure 54. ).
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
61 / 126
4.7.2 Marker configuration
The farend SLTE compares the expected marker (configured in tables) with the received one and
generates an alarm when they are different.
The marker value can be displayed for the FECENC and FECDEC boards but the information displayed
is different.
The FECENC board is used in the emission process. The expected marker can be set by the operator.
The FECDEC board is used in the reception process. The inserted marker can only be set using the Craft
Terminal, except for the first part, the SLTE local code: (see paragraph 4.1. )
a)
FECENC board
Open the port view.
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Marker Configuration ... option (see Figure 49. ).
Figure 50. Marker Configuration for the FECENC board

The window displays the marker composed of the SLTE identification and the channel number.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The Fec Tributary Marker field gives the marker value inserted in the FEC frame.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
62 / 126

Markers are inserted in the overhead of the FEC in a frame. They are received by the farend SLTE.

b)
FECDEC board
Open the port view.
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Marker Configuration ... option (see Figure 49. ).
Figure 51. Marker Configuration for the FECDEC board

The window displays the marker composed of the SLTE identification and the channel number:
The Fec Tributary Marker: gives the current received value.
The Fec Expected Tributary Marker: is used to enter the expected marker value defined as follows:
SLTE local code field: 3 characters maximum,
Channel number field: 3 characters maximum.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
63 / 126
This feature allows the operator to insert FEC errors in frames (only available for the FECENC board). This
is available for FEC correction test.
Two kinds of insertion are available:
insertion with specific duration and specific number of errors per Fec frame,
single insertion with a specific number of errors.
a)
FEC error insertion with duration parameter

1)
Parameters modification
Open the port view of the FECENC board.
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Fec Error Management ... option (see
Figure 49. ).
Figure 52. FEC Error Management window

The following parameters can be modified:
Insertion Duration: a value may be entered (in ms by step of 10 ms),

Insertion Rate: number of errors by frame from 64 to 960 by step of 64.
N.B.
The Duration and Rate are the same for all tributaries: if parameter value changes, the new
value is set to all tributaries.
N.B.
2)
Insertion
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
To perform the FEC error insertion:
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Insert Fec Error option (see Figure 49. ).

The State of the FEC error insertion is given in the Termination point view (see Figure 54. ).
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
64 / 126

4.7.3 FEC error management
b)
Single FEC error insertion


1)
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Single Fec Error Management ... option (see
Figure 49. ).
Figure 53. Single FEC Error Management window

The Insertion Rate parameter can be modified from 64 to 960 by step of 64.
N.B.
The Rate is the same for all tributaries: if one rate value changes, the new value is set to
all tributaries.
N.B.
2)
Insertion
To perform single FEC error insertion:
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Insert Single Fec Error option (see Figure 49. ).

The State of the FEC error insertion is given at the bottom of the Termination point view (see
Figure 54. ).
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 54. States of AMS insertion, FEC error insertion and single FEC error insertion on FECENC
board.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
65 / 126
4.7.4 FEC correction management
This feature can be enabled or disabled from the FEC port view of the FECDEC board (tributary subrack)
of the SLTE.
To enable/disable the FEC correction:
Open the port view of the FECDEC board.
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Enable/Disable Fec Correction option.
Port
Performance Point Counter...
Show TP Performance Data
Marker Configuration...
Enable Fec Correction
Disable Fec Correction
>
Figure 55. FEC Correction management for FECDEC board

The State of the FEC correction is given at the bottom of the Termination point view:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 56. Fec correction state
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
66 / 126

This feature controls the FEC correction.
4.8 Protection management
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

In the Equipment view, the X tributary subracks are protected by the Y tributary subracks.
No protection scheme is allowed. However, the protection can be configured, invoked or released.
All operations are performed from the port view of the LTU board.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
67 / 126
For each couple of X and Y tributary subracks, the protection can be configured from the port view of
the LTU board.
For each tributary subrack, the protection can be configured as follows:
Select the Port pull down menu.
Select the Protection Config ... option.

Port
Channel Power ...
Wavelength ...
Wdm Protection
>
Laser Management
>
Figure 57. Protection configuration selection

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 58. Protection Configuration dialogue box
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
68 / 126

4.8.1 Protection configuration
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

The following parameters can not be modified:
Revertive/Non Revertive mode: set to False. The switch to the protecting element is maintained even
after a recovery from failure.
Wait To Restore Time: set to 0. The SLTE will wait 0 second before trying to switch back.
Protection Group Type: set to 1+1. One X is protected by one Y subrack.
Wdm Protection Speed: Slow or Fast.
Rdi Inclusion Status: Enabled or Disabled.
Hold Off Time: a value can be entered (from 10 ms to 2550 ms by step of 10 ms).
Click on OK to validate your choice.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
69 / 126
This feature enables to lock or unlock a tributary from any protection switches. If a tributary is locked
(Invoke lockout), a protected channel cannot be switched to it and extratraffic cannot be used on it.
The following table gives the operator availability.
Table 3. Channel lockout options
Switch type / RC
manual lockout
local lockout
forced
switch
auto switch
invoke lockout
release lockout
X = option available
= option not available
To invoke or release a tributary lockout, select the Port pull down menu and the Wdm Protection cascading
menu. Then select the Lockout option from the Invoke or Release cascading menu:
Invoke Lockout: the protection mode is autoremote, the switch can occur only by a remote control,
Release Lockout: the protection mode is autofull, the switch can occur either by a remote control
or an automatic switch (if an invoke protection alarm is detected).
As an example, in the following figure, a channel lockout is invoked.

Port
Channel Power ...
Wavelength ...
Wdm Protection
>
Laser Management
>
Invoke >
Release >
Lockout
Forced
Figure 59. Invoke channel lockout
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
From the dialogue box that opens, confirm or cancel the operation.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
70 / 126

4.8.2 Invoke/Release a Channel Lockout

4.8.3 Invoke Protection Forced Switch

This feature allows the operator to force the switching from the protected channel to the protecting
channel.
The following table gives the operator availability.
Table 4. Forced switch options
Switch type / RC
manual lockout
local lockout
forced
switch
auto switch
invoke force switch
X = option available
= option not available
As in Figure 59. , select the Port pull down menu and the Wdm Protection cascading menu. Then select
the Forced option from the Invoke cascading menu.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
From the dialogue box that opens, confirm or cancel the operation.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
71 / 126
4.9 External points
4.9.1 External Input Points
For OALW16/OALW40 NEs, 24 external input points are available.

They have all modifiable user label.
Characteristics modification:
From the External Points window you can configure one of the external input points: either double click
on the concerned row in the external points list, or click on the concerned row and then select the Config...
option from the External Points pull down menu. The following window is displayed:
Figure 60. Configuring external input points.

The following characteristics can be modified:
User Label: a string has to be entered to define the point label.
When the configuration of the external point is completed, click on the OK push button to validate the
choice and close the dialogue box. The Cancel push button cancels the configuration and closes the
dialogue box.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
An MIB align down operation is necessary to download the new value in the NE.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
72 / 126

For general information about the external points, refer to the NE MANAGEMENT manual.

4.9.2 External Output Points
For OALW16/OALW40 NEs, 8 external output points are available.

They have all modifiable characteristics.
To configure one of the external output points, either double click on the concerned row in the external
points list, or click on the concerned row and then select the Config ... option from the External Points pull
down menu. The following window is displayed:
Figure 61. Configuring external output points.

Type: Output.
State: On or Off.
Station Output Control Type: Latching (stable output) or Momentary (a pulse).
Momentary Contact Time: indicates durationof the output in case of momentary type (in ms by step
of 10).
When the configuration of the external point is completed, click on the OK push button to validate the
choice and close the dialogue box. The Cancel push button cancels the configuration and closes the
dialogue box.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
An MIB align down operation is necessary to download the new value in the NE.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
73 / 126
4.10.1 Performance counters

Two kinds of counters are managed.
a)
FEC counters
FEC counters cumulate the number of erroneous bit corrected at reception side using FEC code
inserted in the Submarine FEC frame.
Two accumulation periods are supported: 15 minutes and 24 hours. For each Transmission Point (1
per tributary), a current block, a previous block and n more recent blocks of counters are stored in
the SLTE. The list of activated TPs is configurable and separately managed for CTs and OS. Once
a TP performance collect is activated from management systems, the SLTE manages the collect and
transfer on request all or part of the block counters.
One day of 15 minutes counters and one week of daily counters are stored in the SLTE.
The FEC alarm threshold configuration is part of the SLTE configuration. A low and a high thresholds
are defined for each counter to raise alarms or an urgent alarm when they are crossed.
Counters are collected and sent to the OS via the performance monitoring application.
b)
B1 byte counters
The B1 byte (at the Regeneration section) is extracted from each STM16 frame and collected
according to performance monitoring principles. Counters cumulate an error number.
The management procedure is the same as for FEC counter: accumulation periods, collect,
threshold and alarm generation.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The SLTE manages at least two different counter lists (OS and CT).
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
74 / 126

4.10 Performance counter management
4.10.2 Performance Points list

To display the all the Performance points, use the global command:
Diagnosis
Compare
Show NE Alarms
View
>
List Of
>
Show NE Performance Data >
Perf Points ...

Meas Points ...
Figure 62. List Of options
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Click on the Diagnosis pulldown menu,

Select the List Of option:
Select the Perf Points ... option, the following window is displayed:
Figure 63. View Performance Points list
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
75 / 126
The list displays the boards where the performance requests are possible. For each board the
performance points already active are displayed:

/WDay: a 24Hours performance point is already started.

/W15: a 15Minutes performance point is already started.
Two types of measure request are available:

1)
Unitary measure request
In the Equipment list, select one board.

Click on Details button, the following window is displayed:
Figure 64. Performance point counters view
Click on the chosen Performance points.

Click on OK, to execute the command.
2)
Global measure request
In the Equipment list (see Figure 63. ), select the affected boards:
to select a continuous group of boards keep the Shift button on and click on the first
element to be selected and then on the last,
to select a discontinuous group of boards keep the Ctrl button on and click on every
element to be selected,
to select all the boards click on Select All button.
In the Global command area, select with the option button: Start or Stop for 15Minutes and
24Hours performance.
Click on OK.
A In Progress window is displayed during the update setting up. You can stop the operation with
clicking on Abort.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The performance points are updated in the list (see Figure 63. ).
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
76 / 126
4.10.3 Performance thresholds configuration

To configure the thresholds:
Click on the Configuration menu.

Select the Performance option.
Select the Performance Thresholds option.
Select the requested counter name.
For the FEC counters, the following window is displayed.
Figure 65. FEC Performance Thresholds configuration
4.10.4 Protection Switch Level adjustment

The operator can configure thresholds for B1 and FEC instantaneous Bit Error Ratio values, in order to
have the same values as Terrestrial associated NEs (ADMs).
BER thresholds are composed of low and high thresholds.
The SLTE generates alarms when a calculated instantaneous BER value crosses a threshold.
These BER thresholds are attached to boards:
FECENC board for B1 BER thresholds (Reception of terrestrial signal),

FECDEC board for FEC BER thresholds (Reception of submarine signal).
For OALW16, all values are NE dependant. For OALW40, all values are channel dependant.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
They are displayed as analog measurement thresholds. See chapter 6.2.2 for more details.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
77 / 126
4.11 Automatic Preemphasis Adjustment

This feature is only available for the OALW40 SLTE and if Apa is authorized by 1354SN.
This function is available for SLTE in stand alone mode only (when1354SN is not connected to 1353SH),
It provides procedures to homogenise transmission quality of WDM Submarine equipment by power
adjustment of each channel. Measurement quality is based on FEC Bit Error Rate evaluation. APA is
performed during installation of network, but can be useful for readjustment due to system ageing or
capacity upgrade.
The APA view is accessible by Views pull down menu.
Views
Previous
Equipment
External Points
Transmission
Reception
Submarine Line
Automatic Pre Emphasis
Open object
Open in Window
Close
Esc
Alt+O
Alt+W
Alt+M
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
78 / 126

N.B.
4.11.1 APA view

Click on Automatic Pre Emphasis in Views menu, the following view is displayed.
Figure 67. APA view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
All the equipped tributaries are displayed. The tributaries offservice are greyed.
From this view, the operator can visualize a table with one row per channel and following columns:
Reference Power (RPi): contains a real or ??? if unknown value
Current Power (Pi): contains a real or ??? if unknown value
Channel Margin (Cmi): contains a real or ??? if unknown value
Number of Uncorrected Block: contains an integer or ??? if unknown value
Channel Margin Discrepancy (delta Cmi): contains a real or ??? if unknown value
System Margin (Sm): contains a real or ??? if unknown value
Reference System Margin (RSm): contains an integer or ??? if unknown value
APA Channel Status: a string (undefined, excessive cumulated correction, local transmission failure,
far end transmission failure, bad power variation).
The operator can send actions using Apa pull down menu in menu bar.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
79 / 126
4.11.2 Reset Reference Power

Apa
Reset RPI
Refresh Measurements
Apa
>
>
Margin Measurement
Back To Back Q Factor >
Figure 68. APA Reset RPI

This choice allows to reset channel power reference.
4.11.3 Refresh Measurements
Apa
Reset RPI
Apa
>
>
Margin Measurement
Figure 69. APA Refresh Measurements

This choice allows to refresh margin measurement values.
4.11.4 APA commands
The Automatic Preemphasis Adjustment procedure (APA) is the main facility to optimise all channel
margin discrepancies by performing several iterations of margin measurement and preemphasis
adjustment.
Apa
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Reset RPI
Apa
>
>
Margin Measurement
Start APA
Force APA
Abort APA
Figure 70. APA command

This allows to activate, force or abort APA procedure by selecting Start APA, Force APA or Abort APA.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
80 / 126

4.11.5 Margin Measurement commands

The Margin Measurement procedure (MM) is a sub part of APA procedure which only calculates all the
channel margin discrepancies.The operator can activate this procedure at any time even if an APA
procedure is not started.
Apa
Reset RPI
Apa
>
>
Margin Measurement
Start MM
Force MM
Abort MM
Figure 71. Margin Measurement command

This allows to activate, force or abort Margin Measurement procedure by selecting Start MM, Force MM
or Abort MM.
4.11.6 Back To Back Q Factor commands
The Back To Back Q Factor Measurement procedure (TTEM) is a sub part of APA procedure to only
calculate all the channel Q Factor. The operator can activate this procedure only when the APA procedure
has detected a Q variation which does not correspond to the expected one.
Apa
Reset RPI
Apa
>
Margin Measurement
>
Start TTEM
Force TTEM
Abort TTEM
Figure 72. Back to Back Q Factor commands
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
This allows to activate, force or abort Back To Back Q Factor measurement procedure by selecting Start
TTEM, Force TTEM or Abort TTEM.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
81 / 126
4.12 Laser Management (ALS)

4.12.1 Laser commands

To display the Laser management options for one tributary:
Open the affected Port view of the tributary subrack, or of the TXAMP/RXAMP subrack.
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Laser Management option:
Port
Channel Power ...
Wavelength ...
>
Laser Management
Wdm Protection
>
Configuration ...
Manual Restart
Test Restart
Figure 73. Laser Management options
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The four commands displayed are described in the next sections.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
82 / 126
4.12.2 Configuration

This option allows to configure the Automatic laser shutdown (ALS).
In the Laser Management pull down menu, click on Configuration ... option.
Figure 74. Automatic laser shutdown dialogue box

The following parameters are displayed and can be modified:
ALS State: Enabled or Disabled
ALS Auto Restart:
Enabled: if the laser is stopped, the restart is automatic after a wait time of x seconds (x
is the value displayed in Wait To Restart Time field),
Disabled: if the laser is stopped, the restart needs to be manual.
Wait To Restart Time: the number of seconds to wait before the automatic restart.

To restart the laser manualy:
In the Laser Management pull down menu, click on Manual restart option.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 75. Manual restart confirmation box
ED

01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
83 / 126
4.12.4 Test Restart
In the Laser Management pull down menu, click on Test restart option. The following confirmation
box is displayed.
Figure 76. Test restart confirmation box
Click on OK to confirm the test Laser restart.
4.12.5 Laser Cut Off

The operator can switch the laser OFF or ON on the following boards:
all LRU boards (reception from the line),

the PREMAIN board (preamplification at reception from the line).
The operator can only switch the laser OFF on the following boards:
all LTU boards (transmission to the line). For those boards, commands are available on the
optPathSource object supported by the board.
the POSTMAIN board (postamplification at transmission to the line)
N.B.
In that case the restart of the laser is only possible by enabling the ALS and doing a Manual
Restart.
To enable or disable the Laser Cut Off:
In the port view, select the Port pull down menu and the Laser management option:
Port
Laser Management
> Enable Laser Cut Off
Disable Laser Cut Off
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Click on Enable Laser Cut Off or Disable Laser Cut Off.

A confirmation box is displayed.
Click on OK.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
84 / 126

To test the laser restart:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

5 SUBMARINE LINE MANAGEMENT

ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
85 / 126
This feature allows to display and/or to manage the Repeaters contained in that portion of submarine cable
(between a SLTE and a Branching Unit (BU) or between two BUs or between 2 SLTE when there is no
BU).
5.1.1 SubSegment parameters
The subsegments are displayed in the left part of the Submarine Line view.
Information about a subsegment can be displayed as follows:
In the Submarine Line view, click on the subsegment for which the parameters have to be displayed,
Click on the SubmergedLine pull down menu, the following menu is displayed:
SubmergedLine
Sub Segment Parameters...
Sub Segment Repeaters List...
Sub Segment Multi Repeaters Commands... >
BU Parameters...
BU Sub System List
Figure 78. SubmergedLine menu
Select the Sub Segment Parameters option: the following window is displayed.
Figure 79. Sub Segment Parameters view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
the Sub Segment Label,
N.B.
A subsegment is equipped with repeaters of the same type.
the Accessibility: this value can be modified by the operator and set to Accessible or to Not
Accessible.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
86 / 126

5.1 SubSegments management
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

5.1.2 SubSegment Repeaters characteristics

This feature allows the operator to display the list of all Repeaters on the selected subsegment and to
display the characteristics of each of them.
The NE can be interfaced with the following line equipments (Repeaters and Branching Units):
the R0 Repeater,
the R1 Repeater,
the SMC Repeater,
the R3 Repeaters,
the R4 Repeater,
the Add and drop BU.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
87 / 126
a)
Repeaters list
In the Submarine Line view, click on the subsegment (Sx) for which the Repeaters list has to
be displayed,
Click on the SubmergedLine pull down menu,
Select the Sub Segment Repeaters List option: the following window is displayed.
or by double click on a subsegment.
Figure 80. Repeater selection

This window allows the selection of the Repeaters to list, using a field in which the name of a specific
repeater can be entered.
N.B.
The Search Repeaters button can be clicked without having entered a name: the list of
all repeater names in the subsegment is then displayed.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 81. Repeaters list

N.B.
ED
01
Maximum number of Repeaters: 50 for R0, 110 for R1, 50 for SMC and 250 for R3 or R4
(i.e. R3 + R4 repeaters are less than 250).
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
88 / 126

The Repeaters list can be displayed as follows:
b)
Display of Repeater characteristics

Once the repeaters list is displayed (see Figure 81. ), the characteristics of one repeater can be
displayed:
Select a name in the list,

Click on OK to submit the choice: the following window is displayed.
Figure 82. Repeater Sub System view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
01
The numbers of SubSystems may vary from 1 to 4. In the Figure 82. , there is one
subsystem.
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
89 / 126
c)
Management of Repeater characteristics
The following characteristics can not be modified:

the Repeater Label,
the Repeater Type,
the Repeater Orientation,
the Subsystem Address.
For each subsystem associated to a subsegment, the subsystem characteristics can be modified
by the operator:
N.B.
The maximum number of subsystems is 4 whatever the repeater type is.
State: can be set to Accessible or to Not Accessible,
Three pushbutton are available to access Optical Amplifier or send Measurement command:
1)
Measurement pushbutton: when clicked, the following window is displayed:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 83. Repeater SubSystem Measurement view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
90 / 126

Once the Repeater characteristics are displayed (see Figure 82. ), some may be modified.

Sub Segment Label,

Repeater Label,
Sub System number.
In the Reply Detection list, select one equipment. And if the subsystem is accessible
(see Repeater Sub System view):
Modulation index: can be set to Default, Plus One to Plus four or Minus One to Minus Four.
The incrementation or decrementation is based on the default SLTE configuration,
Click on Measurement pushbutton to send the measurements command.
2)
OA X and OA Y pushbuttons: when clicked, the following window is displayed:

N.B.
These two options are greyed for the SMC Repeater (not available).
Figure 84. Repeater OA Commands view

N.B.
The options displayed in the Repeater OA Commands view above depends on the
Repeater type:
for the R0 and R1 Repeaters:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
for the R3 Repeater:
ED
01
Switch Pumps,
Set Pumps,
Reset OA,
Reset Global OA.
Switch Pumps,
Set Pumps,
Reset Intermitent Fault Detection (optional).
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
91 / 126
Sub Segment Label,

Repeater Label,
Sub System number (value from 1 to 4),
OA Type: X Amplifier when clicked on OA X, Y Amplifier when clicked on OA Y.
The following characteristic can be select as command parameter:
Modulation index: can be set to Default, Plus One to Plus four or Minus One to Minus Four,
To send Action on OA:
Switch Pumps pushbutton: when clicked, the following window is displayed:
Figure 85. Switch Pump OA R3R4 Repeater Commands view

The Switch Pumps Command allows to set the pumps to On (Switch Pumps ON) or to
Off (Switch Pumps OFF).
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 86. Switch Pump OA R0R1 Repeater Commands view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
92 / 126

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Set Pumps pushbutton: when clicked, the following window is displayed:
Figure 87. Setting Pump OA Commands view

The allowed setting values are subsegment dependant.
ED
01
Reset Intermitent Fault Detection pushbutton (R3 Repeaters): when clicked a

confirmation box is displayed.
Reset OA pushbutton (R0/R1 Repeaters): when clicked a confirmation box is displayed.

The reset command is send and the default values are set to the OA after confirmation.
Reset Global OA pushbutton (R0/R1 Repeaters): when clicked a confirmation box is

displayed. The totality of the OA is resetting after confirmation.
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
93 / 126
This allows to send measurement commands or setting commands or reset IFF (optional) to a list of
repeaters.
The Supervision flag must be set to do this.
The commands are accessible as follows:
In the Submarine Line view, click on the subsegment for which the parameters has to be displayed,
Select the Sub Segment Multi Repeaters Commands option.
Three options are available. For each, a warning dialogue box propose to open an other USM window
because the command can continue a long time:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
OS is bloked during all multi commands, so a new view can be open with Open New Submarine
Line Window of Views menu, and a flag MLC (Multiple Line Command) indicates the state of
a multiple line command in alarm panel.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
94 / 126

5.1.3 SubSegment Multi Repeaters commands
Multi Repeaters Measurement

The following dialogue box is displayed:

Figure 88. Multi Repeaters Mesurement Command view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The following fields are displayed:
ED
Modulation Index Adjustement: with the option button you can choose a value for the
modulation parameter: 4 to 4.
In the Reply Detection list, select one equipment. And if the subsystem is accessible (see
Repeater Sub System view):
R0 / R1 repeater types: gives the list of accessible R0 / R1 repeaters. In the list, select one,
several or all (with the check button All Repeaters) and then,
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
95 / 126
To set command parameter:
to select a continuous group of repeaters keep the Shift button on and click on the first
to select a discontinuous group of repeaters keep the Ctrl button on and click on every
to select all the repeaters, click on All Repeaters button.
With the option buttons, give a value to Set Pump 1 and Set Pump 2 (1 to 16).
Click on OK.
Click on OK.
A successfull box is displayed at the end of the operation.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Click on Cancel to stop the operation and close the window.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
96 / 126

In the list, select the affected repeaters:
Multi Repeaters Adjustement


Figure 89. Multi Repeaters Setting Command view

It contains a multiple selection list of subsystems accessible repeaters for measurement and optical
amplifiers of subsystem accessible repeaters for setting and some command parameter.
R0 / R1 repeater types: gives the list of accessible R0 / R1 repeaters.
In the list (R0/R1 or R3/R4), select the affected repeaters:
With the option buttons, give a value to Set Pump 1 and Set Pump 2 (1 to 16) or to Set pumps
(1 to 4).
Click on OK.
Click on OK.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

N.B.
ED
01
Multi Repeaters adjustement is not available for SMC repeaters.
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
97 / 126
Multi Repeaters IFF

Figure 90. Multi Repeaters Reset IFF Command view

In the list, select the affected repeaters:
With the option buttons, give a value to Set pumps (1 to 4).

Click on OK.
Click on OK.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
98 / 126
5.2 Branching Units management

This feature allows to display and/or to manage the Branching Units characteristics.
5.2.1 Branching Units parameters
The parameters relative to a specific Branching Unit can be displayed as follows:
In the Submarine Line view, click on the Branching Unit (BUx) for which the parameters have to be
displayed,
Click on the SubmergedLine pull down menu.
Select the BU Parameters option: the following window is displayed.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 91. BU parameters

This window displays the following information:
BU label,
BU orientation,
BU structure: can be 2 Pumps or 4 Pumps,
Setting values 1 to 16.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
99 / 126
This feature allows the operator to display the list of all subsystems for one Branching Unit to display the
characteristics of each of them.
a)
Subsystems list
The subsystems list can be displayed as follows:
N.B.
The maximum number of subsystems is 4 with a maximum of 2 Add and Drop

subsystems.
In the Submarine Line view, click on the branching unit (BUx) for which the subsystems list has
to be displayed,
Select the BU Sub System List option: the following window is displayed.
or by double click on BU.
Figure 92. Subsystems list
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
01
Maximum number of BUs: 7.
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
100 / 126

5.2.2 Branching Units list
b)
Display of subsystem characteristics

Once the subsystems list is displayed (see Figure 92. ), the characterics of one subsystem can
be displayed:

Click on OK to submit the choice.
The characteristics can be also displayed as follows:
Double click on the BU subsystem.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 93. BU Module View: SubSystem characteristics
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
101 / 126
c)
Management of subsystem characteristics

Once the subsystem characteristics are displayed (see Figure 93. ), some may be modified.
BU Label,
BU SubSystem Label,
BU Sub Type,
BU Orientation.
The following characteristics can be modified by the operator:
Module X characteristics,
Module Y characteristics.
For each module, the characteristics are (mainly) identical:
Three pushbutton are available for access OA or send measurement command:
1)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 94. BU Module Measurement view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
102 / 126

BU Label,
Sub System number,
Orientation.
(see Repeater Sub System view).
2)
Measurement pushbutton: send the measurements command. A confirmation box is
displayed.
OA Add and OA Trunk pushbuttons: when clicked, the following window is displayed:
N.B.
Depending on the subsystem, OA Add pushbuton may be absent.
Figure 95. BU OA Commands view

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
BU Label,
SubSystem number,
Orientation.
OA Type: Trunk when clicked on OA Trunk, Add when clicked on OA Add.
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
103 / 126
Figure 96. Switch Pump OA Command view

N.B.
For OA Add pushbutton only.
Figure 97. Setting Pump OA Command view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The Set Pumps Command allows to set the pumps to a value from Set Pumps to Setting
1 to Set Pumps to Setting 16.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
104 / 126


5.3 View Settings/Thresholds

This option allows to display the list of the values of setting and threshold values for the repeaters and the
BUs for one segment.

Select the View Settings/Thresholds option.
Figure 98. Settings/ThresholdsSegment selection
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The list of the available segments is displayed. The operator selects one and click on View push button.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
105 / 126

Figure 99. Settings/Thresholds list
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
For the selected segment, the list of Settings/Thresholds is displayed. The operator can print the list or
search characters with the File and Search command in the menu bar of the window.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
106 / 126

6.1 Principles
as early as possible of any impending problem. Indeed, those equipments must satisfy stringent
requirements for long period of time (typically 25 years).
From the operator point of view, there are two ways of interacting with the OS:
a)
the measurement values. The measurements are recorded in measurement database. The operator
can also display them.
b)
1)
In a preliminary setup phase, the operator specifies which measurements have to be polled
2)
the NE and stores them in a database.
3)
6.1.1 SLTE NEs

The SLTE NEs perform analog measurements continually, independently of the OS. On OS request,
measurements are transferred to the OS in blocks called Measurement Points. The NE does not
periodically store measurement values as in performance monitoring: on OS measurement request, the
NE sends back the current (present) value of each measurement.
6.1.2 Submarine Line Equipment monitored by SLTE
The Line Equipments are the Repeaters and the Branching Units.
Some analog measurements can be retrieved by the OS from the submerged plant. They are mainly input
power, output power and pump current of optical amplifiers.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
107 / 126
6.2.1 Introduction
a)
Definition of the measurements points
All measurement points in the SLTE are characteristic of individual boards.

N.B.
A measurement point is in fact a block of measurements.
The SLTE does not manage measurement periods. Measurements reading is activated in the SLTE by
the reception of a reading request from OS.
The following boards support analog measurements:
FEC Encoder board (FECENC label tributary subrack X/Y),
Line Transmitter board (LTU label tributary subrack X/Y),
FEC Decoder board (FECDEC label tributary subrack X/Y),
Line Receiver board (LRU label tributary subrack X/Y),
Post amplification board (transmission amplication subrack),
Preamplification board (reception amplication subrack),
Booster board (one or more according to the configuration).
The list of measurement points is flexible according to the NE configuration (mainly the number of
Wavelength managed and the protection option).
High and low alarm thresholds can be defined for measurement points. When the measurement value
becomes over the high threshold, an alarm is raised. When the measurement value is below the low
threshold, an alarm is raised.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The value sent to the OS is the peak value or the threshold value.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
108 / 126

6.2 OALW16/OALW40 Measurement Points
The following table gives the measurement for each board.

Table 5. OALW16/OALW40 measurement points

FEC Encoder
FECENC_iX/Y
Receive Light Level
Line Transmitter
LTU_iX/Y_Laser
Laser output power

Laser bias current
Laser temperature
LTU_iX/Y_PumpLaser
Pump laser temperature

Pump laser bias
Pump laser output power
Output power
FEC Decoder
FECDEC_iX/Y
Laser bias
Laser output power
Line Receiver
LRU_iX/Y_LightLevel
Receive Light Level

Filtered light level
LRU_iX/Y_PumpLevel
Laser temperature
Laser bias current
Laser output power
Post amplifica- OPAW_PumpLaser1/

tion
OPAW_PumpLaser2
Receive Light Level

Pump laser current
Output power
Preamplification OPRW_PumpLaser1/
OPRW_PumpLaser2
Receive Light Level

Pump laser current
Output power
Booster
Receive Light Level

Pump laser current
Output power
b)
OPABW_Rx_PumpLaser1/
OPABW_Rx_PumpLaser2
OPABW_Aux_PumpLaser1/
OPABW_Aux_PumpLaser2
General measurement management

1)
Polling period selection
The operator chooses the polling periods for each Measurement Point (MP).
For the SLTE, 15 minutes and 24 hours periods are available for Measurement Point (MP).
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
2)
MP collection selection
The operator selects the MPs to be started/ stopped.

All measurements are systematically collected for a MP.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
109 / 126
3)
Start/Stop measurement collection
The OS can automatically stop the measurement collection (stop supervision).

c)
Measurement collection
Once the operator starts the measurement collection, the OS collects the measurements of the started
MPs. The measurement collection is stopped when the operator explicitly stops it.
The SLTE does not maintain measurement values. Each measurement is only taken on request from OS.
To be homogeneous with the Performance counter monitoring, the OS will manage polling periods with
the following rules: a day is from midnight to midnight and 15 minutes periods starts on the hour and at
15, 30 and 45 minutes past.
When a threshold alarm is raised, the OS recovers the measurement peak value. The SLTE maintains
peak measurements for each measurement (last peak measurement and time it was detected).
1)
15 minutes measurement collection
The OS starts the measurement collection of a list of MPs.

Measurements are collected at the beginning of each period (0, 15, 30, 45 past). When the period
N begins, the OS begins the collect of the measurements of the period N.
Measurements are collected one SLTE after the other. The measurement period in the SLTE is not
very accurate, it varies between 1 Period and 2 Periods according to the following parameter: for
each SLTE to be requested, the transit delay of the request in the network, the measurement delay
and response processing and the transit delay of the response.
After an OS/NE isolation for a short period (less than a polling period), missing values of the current
polling period are collected.
2)
24 hours measurement collection

Measurements are collected at midnight. When the day N begins, counters of the day N are collected.
The measurement period in the SLTE is not very accurate.
d)
Measurement peak collection
Peak measurements are automatically collected when a threshold alarm is notified.

The SLTE recovers all latest peak measurements stored for the MP. Several peak measurements values
can be collected between two periodic collects.
Peak measurements are stored as extrameasurements.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
e)
Time management
The OS modifies the effective duration of the period according to time changes.
Time changes have no impact on the measurement management for the SLTE.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
110 / 126

The operator can start/stop measurement collection for several MPs.

6.2.2 Thresholds management

The threshold(s) associated to each measurement point are displayed and some can be modified by the
operator:
From the Equipment view, open the subrack view in which the requested board is located.
Click on the requested board.
Click on the Equipment pulldown menu.
Select the Measure then Measure Thresholds options (see Figure 100. ).
Equipment
Measure
Slots Labels On/OFF
> Measure Polling

Measure Thresholds
Figure 100. Measure menu

Figure 101. OALW16/OALW40 measure thresholds

N.B.
The thresholds displayed in the window depend on the selected board.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
For each measurement type, a high and a low threshold are displayed. Some can be modified.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
111 / 126
Global command
To modify several thresholds at the same time, click on the Global command push button.

Figure 102. Measure thresholds global command window
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
In the Equipment list, select one or several board:
to select a continuous group of boards keep the Shift button on and click on the first element
to be selected and then on the last,
to select a discontinuous group of boards keep the Ctrl button on and click on every element
to be selected,
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
112 / 126
6.2.3 Polling management

The measurements relative to a selected measurement point can not be performed separately.
There are three possible ways to run the measurements for a specific measurement point:
a polling 24 hours: a measurement is automatically performed by the OS every 24 hours at midnight,

a polling 15 minutes: a measurement is automatically performed by the OS every 15 minutes, hour
at 0, 15, 30 or 45 mn.
To display the polling management window:
Figure 103. OALW16/OALW40 Measure Polling

The measurements listed in Figure 101. are grouped by type in Figure 103. .
Indeed in the particular case of these figures, the measurements are grouped in two measurement points
as follows:
LTU_1X_PumpLaser:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
LTU_PumpLaserOutputPower,
LTU_PumpLaserBias,
LTU_PumpLaserTemp,
LTU_TransmitterOutputPower.
LTU_1X_Laser:
LTU_SignalLaserBiasCurrent,
LTU_SignalLaserTemp,
LTU_SignalLaserOutputPower.
To select one of the three possible ways to run the measurements, click on one case for each group of
measurements then on OK to validate the choices.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
113 / 126
6.2.4 Measurement Points list

To display the all the Measurement points, use the global command:
Click on the Diagnosis pulldown menu,
Select the List Of option:
Diagnosis
Compare
Show NE Alarms
View
>
List Of
>
Show NE Performance Data >
Perf Points ...

Meas Points ...
Figure 104. List Of options
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
Select the Meas Points ... option, the following window (see Figure 107. ) is displayed. This window
is resizable.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
114 / 126



Diagnosis
Compare
Show NE Alarms
View
>

To display them:

Diagnosis
Compare
Show NE Alarms
View
>
Remote Inventory
Analog Measures
MIB Dump
Upload Failure
Mib Audit
Events Log
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
115 / 126

The following window (see Figure 107. ) is displayed. This window is resizable.
Figure 107. View Measure Points list

The list displays the boards where the measure requests are possible. For each board the measure
points already active are displayed:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
/WDay: a 24Hours measure point is already started.

/W15: a 15Minutes measure point is already started.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
116 / 126

N.B.
The Immediate measure option is only available in unitary request.
1)

Figure 108. Measure Polling view
Click on the chosen Measurement points.

The measurement points are updated in the list (see Figure 107. ).
2)
to select a continuous group of boards keep the Shift button on and click on the first
to select a discontinuous group of boards keep the Ctrl button on and click on every

24Hours measures.
Click on OK.
clicking on Abort.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
117 / 126
The Line Equipments include the different types of Repeaters and the Branching Units.
The measurement points are mainly input power, output power and pump current of optical amplifiers,
composing the Repeaters and the Branching Units (see chapter 2).
The following table gives the measurements points for each type of repeater and for the Add and drop
branching unit. The location of the measurement points are given in paragraph Submarine Line
Equipments Management.
Table 6. Line equipment measurement points
Line
equipment
Measurements
Point
Name
Unit
STC
Repeater
(R0, R1)
Input power
Output power
Pump 1 reserve current
Pump 1 power
Pump P1 status
Pump 2 power
Pump P2 status
P.In
P.out
I.P1
P.P1
I.P2
P.P2
dBm
dBm
%
dBm
ON/OFF
%
dBm
ON/OFF
SMC
Repeater
Input power (apply to the Optical Amplifier (OA))

Output power (apply to the OA)
Pump current (apply to one pump of the 2 pumps)
P.In
P.Out
I.P
dBm
dBm
%
R3 Repeater
Input power (apply to the OA)

Pump current 1480 nm
Pump current 980 nm
Intermittent fault flag
P.In
P.Out
I.P
dBm
dBm
%
ON/OFF
R4 Repeater

Pump current (apply to the pair of the pump lasers in series)
P.In
P.Out
I.P
dBm
dBm
%
ON/OFF
Branching
Unit
(for OA Add
and Trunk)

Pump current (apply to one pump of the 2 pumps (BU 2 pumps)
or to the pair of the pump lasers in series (BU 4 pumps))
P.In
P.Out
I.P
dBm
dBm
%
No thresholds are managed for the Line Equipments measurements.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The measurements on Line Equipments can only be performed from the Submerged Line View and are
effectively performed when the Measurement pushbutton is clicked.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
118 / 126

6.3 Line Equipments Measurement Points

7 WDM SUBMARINE EQUIPMENTS RESTRICTIONS

7.1 OALW16/OALW40
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
7.1.6 NE management : OS resilience
Not supported.
7.1.7 MSP domain
Not supported.
7.1.8 EPS domain
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Not supported.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
119 / 126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
120 / 126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

8 ALARM MAPPING
This section is aimed at presenting the mapping of the NECTAS and the 1353SH alarm type. For each
type of alarm defined at the NECTAS interface, the corresponding SH probable cause is given.
8.1 OALW16/OALW40 Alarms

The mapping list of this section concerns the OALW16 NEs and the OALW40 NEs.
Aux #1 shelf power fail
Backplane Comm fail
internalBusFailure
Boost Pump Comm fail
internalBusFailure
Boost Pump Config error
ConfigurationOrCustomizationError
Boost Pump Over Current
Booster Amp Main Comm fail
internalBusFailure
Buffer Overflow
fecBufferOverflow
Comm fail
internalBusFailure
Config error
Configuration module
removed
configurationModuleMissing
CT connected
DEMUX Comm fail
internalBusFailure
External SD input
externalShutdown
FECDec Config error
FECDec Over Current
FECEnc Comm fail
internalBusFailure
FECEnc Config error
FECEnc Over Current
Hardware fail
LRU Comm fail
internalBusFailure
LRU Config error
LRU Over Current
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
121 / 126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
LTU Comm fail
internalBusFailure
LTU Config error
LTU Over Current
Main Unit Connector cover removed
mainOpticalConnectorCoverOpen
MUX Comm fail
internalBusFailure
OPU Comm fail
internalBusFailure
OPU Config error
OPU Over Current
Over Current
Own Connector cover removed
Post Amp Main Comm fail
internalBusFailure
Post Pump Comm fail
internalBusFailure
Post Pump Config error
Post Pump Over Current
Pre Amp Main Comm fail
internalBusFailure
Pre Pump Comm fail
internalBusFailure
Pre Pump Config error
Pre Pump Over Current
PSU fail
PSU Comm fail
internalBusFailure
Rack Signalling Supply Breaker alarm
supplyBreakerFailure
Removed card
RxAmp shelf power fail
Scrambler drive OOL
scramblerProblem
Shelf power fail
SPC Comm fail
internalBusFailure
SPC Config error
SPC IF Comm fail
internalBusFailure
SPC IF Over Current
Subrack breaker alarm
ED
01

957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
122 / 126

Supy unit Comm fail
internalBusFailure
Supy unit Config error
Supy unit Over Current
Switch #1 shelf power fail
Switch #2 shelf power fail

TMP Config error
TPU Comm fail
internalBusFailure
TPU Config error
TPU Over Current
Tributary X PSU fail
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Tributary Y PSU fail

TSU Comm fail
internalBusFailure
TxAmp shelf power fail
Wrong card
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
123 / 126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

64k PLL Channel #1 OOL
timingPbChannel64kOne
timingPbChannel64kTwo
timingPbChannel64kThree
AIS detect Rx Channel #1
aISdetectRxChannelOne
AIS detect Tx Channel #1
aISdetectTxChannelOne
aISdetectRxChannelTwo
aISdetectTxChannelTwo
AMS detected
aMS
AMS inserted
aMSinserted
B1 HER detected
excessiveBER
B1 LER detected
degradedSignal
Buffer Overflow
fecCorrectionOverflow
Data Loss
cqtLossOfData
Fault Flag#N
faultFlagDetected
FEC error High alarms (HBER)
excessiveBER
FEC error Low alarms (LBER)
degradedSignal
Input clock signal fail
lossOfClock
LOF (loss of frame)
lossOfSdhFrame
LOS
lossOfSignal
LOS Channel #1
lossOfSignalChannelOne
LOS Channel #2
lossOfSignalChannelTwo
Loss of Clock
farEndLossOfClock
Loss of data
lossOfData
Loss of line Mux signal
farEndLossOfMuxSignal
Loss of line tributary signal
farEndLossOfLineTribSignal
Loss of signal
lossOfSignal
Marker mismatch
markerMismatch
MSRDI detect
rDIdetected
MSRDI
rDldetected
ED
01

957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
124 / 126

ODL
lossOfData
PLL 155MHz OOL
timingProblem
PLL 2.4GHz OOL
timingProblem
PLL OOL
timingProblem
PLL OLL Channel #1
timingProblemChannelOne
PLL OLL Channel #2
timingProblemChannelTwo
Receive Degraded
farEndReceivedDegraded
RLL OOL
lossOfSignal
RSR inserted
rSRinserted
RSR received
rSRReceived
Rx Clock or Sync Loss
rxClockSyncLoss
SLL OLL
transmitFailure
Transmit fail
transmitFailure
Transmitter Output OOL last measurement point
transmitFailure
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Transmitter output power OOL last messurement transmitFailure

point
Tx Clock or Sync Loss
txClockSyncLoss
Uncorrected blocks
fecUncorrectedBlocks
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
125 / 126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
END OF DOCUMENT
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
126
126 / 126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1.1 Document scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1.2 Target audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11
11
11
11
11
14

2.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2 SLTE overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.1 TERA10 SLTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.2 TERA10 RSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3 SLTE physical description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3.1 TERA10 SLTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.3.2 TERA10 RSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.4 Submerged Line overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5 Submerged Line equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.1 STC Repeaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.2 R3 and R4 Repeaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.5.3 Branching Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
17
17
18
18
19
20
20
21
23
23
23
23
27
27
28
28
3 SLTE EQUIPMENT VIEWS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.1 TERA10 equipment view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.1 TERA10 graphical representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.1.2 TERA10 SLTE views access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 TERA10 SLTE views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.1 Rack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
31
31
31
33
33
01
001207
Creation
N.Bradshaw
B.MOGLIA ITAVE
J.Berthomieu
ED
DATE
CHANGE NOTE
APPRAISAL AUTHORITY
ORIGINATOR
1353SH REL.5.3
VERSION 5.3.0
OPERATORS HANDBOOK
ED
01
SC.4.5:WDM SUBMARINE OALW64
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
1 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
4 TERA10 CRAFT TERMINAL (TERA10CT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4.1 Features added to the EML software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2 What does a TERA10CT or a 1353SH make? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.1 TERA10CT Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.2 Configuration at the TERA10 SLTE level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2.3 Physical Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 TERA10CT behaviour . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4 TERA10CT access state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
45
45
46
46
46
46
48
49
5 CONSTRUCTOR MODE (ONLY FOR ADMINISTRATOR PROFILE) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5.1 How to launch the Equipment view in Constructor mode? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2 Detailed features of the Constructor mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51
51
53
6 TERA10 FUNCTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1 Functions availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.2 NE Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3 Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3.1 Warm reset NE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3.2 Cold Reset NE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.3.3 Performance Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.4 Tributaries Status (In/Out of Service) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.5 Dummy tributaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.6 2 Mb Order Wire status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.7 SDH Optical parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.8 Tributary Wavelength . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.9 Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.9.2 Increase/Decrease Channel Power on one tributary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.9.3 Increase/Decrease Channel Power Global commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.9.4 Channel Power configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.10 Ampli Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.10.1 WTA / WRA Output Power Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.10.2 PAU Output Power Level (Dummy Tributaries) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.10.3 Compensation Power Level . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.11 Decision threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.12 Phase modulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.13 AMS Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.13.1 AMS Insertion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.13.2 AMS Pattern . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.13.3 AMS Global commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.14 FEC features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.14.1 Marker configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.14.2 FEC Error Correction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.14.3 FEC Error Correction Global command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
55
55
57
58
58
59
60
63
65
66
67
68
69
69
70
70
71
72
72
73
73
75
76
77
77
78
78
80
80
81
82
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
2 / 192

3.2.2 Rack view in constructor mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.2.3 Subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.4 Board view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.5 Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.6 Submerged Line view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.7 Transmission view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.8 Reception view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.9 External Points view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3 NE state panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
83
85
87
87
88
89
90
90
90
91
93
94
94
94
95
96
96
98
98
99
100
101
101
101
102
102
103
105
106
106
106
107
108
7 PERFORMANCE COUNTERS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.1 Generalities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2 Performance Counters management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.1 Activate Performance Counters Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.2 Force Performance Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.2.3 Show Performance data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3 Performance Thresholds management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.1 Collection Period Threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3.2 Immediate transmission quality thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
111
111
112
112
113
114
116
116
116
8.1 Generalities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.1.1 Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.1.2 SLTE NEs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.1.3 Submerged Line Elements monitored by SLTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2 Measurement management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2.1 Activate measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2.2 Show NE Measurement data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2.3 View last Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.2.4 TERA10 Measurement Points list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
119
119
119
119
120
121
121
124
125
126
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

6.14.4 FEC Error Insertion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6.14.5 FEC Error Insertion Global command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.15 Laser Management (ALS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.15.1 Laser commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.15.2 ALS Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.15.3 Manual restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.15.4 Test Restart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.15.5 ALS Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.15.6 Laser Cut Off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.15.7 Laser Global Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.16 Protection management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.17 External points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.17.1 External Input Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.17.2 External Output Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.17.3 Switch Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.17.4 Partner Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.17.5 Partner Alarm Article/Bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.18 Automatic Preemphasis Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.18.1 APA Authorization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.18.2 APA view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.18.3 Reset Reference Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.18.4 Refresh Measurements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.18.5 APA commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.18.6 Margin Measurement commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.18.7 Serial MPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.18.8 Individual MPO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.18.9 APA tributary Involvement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.19 OS/CT address setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.20 Features due to OPS presence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.20.1 LS Line Criterion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.20.2 LS MS AIS Criterion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.20.3 LS Criterion global commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.21 Mechanical and Protection configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
3 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
128
129
129
131
132
9 ALARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.1 Alarms display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.2 NML Alarms mapping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9.3 Alarms list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
135
135
136
138
10 FEATURES ACCESSIBILITY VERSUS NE STATES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
153
11 SUBMERGED LINE MANAGEMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11.1 Slem Segment management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.1 Segment information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.2 Segment Tributaries Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.1.3 IFF management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.2 SubSegments management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.2.1 SubSegment parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.2.2 SubSegment Repeaters characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.2.3 SubSegment Multi Repeaters commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.2.4 SubSegment RCE characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.3 Branching Units management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.3.1 Branching Units parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.3.2 Branching Unit SubSystem characteristcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.4 View Settings/Thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11.5 Line configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
159
159
159
160
161
162
162
163
171
177
181
181
182
187
189
12 TERA10 EQUIPMENTS RESTRICTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12.1 Software download management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.2 Loopback management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12.3 Maintenance Memory management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
191
191
191
191
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
4 / 192

8.2.5 Line Equipment Measurement Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8.3 Measurement Thresholds management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.1 Display Measurement Thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.2 Optical Thresholds autoadjustement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8.3.3 TERA10 Measurement Thresholds list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10


FIGURES
Figure 2. TERA10 SLTE environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3. SLTE transmission functional blocks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 4. Possible layout of 1:20 SLTE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 5. Layout of RSU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 9. RCE schematic (two fibre pairs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 10. R1 Repeater bloc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 11. R3 Repeater . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 12. Branching Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 13. TERA10 SLTE and RSU NE symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 15. TERA10 SLTE rack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 16. TERA10 SLTE rack view in constructor mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 17. TERA10 SLTE subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 18. TERA10 SLTE board view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 19. TERA10 SLTE port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 20. Submerged Line view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 21. SLTE Transmission view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 22. SLTE Reception view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 23. TERA10 SLTE External points view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 24. TERA10 icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 25. NE state icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 26. TERA10CT configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 27. Access State options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 28. Start Constructor mode view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 29. Warning Constructor mode view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 30. Quit Constructor mode view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 31. Display NE Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 32. NE Characteristics dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 33. Warm reset dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 34. Cold reset dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 35. Performance reset confirmation box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 36. Performance reset success message box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 37. Performance reset by tributaries dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 38. Display tributaries status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 39. Tributaries Status dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 40. Dummy tributaries window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 41. Tributary 2 Mb Order Wire dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 42. Optical parameters dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 46. Channel power global commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 48. Equipment menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 49. Output Power dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 50. Output Power dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ED
01
17
18
19
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
42
47
49
51
52
52
57
57
58
60
61
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
69
70
71
72
72
73
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
5 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
73
75
75
76
77
77
78
79
80
81
81
82
82
82
83
84
84
85
85
86
88
89
89
90
91
91
92
94
95
95
96
97
98
99
99
101
103
104
105
106
107
107
108
112
113
114
115
116
121
122
123
124
125
129
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
6 / 192

Figure 51. Compensation Power dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 52. Decision threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 53. Decision threshold configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 54. Phase Modulator dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 56. Ams Insertion window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 57. Ams Pattern window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 58. AMS global commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 59. Marker Configuration for the FECENC board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 60. Marker Configuration for the FECDEC board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 61. FEC Correction management for FECDEC board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 62. FEC Error Correction window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 63. Fec correction state . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 64. FEC global commands in Reception view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 65. FEC Error Insertion window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 66. Insert FEC Error confirmation box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 67. Single FEC Error Insertion Configuration window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 68. Insert Single FEC Error confirmation box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 69. States of AMS insertion, FEC error insertion and single FEC error insertion . . . . . . . . .
Figure 70. FEC global commands in Transmission view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 72. Automatic laser shutdown dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 73. Manual restart confirmation box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 74. Confirmation box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 76. Laser global commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 77. ALS states . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 78. Configuring external input points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 79. Configuring external output points. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 80. Switch Mode Selection window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 81. Partner alarm window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 82. PartnerArticle/Bit window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 84. APA Authorization window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 85. APA view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 86. APA Reset RPI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 87. Start Individual MPO window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 88. APA Tributary Involvement window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 89. Address Setting window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 90. LS Line Criterion window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 91. LS Line Criterion window. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 92. LS Criterion global commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 93. Mechanical and Protection Configuration window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 94. Performance Point Counters dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 95. Performance Points list window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 96. Force performance collection confirmation box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 97. TP performance data window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 98. Performance Thresholds dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 99. Measure Polling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 100. Measurement Points list window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 101. Measurement Points dialogue box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 102. NE measurement data view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 103. Analog measures view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 104. Measure menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 105. TERA10 measure thresholds window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Figure 106. Measure Thresholds Global command window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 107. Optical thresholds autoadjustement confirmation box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 108. Optical thresholds autoadjustement success message box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 109. SlemSegment options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 110. Segment Parameters View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 111. Segment Tributaries Configuration window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 112. Submerged Line menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 113. Sub Segment Parameters View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 114. Repeater selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 115. Repeaters List View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 116. R0/R1 Repeater Sub System view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 117. R3/R4 Repeater Sub System view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 118. Repeater SubSystem Measurement view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 119. Repeater OA Commands view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 120. Switch Pump OA Commands view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 121. Setting Pump OA Commands view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 122. Multi Repeaters Mesurement Command view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 123. Multi Repeaters Setting Command view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 124. Multi Repeaters Reset IFF Command view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 125. RCE list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 126. RCE Sub System Command view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 127. RCE TEQ Command view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 128. RCE Sub System Slope Command view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 129. BU parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 130. Subsystems list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 131. BU Module View: SubSystem characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 132. BU Module Measurement view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 133. BU OA Commands view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 134. Switch Pump OA Command view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 135. Setting Pump OA Command view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 136. Settings/ThresholdsSegment selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 137. Settings/Thresholds list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 138. Initialize Line Config options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
129
130
131
131
159
160
161
162
162
163
164
165
165
166
168
169
169
171
173
175
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
185
186
187
188
189
TABLES
Table 1. TERA10 Colour icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2. TERA10 measurement points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 3. Line equipment measurement points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 4. TERA10 thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
43
127
128
134
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
7 / 192
HISTORY
Edition
Authors
Date
Page /
Paragraph
1.1
J.Berthomieu
000214
All
1.2
J.Berthomieu
000515
All
Update with rereading remarks
1.3
J.Berthomieu
000901
All
Update with rereading remarks and new features
1.4
J.Berthomieu
001010
All
Update with IFA remarks
J.Berthomieu
001123
All
Observations
[1]

3CK 00051 0002 ASZZA, Ed2
[2]

[3]

[4]

NMU/GT/96/022, Ed1
[5]

8AY 02000 0000 ASZZA, Ed4
[6]

[7]

3BP 22100 0008 DSZZA, Ed1
[8]

See NMU Web Server
[9]

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3AL 71310 0001 PBZZA, Ed1
[11] SND Villarceaux, 1353SH R3.1 OALW64 R1.0 Mapping Specification,
3DW 10067 AAAA DSGNA, Ed.1
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
8 / 192



3BP 22100 0066 OMZZA, Ed1
3BP 22100 0067 OMZZA, Ed1
3AL 71389 0015 OMZZA, Ed1
3AL 71389 0016 OMZZA, Ed1
3AL 71389 0017 OMZZA, Ed1
3AL 71389 0018 OMZZA, Ed1
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3AL 71389 0019 OMZZA, Ed1
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
9 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
10 / 192

1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Scope
This document describes all the functionalities provided by the 1353SH to manage the Wavelength Division Multiplexer (WDM) Submarine NEs.
Alcatel TERA10 SLTE ,

Alcatel TERA10 RSU.

This manual is intended for all the operators of the 1353SH in charge of managing TERA10 Submarine
NEs.


Overview
SLTE overview
SLTE physical description
Submerged Line overview
Submerged Line equipment
Chapter 3: SLTE Equipment views
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
TERA10 equipment view

TERA10 SLTE views
NE state panel
Chapter 4: TERA10 Craft Terminal (TERA10CT)
ED
Features added to the EML software

What does a TERA10CT or a 1353SH make?
TERA10CT behaviour
TERA10CT access state
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
11 / 192
Chapter 5: Constructor mode (only for administrator profile)
How to launch the Equipment view in Constructor mode?

Detailed features of the Constructor mode
Chapter 6: TERA10 functions
Functions availability
NE characteristics
Reset
Tributaries Status (In/Out of Service)
Dummy tributaries
2 Mb Order Wire status
SDH Optical parameters
Tributary Wavelength
Channel Power
Ampli Power
Decision threshold
Phase modulator
AMS Features
FEC features
Laser Management (ALS)
Protection management
External points
Automatic Preemphasis Adjustment
OS/CT address setting
Features due to OPS presence
Mechanical and Protection configuration
Chapter 7: Performance counters
Generalities
Performance Counters management
Performance Thresholds management
Generalities
Measurement management
Measurement thresholds management
Chapter 9: Alarms
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Alarms display
NML Alarms mapping
Alarms list
Chapter 10: Features accessibility versus NE States
Chapter 11: Submerged Line Management
ED

Slem Segment management

SubSegments management
Branching Units management
Line Configuration
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
12 / 192

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Chapter 12: TERA 10 Equipments Restrictions
ED
Software download management

Loopback management
Maintenance Memory management
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
13 / 192
1.3 Terminology

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

AMS
APA
Automatic Pre emphasis Adjustement
BER
Bit Error Ratio
BU
Branching Unit
CMISE
CT
Craft Terminal
EML
EOW
External Orderwire
FDU
FEC Decoder Unit
FEC
FEU
FEC Encoder Unit
GUI
IFF
Intermittent Fault Flag
LTU
Line Transmitter Unit
LRU
Line Receiver Unit
MIB
MS
MNE
MPC
NE
Network Element
NML
OPU
OA
Optical Amplifier
OS
Operation System
OWE
Orderwire equipment
PFE
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
14 / 192

Port
Access Point to the signal (traffic)
PSU
Power Supply Unit
PSW
Path Switch
RC
Remote Control
RCE
Remote Control Equalizer
RSU
Remote Supervisory Unit
RX
Reception
SBS
SDH
SLEM
Submerged Line Equipment Management
SLTE
Submerged Line Terminal Equipment
SME
SPC
SLTE Processor Card
STM64 Synchronous Transport Module 64 (10 Gb/s signal)

STS
SW
Switch
TBC
To Be Confirmed
TEQ
Tilt Equalizer
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
TERA10CT
Craft Terminal of TERA10 NE
TMN
TMP
TP
Termination Point (see Port)
TTP
Trail Termination Point (see Port)
TX
Transmission
WDM
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
15 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
16 / 192


The STS provides a high transmission capacity through optical fibres by multiplexing several STM64 optical channels.
2.1 Overview
terrestrial to/from submarine conversion, but they also provide remote management and power facilities for undersea equipments. They are composed of:
One or several Submerged Line Terminal Equipments (SLTE): each SLTE actually adapts and
multiplexes SDH signals for submarine optical transmission. The TERA10 can manage up to
42 STM64 signals. Depending on the requirements, a single station can include several SLTEs.
Power Feeding Equipment (PFE): used to remotely energize the submerged line cable.
A Submerged Line Cable which supports the physical transmission of the signal from one landing
Branching Units (BUs): placed at junction points of a branched cable allow some routing flexibility in the traffic management.
Landing
Station 1
Up to 42
STM64
PFE
PFE
Submerged Line Cable
URs
BU
SLTE
Landing
Station 2
UR
SLTE
Up to 42
STM64
URs
Landing
Station 3
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Optical fibre
(Energized)
PFE
Up to 42
STM64
Up to 42
STM64
SLTEs
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
17 / 192
The Submerged Line Terminal equipment (SLTE) is used to adapt SDH signals for transmission over a
submarine cable and to multiplex these signals.
The equipments supported by the 1353SH 5 and described in this manual are the following:
TERA10 SLTE (Submerged Line Terminal Equipment),

TERA10 RSU (Remote Supervisory Unit),
The capacity of the TERA10 equipment is N x 10 Gb/s signals multiplexed (0<N<43).

SLTEs are considered as bidirectional and managed at Element Management Level (EML) and at the Craft
Terminal level.
They also collaborate to the process of fault detection and fault recovery on the submarine cable. The
TERA10 equipments act as a mediation device between the Line Equipments (Repeaters, Branching
Units) located on the submarine cable and the OS.
2.2.1 TERA10 SLTE
Craft
Terminal
EMLOS
SLTE
Maximum
42 x 10 Gbit/s
STM641
Tributaries
STM6442
Synchronous
Multiplexer
Equipment
(SME)
Undersea
amplifier
Environ
mentals
OWE
PFE
Figure 2. TERA10 SLTE environment
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The SLTE can process up to 42 signals.

For TERA10, the Element Manager Layer Operating System (EMLOS) is a management system which
offers a complete range of management functions for the SLTE. In each station, the EMLOS performs
centralized management of Line Terminals, PFEs and a subset of Branching Units and repeaters. The
management domain of this EMLOS is assigned to one or a set of stations.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
18 / 192

2.2 SLTE overview
The Craft Terminal (CT) may also manage the SLTE.

The following figure shows the SLTE functional blocks:
an Optical/Electrical conversion function which is the interface with the SDH equipment,
a FEC function that performs the encoding / decoding of the FEC overhead on the electrical signal,
an Electrical/Optical conversion on a specific wavelength,
a multiplex/demultiplex function which put/extract on the same fibre pair all the tributary optical signals,
a Submerged Line Physical Interface function which mainly performs an post / pre optical amplification of the multiplexed signal.
distant SLTEs, provided that there are STM64 links between these SLTEs. These communication
channels are transmitted through the FEC frame overhead availability and come in addition to the
SDH Data Communication channels available at the SDH equipment level. Management of such
equipement is not in the scope of the 1353SH.
STM64
O/E
FEC
E/O
O/E
FEC
E/O
O/E
FEC
E/O
D
M
U
X
Submarine
Line
Physical
Interface
Submarine
Line
Physical
Interface
N * 10 Gbits
submarine
line
STM64
O/E
FEC
E
M
U
X
E/O
SLTE transmit side
SLTE receive side
Figure 3. SLTE transmission functional blocks.
2.2.2 TERA10 RSU
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The TERA10 RSU is a subset of the TERA10 SLTE dedicated to submerged plant management (Repeaters and Branching Units). This equipment has no tributary (and protection) boards and contains only submerged plant dedicated boards.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
19 / 192
2.3.1 TERA10 SLTE

The maximum capacity of the TERA10 is 42x10Gb/s.
No protection is available for SH5.3 TERA10 Release 1.0.
The TERA10 SLTE (Submerged Line Terminal Equipment) is a multiracks equipment.
The NE can have at most 24 racks:
rack 1 to 20 contains the (Working channels) tributary subracks,

rack 21 contains common elements: switching subrack, Transmission Amplifier subrack, Reception
Amplifier subrack,
rack 22 and 23 are used for the protection (not available).
rack 24 is used for the compensation fibre.
The NE determines the number and the content of racks according to the number of wavelengths and
whether they are protected or not.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
There are 6 types of subrack :
Tributary (specific to a tributary wavelength),
Switch (protection switching between tributary subracks) yet not available,
Tx Amp (Common multiplex transmission),
Rx Amp (Common multiplex reception),
Tx Mux (Common multiplex transmission),
Tx Demux (Common multiplex reception).
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
20 / 192

2.3 SLTE physical description

rack 1
rack 2
rack 3
rack 9
17
.. . . . . . . . . . . .
Tributaries
Tributaries
Tributaries
rack 10
rack 11
rack 12
18
Tributaries
TxAmp
19
21
Mux
RxAmp
20
Prot
DMux
Tributaries
Common
Protection
Figure 4. Possible layout of 1:20 SLTE
2.3.2 TERA10 RSU
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
As the TERA10 RSU has no tributary or protection boards, the equipment is only composed of the two
amplification subracks: TX AMP and RX AMP.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
21 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Subrack 2
Rx Amp
ED
01
957.130.922 T
Subrack 1
Tx Amp
Figure 5. Layout of RSU
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
22 / 192

2.4 Submerged Line overview

RCE1
BU
Repeater1
RCE2
SLTE1
SLTE2
OS
OS
Repeater3
SLTE3
OS

A Segment consists in a set of submerged and station equipment linked to the same submarine cable.
A line Equipment (Repeater or BU) is composed of SubSystems, mainly composed of Optical Amplifiers
(OA).
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
a)
Repeater
A Repeater contains up to four repeater subsystems, one for each fibre pair. A Repeater SubSystem is made of two Optical Amplifiers (OA) which provide amplification for line signal. The two directions of a repeater are referred to as direction X and direction Y.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
23 / 192

direction X
OA
OA
Repeater SubSystem
OA
OA
Repeater SubSystem
REPEATER
direction Y

b)
Branching Unit
A BU allows individual or group of up to 8 channels at different wavelengths to be routed to different
locations in the Network. BU contains up to four BU subsystems out of four trunk fibre pairs.
A BU subsystem is composed of up to 2 BU module(s). This number depends on the BU subsystem type. For example, a Passthrough BU subsystem or a FibreRouting BU subsystem doesnt
contain any BU module.
Add_Drop_Module_X (resp. Add_Drop_Module_Y) BU, the Add OA of the module Y (resp. X)
doesnt exist.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
24 / 192

Branching Unit
BU subsystem
X module
Y module
T
Trunk
ADM
D
ADM
T
D
T: Trunk
A: Add
D: Drop
X
Branch
c)
RCE
The Remote Controller Equalizer (RCE) is designed to manage up to 8 fibre pairs. The RCE contains
one RCE subsystem per fibre pair, each one is composed with one R3 TEQ component per direction. There is no optical amplifier.
Each TEQ is adjusted individually at any time, in particular at segment commissioning, after system
power up and at network upgrade (i.e wavelength addition).
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Each TEQ is controlled by 16 levels of slope compensation (range from 1 to 16 at operator level and
0 to 15 at command level).
In term of gain, level 1 corresponds to maximum negative gain slope of the filter and level 16 corresponds to maximum positive gain slope of the filter.
After system power up, the equalizer is in the flat position, level 8 (range from 1 to 16) and 7 (range
from 0 to 15).
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
25 / 192

There are two supervisory addresses per fibre pair. Each supervisory address is used to control one
TEQ because there are not enough control outputs from the chip to support 16 independent levels
for both direction.
direction X
TEQ
TEQ
RCE SubSystem
TEQ
TEQ
RCE SubSystem
RCE
direction Y
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 9. RCE schematic (two fibre pairs)
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
26 / 192
2.5 Submerged Line equipment

The Line Equipment are the following:
the Repeaters:
the STC Repeaters: R0 and R1 repeaters,

the SMC Repeaters,
the R3/R4 Repeaters.
the Branching Units.
RCE
The following figures, given for each type of Line Equipment, specify the measurement points locations
for analog measurements.
2.5.1 STC Repeaters
Two types of STC submerged repeaters are managed via the TERA10 equipments :
R1 repeater,
R0 Repeater.
P.In
Frequency F1
I.P1
P.P1
pump 1
P.Out
OA1
pump 2
OA2
pump 1
I.P2
P.P2
Frequency F2
T
E
pump 2
S
L
T
Measurement point (detailed in paragraph Line Equipment Measurement Points)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 10. R1 Repeater bloc

STC repeaters can support up to 4 fibre pairs, and then 8 optical amplifiers.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
27 / 192
Some commands are available on each Optical Amplifiers (OA), mainly the setting and resetting of optical
amplifier pump power and pump status.
Only one type of repeaters can be installed on one subsegment.
2.5.2 R3 and R4 Repeaters
The R3 and R4 Repeaters contains up to four Repeater subsystems, one for each fibre pair.
Each Repeater subsystem contains one optical amplifier in each direction. The R3 repeater is a two
pump system, one pump is linked to each optical amplifier. The R4 repeater is a 4pump systems, two
pumps are implemented for each optical amplifier.
The two systems (two and fourpump) can be installed in the whole segment and they can be mixed within
the same subsegment.
Pout
Pin
A
IPA
Pump A
IPB
Pump B
B
Pout
Pin
Figure 11. R3 Repeater
2.5.3 Branching Units

Each Branching Unit subsystem contains:
the Module X, that contains Trunk and Add amplifiers for Direction X,
the Module Y, that contains Trunk and Add amplifiers for Direction Y.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Each Module has its own physical address, that is not visible to the operator.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
28 / 192

Two pumps are linked to each optical amplifier and are separately controlled.
ADM: Add and drop Module
Line direction X

X Module
X
Y Module
P.In P.Out
T
X
ADM
D
Trunk
I.P
Y
ADM
P.Out
I.P
Y
D
P.In
T: OA Trunk
A: OA Add
D: OA Drop
X
Branch
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 12. Branching Unit
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
29 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
30 / 192
3 SLTE EQUIPMENT VIEWS

This chapter presents the views used for the user interface. An example of each type of view id given.
3.1 TERA10 equipment view

3.1.1 TERA10 graphical representation
The TERA10 NE is represented on the Network Topology view as shown below.
TERA10
SLTE
TERA10
RSU
TERA10 SLTE
TERA10 RSU
Figure 13. TERA10 SLTE and RSU NE symbols
3.1.2 TERA10 SLTE views access

Nine types of views are provided for the TERA10 SLTE:
Rack view,
Subrack views,
Board views,
Port views,
External points view,
Transmission view,
Reception view,
Submerged Line view,
Automatic Pre Emphasis view.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
These views are accessible by Views pull down menu:
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
31 / 192
Views
Esc
Previous
Equipment
External Points
Transmission
Reception
Submerged Line
Open object
Zoom Scroll Mode
Open in Window
Open New Submerged Line Window
Close
Alt+O
Alt+Z
Alt+W
Alt+M

N.B.
The Automatic Pre Emphasis menu is visible only if Apa is Authorized.
N.B.
For Authorization, see Constructor mode in chapter 3.2.2.
The Open in Window command displays the object selected in a new window.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The Zoom Scroll mode command allows to choose the view format: with zoom and scroll bar, or the overall view (only available in Transmission view if needed).
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
32 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.2 TERA10 SLTE views
3.2.1 Rack view
Figure 15. TERA10 SLTE rack view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
33 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.2.2 Rack view in constructor mode
Figure 16. TERA10 SLTE rack view in constructor mode
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
34 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.2.3 Subrack view
Figure 17. TERA10 SLTE subrack view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
35 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.2.4 Board view
Figure 18. TERA10 SLTE board view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
36 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.2.5 Port view
Figure 19. TERA10 SLTE port view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
37 / 192
This function is available for SLTE in stand alone mode only (1354SN not connected to 1353SH), assignement state is visible in permanent item panel (SNM Item).
To display the Submerged Line view, select the SubmergedLine option in the Views pull down
menu.
The following view is displayed.
Figure 20. Submerged Line view

The Submerged Line view is separated in two parts: the left part is for subsegments, the right part
for Branching Units.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The Segment label is visible at the top of the view before WET PLANT label.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
38 / 192

3.2.6 Submerged Line view
3.2.7 Transmission view

The structure of the transmission view proceeds from the SLTE functional blocks (see Figure 21. ).
Some global commands are available by selecting several blocks and using Wdm Transmission menu.
Figure 21. SLTE Transmission view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
Links between wdmsource and OptPathSource ports are hidden if the port is not in service.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
39 / 192
3.2.8 Reception view

Some global commands are available by selecting several blocks and using Wdm Transmission menu.
Figure 22. SLTE Reception view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
Links between wdmsink and OptPathSink ports are hidden if the port is not in service.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
40 / 192

The structure of the reception view proceeds from the SLTE functional blocks (see Figure 22. ).
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 23. TERA10 SLTE External points view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
41 / 192
3.3 NE state panel

In the right part of the equipment view, the icons are displayed:
Supervision state
Alignment state
Local access state
Operational state
SN management state
Transmission Alarm Synthesis (both Transmission/Reception)
External point alarm synthesis
FarEnd Margin Measurement
PreAmphasis Equalized
Margin Measurement
OS connected
Figure 24. TERA10 icons

round, a circular icon represents an unstable management state,

square, a rectangular icon represents a stable management state.
round:
square:
Figure 25. NE state icons
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The icons have significant colours. The colours are different depending on the status icon:
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
42 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Icon
Status Colour
Details
SUP
supervised = green
activating = brown
The supervision state indicates whether or not the

NE is under OS supervision.
ALI
aligned = green
aligning = brown
misaligned = orange
The alignment state indicates whether or not the

NE and the OS MIBs are aligned.
a key
granted = sky blue

denied = green
The local access state (icon with a key symbol) indicates whether the NE is managed by a craft terminal or by the OS.
Q3
enabled = green
disabled = red
The operational state (Q3 icon) indicates whether

or not the communication with the OS is established.
SNM
assigned = green
free = sky blue
Coordinator system reachable.

Coordinator system not reachable.
EXT
cleared = green
Synthesis of all alarms relative to External Input

Points.
CTC
cleared = green
AF
disabled = green
enabled = dark blue
Secondary alarms visible.

Secondary alarms not visible.
MLC
ready = green
in progress = dark blue
A Multi Reapeter command under progress.
LSS
operational = green
SLTE may have problem to send command to submerged equipment
FMM
working = green
not working = dark blue
A Margin Measurementis working on the remote

SLTE.
PEE
operational = green
Alarm when preemphasis needs to be adjusted.
MM
working = green
not working = dark blue
A Margin Measurement is working
OSC
connected = green
not connected = sky blue
Table 1. TERA10 Colour icons
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
43 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
44 / 192

4 TERA10 CRAFT TERMINAL (TERA10CT)

In terms of developed product, the TERA10CT is a 1353SH, i.e., there is only one set of delivered software
components for both applications: a single EML IM and a single EML USM for both TERA10CT and
1353SH.
4.1 Features added to the EML software

The following features were added to EML software to allow configuration of the TERA10 SLTE.
Submerged Line configuration (see chapter 11.5):
This feature allows the operator to reconfigure Submerged Line in the TERA10 SLTE, using an EDF file
(a copy of the one used by the 1354SN).
Mechanical configuration (see chapter 6.21):
This feature is dedicated to SLTE Tributary Upgrades. Allows the operator to modify the mechanical configuration of the SLTE (add new Tributary, change the role of a Tributary (dummy or not, protected or not)).
OS addresses (see chapter 6.19):
This feature allows the operator to change OS QB3* addresses. This concerns the MAIN OS address, the
SPARE OS address and the TERA10CT address.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
External Point Partner alarms (see chapter 6.17):

This feature allows the operator to define which alarm is associated to an external output point. While this
alarm will be ON, the SLTE will emit a signal on the related external point connector.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
45 / 192
A TERA10CT or a 1353SH makes from the same delivered component the installation at the EML level
and the configuration at the TERA10 SLTE level.
4.2.1 TERA10CT Installation
The TERA10CT is installed as a 1353SH, except for the EMLIM_TYPE variable in the EML IM param.cfg
configuration file (/usr/1353sh/eml/sub/wdmsubnr5/conf/param.cfg):
Possible values are:
EMLIM_OS_MAIN, if the EML software installed is an operational 1353SH.
EMLIM_OS_SPARE, if the EML sotware installed is a spare 1353SH.
EMLIM_CT, if the EML software installed is a TERA10CT.
4.2.2 Configuration at the TERA10 SLTE level

The SLTE has been designed to be supervised by two workstations at the same time:
one workstation with the TERA10CT QB3* address and
one workstation with 1353SH QB3* addresses (one address for the Main, one for the Spare).
The SLTE will then consider the TEAR10CT or the 1353SH depending on configured addresses. The ASSET tool is mandatory to set up these addresses.
4.2.3 Physical Configuration
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The TERA10CT shares the Local Area Network (LAN) on which the SLTEs are connected and is composed of a workstation CPU (the processing part), and a PC (the user interface) implementing GoGlobal,
a kind of X terminal emulation.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
46 / 192

4.2 What does a TERA10CT or a 1353SH make?

1353SH
SLTE
SLTE
TERA10CT
terminal
LAN
DCN
TERA10CT
workstation
Figure 26. TERA10CT configuration
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
The connections are performed through a Hub allowing the PC to be positioned closed to the
SLTE. This hub has not been represented for clarity purpose.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
47 / 192
As such, the TERA10CT has all facilities that a usual 1353SH offers (process management, Desktop, all
SMF services, AS, PNM, EMLIM, EMLUSM, PMV...).
To supervise the SLTE, installation teams need to send the following usual commands: create NE, set of
NE QB3* address, and Start Supervision with Upload.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
As such, the TERA10CT behaves like a craft in front of the SLTE. The Constructor mode (see chapter 5)
has been designed and implemented for that purpose.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
48 / 192

4.3 TERA10CT behaviour

4.4 TERA10CT access state

As with a 1320NX Craft, the TERA10CT operator is not authorised, by default, to download new configuration into the SLTE and to send remote controls to the SLTE. It is the 1353SH operator privilege.
But the 1353SH operator can authorise/inhibit the TERA10CT operator to do so (by sending a command
to the SLTE: LocalAccess granted/denied).
Only when the 1354SN or/and 1353SHOS are out of order, submerged line commands (setting, measurements, by default, authorised only via 1354SN application) are authorised via the TERA10CT.
In the Supervision pull down menu, click on the Access state option.
Supervision
NE
>
> OS
Access State
Alarms
> Local
Dump NE MIB
Figure 27. Access State options

Two possibilities:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
OS, indicating that only the EML OS can modify the configuration tables and send remote
controls. The CT will just be authorized to show the configuration. It is the default value.
Local, indicating that the CT will be authorized to update the NE configuration.
The current access state is displayed in the CT icon on both Equipment views (TERA10CT and
1353SH). This icon is a key (local access denied, local access granted).
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
49 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
50 / 192

5 CONSTRUCTOR MODE (ONLY FOR ADMINISTRATOR PROFILE)

The feature added to the EML software for configuration / installation (see chapter 4) are only available
through the Constructor mode. Other features are also impacted by this mode (see chapter 5.2) .
This mode is normaly dedicated to the TERA10CT, though it can be invoked when using a 1353SH. This
mode is however not intended to be used for regular Operation & Maintenance, it has been designed for
configuration and installation, equipment upgrade or advanced maintenance.
5.1 How to launch the Equipment view in Constructor mode?

Be aware that Constructor mode is only supported on TERA10 NEs.
For other NEs, Constructor mode will offer no more than Administrator profile.
In a dtterm window, enter the following UNIX command:
/usr/1353sh/eml/usmsh5qb3/script/emlUsmConstructorMode.ptk
A window appears, showing a list of the Network Element managed by PNM.
Figure 28. Start Constructor mode view
Select the NE you are interested in,
Click on Launch NE view button.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
A warning window is displayed:
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
51 / 192
As written in the window, you are warned that all currently running Equipment views will be killed. You
are invited to close them properly. This has to be done to allow new Equipment view to be launched
in Constructor mode.
When you have closed all Equipment views, click on Continue button.
The Constructor mode is started and the following window appears:
Figure 30. Quit Constructor mode view

This means that you are currently, and as long as this window remains open, in Constructor mode.
You can show other Equipment views from the PNM view, they will be launched in Constructor mode.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
If you click on the Quit button, you will leave the Constructor mode and all the remaining running
Equipment views will be killed. That is why you are once again asked to close them properly.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
52 / 192

Figure 29. Warning Constructor mode view

5.2 Detailed features of the Constructor mode

The following table details the features which are only available when the user is in the constructor mode
and the impact on those feature when the user is not in constructor mode.

APA
Phase Modulator Amplitude
Phase Modulator Limits
Replace

OK button not available
APA Authorization
Action
Menu not available
Subrack Configuration
Action
Menu not available
WDM SLTE Parameters

Modify SLTE Local Code
NE Cold Reset
External Points
Partner Alarm Article Bit
External Points
Switch mode
Replace
Action
Attribute visible
Replace

Menu not available, Administrator has access to Warm Reset
Menu not available
FecEncoding
FEC Error Insertion Config
(duration/rate)
Insert FEC Error
FEC Error Insertion (state)
Action
+
state visible
Menu not available
FecEncoding
Single FEC Error Insertion Config
(rate)
Insert Single FEC Error
Single FEC Error Insertion (state)
Action
+
state visible
Menu not available
FecDecoding
FEC Correction (Get/Replace)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Replace
ALS
Test Restart
Action
Slem Segment
IFF Management
Action
Slem Segment
Initialize Line Configuration
Action
ED
01

Menu not available
Managed at TP level + Transmission view
Global command level
Main menu not available
(contains Enable / Disable IFF)
Main menu not available
(contains menus: with Local File and with
Remote File)
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
53 / 192
Slem Segment
Reply Indication
slemOrientationSenseX
request Indication
R0R1AdirectionFrequency
R0R1BdirectionFrequency
R0R1ResponseFrequency
R0R1ResponseDataRate
R3R4SupervisoryFrequency
Slem Subsegment
Accessibility status
Repeater Sub System / BU Module
Accessibility status
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
BU Sub System
Latching control

Replace
Replace
Replace
Action


Menu not available
Measurement Thresholds
All Measurement
Only the following are accessible in non
Thresholds accessi- constructor mode:
ble
WTA_ReceiveLightLevelDegrade (dBm)
WTA_SendLightLevelDegrade (dBm)
WRA_ReceiveLightLevelDegrade (dBm)
WRA_SendLightLevelDegrade (dBm)
FEU#i_ReceiveLightLevelDegrade (dBm)
FDU_SendLightLevelDegrade (dBm)
TCAU#i_ReceiveLightLevelDegrade (dBm)
RCAU#i_ReceiveLightLevelDegrade(dBm)
PAU#i_ReceiveLightLevelDegrade (dBm)
RAU_ReceiveLightLevelDegrade (dBm)
RAU#i_ReceiveLightLevelDegrade (dBm)
Measurement Polling
All Measurement
Points are accessible
ED
01
Only the following are accessible in non

constructor mode:
WTA
WRA
Trib i LineSend (on PAU)
Trib i LineReceive (on RCAU)
Trib i SDHSend (on FDU)
Trib i SDHReceive (on FEU)
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
54 / 192

6 TERA10 FUNCTIONS
6.1 Functions availability
The TERA10 functions are available to the operator.
Many functions are available only in Constructor mode (see chapter 5.2).
The following list gives the main restrictions:
Menus
Visibility
condition
Accessibility
condition
Comments
SNM not assigned
Stand Alone Mode
SNM not assigned
Stand Alone Mode

NB : See Note 1
Views
Submerged line
Apa Authorized
Apa
Configuration
Always available for

Craft Terminal or availCT or (OS and local acable on OS only if local
cess denied)
access is denied.
Compare MIB / Align Up

Apa Trib Involvement /
MPO phase amplitude
configuration
Apa Authorized
Apa Authorization
only for
mode
SNM not assigned

Diagnosis
MIB compare
constructor
Always available for

Craft Terminal or availCT or (OS and local acable on OS only if local
cess denied)
access is denied.
Supervision
dumpNeMIB
Alignment state different

of Align Up
Subrack
PreAmpli Power Adjustement / Compensation Output Power
PostAmpli output power Adjustement
Far End Margin Mea- see MM and FMM icons

surement not working
in NE state panel
Margin Measurement
not working
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
WDM ports
Phase Modulator Adjustement / Channel
Power
Configuration
and increase, decrease
/ FEC Error Insertion /
Single FEC Error Insertion / NRZ modulation
ED
01
Margin Measurement see MM icon in NE state

not working
panel
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
55 / 192
Visibility
condition
Accessibility
condition
Comments
WDM ports
Decision Threshold
see FMM icon in NE

state panel
FMM not working
ALS
ALS Control Laser Off
( ALS Status = disabled

and ( ALS Current State
= Laser On or in test) ) or
ALS Enabled
ALS Control Laser On
( ALS Status = disabled

and ( ALS Current State
= Laser Off or in test) ) or
ALS Enabled
manual Restart / test

Restart
ALS enabled
Submerged Line
Multi Repeaters Command
Multiple line command MLC state in panel

not in progress
Measurement and OA
Commands
CT and OS not connected
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Note 1 : If one APA procedure is running while NML assignment state changes from free to assigned, force
and abort APA menus are always accessible to allow operator to stop current running procedure. When
procedure is stopped or aborted, APA menus become greyed and APA view can not be accessible if the
operator navigates to another view.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
56 / 192

Menus

6.2 NE Characteristics
This function allows display of the local code of the SLTE. This code is used to define markers inserted
into the FEC frame.
In the Supervision pull down menu, click on the NE option.

Click on the Characteristics... option as follows.
Supervision
NE
>
Access State
>
Alarms
>
Dump NE MIB
Warm Reset NE
>
Cold Reset NE
>
Performance Reset
>
Optical Thresholds Reset >
Characteristics...
Address Setting...
Slem Segment
>
Figure 31. Display NE Characteristics

Figure 32. NE Characteristics dialogue box

Only available in Constructor mode:
The SLTE local code may be modified by entering a new value in the WDM SLTE Local code field.
Click on the OK push button to validate your modifications and to close the window.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
57 / 192
6.3.1 Warm reset NE

N.B.
Either normal or dummy tributaries are concerned by this function.
This function allows to reset the SLTE software while keeping its current configuration data.
Click on the Supervision pull down menu,
Select the NE option,
Select the Warm Reset NE option. Two commands are allowed:
on Whole NE, after confirmation the warm reset is executed on the whole NE,
on Tribs..., the warm reset is executed on the selected tributaries. The following dialogue box
is displayed:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 33. Warm reset dialogue box
ED
In the Tributaries list, select the tributaries to be reset:
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
58 / 192

6.3 Reset
to select a continuous group of tributaries keep the Shift button on and click on the first element
to select a discontinuous group of tributaries keep the Ctrl button on and click on every element
to be selected,
to select all the tributaries click on All Tributaries button.

Click on the OK push button to validate the warm reset and to close the dialogue box.
6.3.2 Cold Reset NE

N.B.
Only available in Constructor mode.
N.B.
Either normal or dummy tributaries are concerned by this function.
This function allows to reset the SLTE software and to set its the configuration data to the default values.
Select the Cold Reset NE option. Two commands are allowed:
on Whole NE, the cold reset is executed on the whole NE,
on Tribs..., the cold reset is executed on the selected tributaries. The following dialogue box
is displayed:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
Warning! After a Cold Reset, it is not recommanded to do a MIB align up, otherwise previous SLTE configuration will be lost.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
59 / 192

Figure 34. Cold reset dialogue box
In the Tributaries list, select the affected tributaries:
to be selected,
Click on the OK push button to validate the warm reset and to close the dialogue box.
N.B.
A MIB align up operation is necessary to recover the SLTE default configuration.
6.3.3 Performance Reset
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
Dummy tributaries are not concerned by this function.
This function allows to clear performance alarms of some or all tributaries. This is usefull as soon as the
reason of those alarms is clarified, without waiting for the automatic clear at the end of the next period
(15 minutes or 24 hours).
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
60 / 192

This function will recover all remaining error counters from the SLTE, will clear current error counters and
will clear performance alarms.
Click on the Supervision menu.

Select the NE option.
Select the Performance Reset option.
Two options are displayed:
1)
Clear Alarms on Whole SLTE. The alarms are cleared on all tributaries.
When you click on this command the following confirmation box is displayed:
Figure 35. Performance reset confirmation box
Click on OK to execute the command, then an error message or the following message is displayed:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 36. Performance reset success message box
ED
2)
Clear Alarms on Trib... The alarms are cleared for the selected tributaries.
When you click on this command the following window is displayed:
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
61 / 192

Figure 37. Performance reset by tributaries dialogue box
Select the affected tributaries:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
to select a continuous group of tributaries keep the Shift button on and click on the first
to select a discontinuous group of tributaries keep the Ctrl button on and click on every
Then click on OK to execute the reset on the selected tributaries.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
62 / 192
6.4 Tributaries Status (In/Out of Service)

N.B.
This function allows to set each tributary In Service or Out of Service.

This function is usefull during a capacity upgrade (or downgrade).
When a tributary is Out of Service, the SLTE is equipped for future use but the channel is not yet used
for transmission. The tributary does not support traffic. The SLTE does not report associated Transmission
alarms to the OS or to the Craft terminal.
When a tributary is In service, the tributary is used in the SLTE transmission, and is taken in account in
SLTE supervision.
In the Configuration pull down menu, click on the Tributaries Status option.
Configuration
MIB
NE Time ...
2 Mb Order Wire ...
Dummy Tributaries List ...
APA/MPO
Performance
Initialize Line Config
>
>
>
>
Figure 38. Display tributaries status
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
63 / 192

Figure 39. Tributaries Status dialogue box

Each tributary is associated to one wavelength.
For each tributary, select the option In Service or Out of Service.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
A MIB align down operation is necessary to download the new values to the NE.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
64 / 192

6.5 Dummy tributaries

A dummy tributary is a subequipped tributary subrack composed of SLU, PAU, PSU, TMP boards. Some
additional dummy tributaries are required in an SLTE configuration to reach the minimum capacity that
long 10 Gb/s system needs: 6 wavenlengths.
Only few functions are available on those dummy tributaries, e.g. Ampli Power on PAU boards.
To list the dummy tributaries present in the SLTE:
In the Configuration pull down menu, click on the Dummy Tributaries List... option.
Figure 40. Dummy tributaries window
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
In the Dummy Tributaries List area are displayed the Dummy tributaries declared on the SLTE.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
65 / 192
6.6 2 Mb Order Wire status

This function allows to set each 2Mb Order Wire auxiliary channel In Service or Out of Service.
When a 2Mb Order Wire channel is Out of Service, the SLTE does not report associated alarms to the
OS or to the Craft terminal.
The SLTE has three 2Mb Order Wire channels per tributary.
N.B.
Alarms related to 2Mb Order Wire auxiliary channels are not considered as Transmission
alarms.
In the Configuration pull down menu (see Figure 38. ), click on the 2 Mb Order Wire... option.
Figure 41. Tributary 2 Mb Order Wire dialogue box

This dialogue box allows to modify the status of each 2Mb Order Wire channel.
Two options can be selected: Out of Service, In Service.
Select a tributary in the Tributaries list,

Select an Order Wire in the Order Wire list,
Select Out of Service or In Service,
Click on the OK push button to validate your choices and to close the dialogue box.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
66 / 192

N.B.

6.7 SDH Optical parameters

This function allows the operator to display the SDH port optical parameters: Optical Reach, Optical Wavelength.
To display the optical parameters:
Open the Port view of a FECENC or FECDEC board.
In the Port pull down menu, click on the View Optical Parameters ... option.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 42. Optical parameters dialogue box
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
67 / 192
This function allows the operator to display the tributary wavelength either sent to submerged line (on TMU
board), or expected from submerged line (on RXU board).
This value can be displayed for the port of the TMU and RXU boards of the TERA10 SLTE.
Open the Port view of a TMU board (sent to line) or an RXU board (expected from line).
In the Port pull down menu (see Figure 44. ), click on the Wavelength ... option.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
68 / 192

6.8 Tributary Wavelength

6.9 Channel Power

N.B.
This function only concerns normal tributaries. For dummy tributaries, see chapter 6.10 Ampli
power.
This function allows to display the channel power value (preemphasis) in dBm of a tributary before multiplexing stage (on TMU board) command.
The displayed value is the value (in dBm) set by the NE after an increase/decrease channel power command.
To display the Channel Power value of a tributary:
Open the port view for the TMU board of a tributary subrack.
Port
Channel Power ...
Channel Power Config ...
Wavelength ...
Phase Modulator ...
Laser Management
>
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
69 / 192
N.B.
power.
This function allows to modify by step of 0.2 dBm the channel power value (preemphasis) in dBm of a
tributary before multiplexing stage (on TMU board) .
Open the Port view of a TMU board, click on the Port pull down menu (see Figure 44. ).
In the Port pull down menu, click on Increase or Decrease Channel Power option.
In the confirmation box that displays, click on OK to confirm your operation.

The NE modifies a configuration table with the new channel power value.
N.B.
A MIB align up operation is necessary to download new values to the NE.
6.9.3 Increase/Decrease Channel Power Global commands

This function allows to modify by steps of 0.2 dBm, the channel power value (preemphasis) in dBm for
several tributaries simultaneously (on several TMU board) .
To increase/decrease the Channel Power value for several tributaries:
In the Transmission or Reception view, select all the affected tributaries:
to select a continuous group of tributaries keep the right mouse button on to draw an area
around the tributaries,
to select a discontinuous group of tributaries keep the Shift button on and click on every element to be selected,
In the Wdm Transmission pull down menu:

Select the Channel Power Global Cmds option.
Select the Increase or Decrease Channel Power option.
Wdm Transmission
Laser Global Commands
Channel Power Global Cmds
AMS Global Commands
FEC Global Commands
Perf Threshold Global Cmds
>
>
>
>
>
Increase Channel Power (on tribTx)

Decrease Channel Power (on tribTx)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 46. Channel power global commands
In the displayed confirmation box, click on OK to confirm your operation.

N.B.
ED
A MIB align up operation is necessary to download new values to the NE.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
70 / 192

6.9.2 Increase/Decrease Channel Power on one tributary
6.9.4 Channel Power configuration

N.B.
power.
This function allows to set a new channel power value (preemphasis) in dBm of a tributary before multiplexing stage (on TMU board) .
The constructor mode and the administrator profile can configure the channel power value.
Open the port view of a TMU board,
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Channel Power Config... option (see Figure 44. ).
Enter the new Channel power value and click on OK.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
A MIB align down operation is necessary to download new values to the NE.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
71 / 192
6.10 Ampli Power

This function allows the operator to configure the output power (dBm) of some Amplifiers:
PostAmplifier Output Power Level (on WTA board),
PreAmplifier Output Power Level (on WRA board),
Compensation Power Level (on CAU_TX board),
Dummy Tributary Output Power Level (on PAU board).
To display the Ampli power:
In the Equipment pull down menu, click on the Ampli Power option.
Equipment
Measure
>
Slots Labels On/OFF
Ampli Power
>
Figure 48. Equipment menu
6.10.1 WTA / WRA Output Power Level

For the WTA,WRA boards, the Output power level can be modified.
Click on Output Power Level... option.

Figure 49. Output Power dialogue box

The Amplifier power is in dBm.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Enter a new Amplifier power value,

Click on OK to confirm your operation.
N.B.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
72 / 192
6.10.2 PAU Output Power Level (Dummy Tributaries)

For the WTA,WRA boards, the Output power level can be modified.
Click on Output Power Level... option.

Figure 50. Output Power dialogue box

The Amplifier Output Power is in dBm.
You can enter a new value or increased / decreased the value by step of 1 by cliking on Increase
or Decrease push button,
N.B.
6.10.3 Compensation Power Level

For the CAU_TX boards, the Compensation Power level can be modified.
Click on Compensation Power Level... option.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 51. Compensation Power dialogue box

The Compensation power is in dBm, two values: 0 dBm, 5 dBm.
ED
Enter a new Compensation power value with the check button,

01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
73 / 192

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
01

957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
74 / 192

6.11 Decision threshold

This function allows to increase/decrease Eyes decision threshold at the receive side in order to have accurate of the received optical signal decoding.
Open the port view of the RXU board (tribRx port) of the tributary subrack.

Port
Wavelength ...
Decision Threshold ...
Laser Management
>
Figure 52. Decision threshold
Select the Decision Threshold option.

Figure 53. Decision threshold configuration
Enter the new values
Click on OK to validate the values and to close the window.
Min. and max. values are configurable using CT. The values are between 0 and 4095.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
After that type of configuration, a configuration misalignment between 1353SH and NE should
appear. A MIB Upload action needs to be done.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
75 / 192
6.12 Phase modulator
Open the Port view of a TMU board,
In the Port pull down menu (see Figure 44. ), click on the Phase Modulator... option.

This function allows to configure the phase modulator parameters of a tributary.
Figure 54. Phase Modulator dialogue box
You can modify any parameter.
Click on the OK push button to validate your modifications and close the window.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
76 / 192
6.13 AMS Features

N.B.
Dummy tributaries are not concerned by this feature.
6.13.1 AMS Insertion

This function allows to enable or disable the insertion if necessary, of an AMS (Alternate Maintenance Signal) in place of the received signal detected as incorrect.
This can concern either the replacement of the received SDH signal (on FECENC board) or the replacement of the received Submarine signal (on FECDEC board).
In the Port pull down menu, click on the AMS Insertion option.
Port
AMS Insertion ...
AMS Pattern ...
Marker Configuration...
FEC Error Correction...
Performance Threshold
>
>

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 56. Ams Insertion window
You can choose with the option button Enabled or Disabled, then click on OK to validate the operation.
The state of the AMS insertion feature is given in the Termination point view (see Figure 69. ).
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
77 / 192
6.13.2 AMS Pattern

This function allows to set the AMS pattern inserted toward SDH equipment if necessary.
If an AMS signal is detected on the signal coming from the submerged line, this internal pattern is replaced by the AMS pattern.
The AMS pattern is a 8 character pattern (4 bytes). You set here the 4 first characters (2 bytes). The 4 other
characters are calculated by complementing to 1 the 4 first characters.
Open the Port view of the FECDEC board.
In the Port pull down menu, click on the AMS Pattern option.
Figure 57. Ams Pattern window
Enter the AMS pattern value (only the four first characters) and then click on OK to validate the operation.
N.B.
6.13.3 AMS Global commands

The AMS commands can be executed for several tributaries simultaneously.
In the Transmission or Reception view, select all the affected ports,
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Click on the WdmTransmission pull down menu and on the AMS Global Commands option,
Click on the AMS Insertion option:
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
78 / 192

N.B.

Wdm Transmission
AMS Global Commands
FEC Global Commands
>
>
> AMS Insertion (on fecEncoding)
>
>
Figure 58. AMS global commands

Click on OK.
A dialogue box opens, see Figure 56. and its paragragh.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
If a wdm TTP port is selected, no global command is available, a message box is displayed.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
79 / 192
6.14 FEC features

Dummy tributaries are not concerned by this feature.
6.14.1 Marker configuration

The marker is composed of 2 fields: the SLTE local code followed by the tributary number. The marker is
used to check if the receive and filtered wavelength is the expected one.
Markers are inserted in the overhead of the FEC frame and are received by the farend SLTE. The farend
SLTE compares the expected marker (part of SLTE configuration) with the received one and raises an
alarm if they are different.
The marker configuration concerns either the FECDEC board or the FECENC board, but displayed information are different.
On each FECENC board, you can display the marker automatically inserted by the SLTE in the FEC frame,
for the concerned tributary.
On each FECDEC board, you can display the received marker and the expected marker, for the concerned
tributary. The expected marker is settable.
a)
On FECENC board
Open the port view of a FECENC board.
In the Port pull down menu (see Figure 61. ), click on the Marker Configuration ... option.
Figure 59. Marker Configuration for the FECENC board

b)
On FECDEC board
Open the port view of a FECDEC board.
In the Port pull down menu (see Figure 55. ), click on the Marker Configuration ... option.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
80 / 192

N.B.

Figure 60. Marker Configuration for the FECDEC board
Enter the values:
SLTE local Code field: 3 characters maximum,

Tributary Number field: 3 characters maximum.
N.B.
6.14.2 FEC Error Correction

This function allows to enable or disable the FEC error correction, per tributary (on FECDEC board).
Open the port view of a FECDEC board.
In the Port pull down menu, click on the FEC Error Correction option.
Port
Marker Configuration
AMS Insertion ...
AMS Pattern ...
FEC Error Correction...
Performance Thresholds
>
>
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 61. FEC Correction management for FECDEC board

ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
81 / 192

Figure 62. FEC Error Correction window
The possible values are: Enable, Disable.

Click on OK to execute the command.
The State of the FEC correction is given at the bottom of the Termination point view:
Figure 63. Fec correction state
6.14.3 FEC Error Correction Global command

These FEC commands can be executed for several tributaries simultaneously.
In the Reception view, select all the affected ports:
Click on the Wdm Transmission pull down menu and on the FEC Global Commands option:
Wdm Transmission
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

AMS Global Commands
FEC Global Commands
>
>
> FEC Error Insertion Config ...
>
Figure 64. FEC global commands in Reception view
ED
Select the FEC Error Insertion Config... option and see the next paragraph.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
82 / 192
6.14.4 FEC Error Insertion

N.B.
This function allows to insert FEC errors in frames (on the FECENC board). This is available for FEC
correction testing.
insertion with specific duration and specific number of errors per FEC frame,
single insertion with a specific number of errors, which will be inserted only once.
a)

1)
Parameters configuration
In the Port pull down menu, click on the FEC Error Insertion option.
Click on the Insert Config ... option.

Figure 65. FEC Error Insertion window

The following parameters are modifiable:
Insertion Duration: in ms by step of 10 ms,

Insertion Rate: number of errors per frame from 64 to 960 by step of 64.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
83 / 192
2)
Insertion
Click on the Insert option. The following confirmation box is displayed:

Figure 66. Insert FEC Error confirmation box

b)

1)
Parameters configuration
Click on the Single Insert Config ... option.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 67. Single FEC Error Insertion Configuration window

The Insertion Rate parameters can be modified from 64 to 960 by step of 64.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
84 / 192
N.B.

2)
The Insertion Rate value is the same for all tributaries: if you change the value
for one FECENC board, the value is changed for all FECENC boards.
Insertion
Click on the Single Insert ... option. The following confirmation box is displayed:
Figure 68. Insert Single FEC Error confirmation box

The State of the FEC error insertion is given at the bottom of the Port view (see
Figure 69. ).
Figure 69. States of AMS insertion, FEC error insertion and single FEC error insertion
N.B.
Single FEC Error Insertion and FEC Error Insertion statuses are only displayed in
Constructor mode.
6.14.5 FEC Error Insertion Global command

These FEC commands can be executed for several tributaries simultaneously.
In the Transmission view, select all the affected ports:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
Click on the Wdm Transmission pull down menu and on the FEC Global Commands option:
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
85 / 192
Wdm Transmission
>
>
>
> FEC Error Insertion Config...
>


AMS Global Commands
FEC Global Commands
Figure 70. FEC global commands in Transmission view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
Select the FEC Error Insertion Config ... option and see the previous paragraph.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
86 / 192
6.15 Laser Management (ALS)

There are two kinds of Laser shutdown in the SLTE:
Automatic Laser Shutdown: this configured mechanism is used to shutdown automatically the transmitter laser and pumps, when the receive signal is lost.
Manual Laser Shutdown: used to shutdown manually the receiver pumps.
Four functional blocks are concerned:
Line transmitter which implies 1 laser and up to 4 pumps,

Line receiver which implies up to 4 pumps,
Post amplifier which implies up to 2 pumps,
Pre amplifier which implies up to 2 pumps.
For each board, the kind of Laser Shutdown is:

Board
Automatic Laser Shutdown
Manual Laser Shutdown
Line Transmitter (LTU)
YES
NO
Line receiver (LRU)
NO
YES
FEC Decoder (FECDEC)
YES
NO
PostAmp (WTA)
YES
NO
PreAmp (WRA)
NO
YES
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
6.15.1 Laser commands

a)
The Automatic Laser Shutdown (ALS) feature corresponds to the Laser management on the LTU,
FECDEC and WTA boards. The commands are available on tribTx, sdhTx and postAmp ports.
It covers four commands:
ALS Configuration,
ALS Control,
Manual Restart,
Test Restart.
b)
The Manual Laser Shutdown feature corresponds to the Laser management on the LRU and WRA
boards. The commands are available on tribRx and preAmp ports.
It covers one command:
Laser Cut Off.
c)
For Dummy tributaries, the Manual Shutdown is provided on PAU boards. A Laser Cut Off command
is available directly in PAU board view (because no tribTx port).
d)
As many pumps or lasers, on several units, are used at the channel transmit side and receive side,
the synthesis laser states and controls are on transmission ports. However each pump or laser is able
to provide its state. One unit can support one or two laserpumps, thats why one or two dedicated
state panels are displayed in boards views. The concerned boards are SLU, CAU, RAU, PAU, WTA
pumps, WRA pumps.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
87 / 192
Open the concerned Port view.
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Laser Management option:

To display the Laser Commands:
Port
Channel Power ...
Wavelength ...
Channel power config ...
Laser Management
>
ALS Configuration ...

Manual Restart
Test Restart
ALS Control
>
Laser Cut Off
Enable ALS
Disable ALS/Laser Off
Disable ALS/Laser On

The five possible commands are:
ALS Configuration,
Manual Restart,
Test Restart,
ALS Control,
Laser Cut Off.

These commands are described in the next sections.
6.15.2 ALS Configuration
This option allows to configure the Automatic Laser Shutdown (ALS).
In the Laser Management pull down menu, click on ALS Configuration ... option.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
88 / 192

Figure 72. Automatic laser shutdown dialogue box

The following parameters are displayed and can be modified:
ALS Auto Restart:
Enabled: if the laser is stopped, the restart is automatic after a wait time of x seconds (x
is the value displayed in Wait To Restart Time field),
Disabled: if the laser is stopped, the restart is manual.
Wait To Restart Time: the number of seconds to wait before a restart.

N.B.
A MIB align down is necessary after the Wait To Restart Time modification.

To restart laser manually:
In the Laser Management pull down menu, click on Manual restart option.
Figure 73. Manual restart confirmation box
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
89 / 192
6.15.4 Test Restart

To test the laser restart:
In the Laser Management pull down menu, click on Test restart option. The following confirmation
box is displayed.
Figure 74. Confirmation box
Click on OK to confirm the test Laser restart.
6.15.5 ALS Control

This function allows control of the ALS state and the laser state.
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Laser Management option,
Select the ALS Control option:

Three options are allowed:
Enabled ALS: the laser operates with the automatic protection,
Disable ALS / Laser Off: the laser is stopped,
Disable ALS / Laser On: the laser activation is forced.
Select one command and click on OK.

Click on OK.
The function is executed and at the end, a box is displayed with: Als Control Command Successful.
6.15.6 Laser Cut Off

To enable or disable the Laser Cut Off:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
In the port view, select the Port pull down menu and the Laser management option:
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
90 / 192

N.B.

Port
Laser Management
>
Enable ALS
Disable ALS/Laser Off
Disable ALS/Laser On
Click on Enable ALS/Laser Off or Disable ALS/Laser On.

Click on OK.
6.15.7 Laser Global Commands

The laser commands can be executed on several tributaries simultaneously.
To do several commands:
In the Transmission or Reception view, select all the affected tributaries,
Click on the Wdm Transmission pull down menu and on the Laser Global Commands option:
Wdm Transmission
AMS Global Commands
LS Criterion Global Commands
FEC Global Commands
>
>
>
>
>
>
ALS Control
>
ALS Configuration ... (OptPathSource)
Manual Restart (OptPathSource)
Test Restart (OptPathSource)
Figure 76. Laser global commands
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The functionalities allowed are described in the previous sections.
The State of the ALS is given at the bottom of the Termination point view:
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
91 / 192

Figure 77. ALS states
The possible ALS States are:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
ALS Auto Restart: Enabled or Disabled.

Laser State: ON, OFF, in Test, AutoRestart, Manual Restart or Manual Restart Test.
ALS Active: ON or OFF.
ALS Status: Enabled, Disabled or Problem.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
92 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

6.16 Protection management
Not yet available for TERA10 release 1.0.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
93 / 192
6.17 External points

24 external input points are available.
From the External Points window you can configure one of the external input points.
Double click on the concerned row in the external points list,
or click on the concerned row and then select the Config... option from the External Points pull down
menu.
Figure 78. Configuring external input points.

Click on the OK push button to validate the choice and close the dialogue box.

8 external output points are available.
They have all modifiable characteristics.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
From the External Points window you can configure one of the external input points.
Double click on the concerned row in the external points list,
or click on the concerned row and then select the Config... option from the External Points pull down
menu.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
94 / 192


Figure 79. Configuring external output points.


State: On or Off.
Station Output Control Type: Latching or Momentary.
Momentary Contact Time: indicates duration in case of momentary contact time (in ms modulo
10).
Click on OK to validate the modifications and close the dialogue box.

6.17.3 Switch Mode

N.B.
To modify the Switch Mode of an external output point:
Select in the External Points view an output point,

Click on the External Points pull down menu,
Select the Switch Mode option.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 80. Switch Mode Selection window
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
95 / 192
Choose the wanted mode : Manual or Automatic,
Click on OK.
N.B.
6.17.4 Partner Alarm

For the External Output Points, you can display the Partner Alarm if the switch mode is automatic.
A Partner Alarm is any alarm recovered from the SLTE. This alarm will trigger the External point physical
output.
To do that:
Select in the External Points view an output point,

Select the Partner Alarm option.
Figure 81. Partner alarm window

N.B.
This Partner alarm is chosen using Alarm Bit Selection menu option.
6.17.5 Partner Alarm Article/Bit

N.B.
Only available in the Constructor mode
If the selected external point is in Automatic mode, the operator will initialize the associated alarm. The
default value is: article 0, bit 0 which does not exist.
To modify the associated alarm:
Select in the External Points view the concerned output point,

Select the Patner Alarm Article/Bit option.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
96 / 192


Figure 82. PartnerArticle/Bit window
Enter Article number and Bit Article for the alarm which will be associated to the selected external
output point.
Click on OK.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
97 / 192
This function is available for SLTE in stand alone mode only (1354SN not connected to 1353SH) and if
APA is authorized by 1354SN except for APA Trib Involvement and MPO Phase Amplitude configuration.
The assignement state is visible in permanent item panel (SNM Item).
It provides procedures to homogenise transmission quality of WDM Submarine equipment by power adjustment of each channel. Measurement quality is based on FEC Bit Error Rate evaluation. APA is performed during installation of network, but can be useful for readjustment due to ageing or upgrade of capacity.
The APA view is accessible by Views pull down menu and if the APA Authorization is on.
Views
Previous
Equipment
External Points
Transmission
Reception
Submerged Line
Open object
Zoom Scroll Mode
Open in Window
Open New Submerged Line Window
Close
Esc
Alt+O
Alt+Z
Alt+W
Alt+M
6.18.1 APA Authorization

N.B.
To set the APA Authorization:
In Configuration pull down menu, click on APA/MPO option,

Clik on APA Authorization option.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
98 / 192

6.18 Automatic Preemphasis Adjustment

Figure 84. APA Authorization window
6.18.2 APA view

Click on Automatic Pre Emphasis in Views menu, the following view is displayed.
Figure 85. APA view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
From this view, the operator can visualize a table with one row per channel. The two first columns are fixed
and the others can be moved with the scroll bar. The tributaries not involved in APA procedure and/or out
of service are greyed.
The columns are:
Tributary: contains the channel number and the wavelength.
IMPO: Individual MPO (Stopped, Running).
Reference Power (RPi): contains a real or ??? if unknown value.Perf Threshold Global Cmds
>
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
99 / 192
Current Power (Pi): contains a real or ??? if unknown value.
Channel Margin (Cmi): contains a real or ??? if unknown value.
Number of Uncorrected Block: contains an integer or ??? if unknown value.
Channel Margin Discrepancy (delta Cmi): contains a real or ??? if unknown value.
System Margin (Sm): contains a real or ??? if unknown value.
Reference System Margin (RSm): contains an integer or ??? if unknown value.
APA Channel Status: a string (undefined, excessive cumulated correction, local transmission failure,
far end transmission failure, bad power variation).
Saturated Trib: the tributary state: not satured or saturated.
In the panel, at the bottom of the view (see Figure 85. ), the following attributes are displayed in little
coloured squares:
APA state (possible values are described below).
MM state (possible values are described below).
Serial MPO state (possible values are described below).
APA, MM, Serial MPO states can take following values:
Stopped: green background colour for cleared severity.
Running: purple background colour for indeterminate severity.
APA Standby: (Excessive Correction S, Transmission Failure S, Power Variation S, More Than 5 Iterations S) blue background colour for warning severity.
MM Standby: (Transmission Failure S, Power Variation S) blue background colour for warning severity.
APA Aborted: (Excessive Correction A, Transmission Failure A, Power Variation A, More Than 5 Iterations A) blue background colour for warning severity.
MM Aborted: (Power Limitation A, Transmission Failure A, Power Variation A) blue background

colour for warning severity.
The operator can send actions using APA pull down menu in menu bar.
6.18.3 Reset Reference Power
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
In the APA view, click on APA pull down menu,

Click on Reset RPI option.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
100 / 192


APA
Reset RPI
APA
>
>
Margin Measurement
Serial MPO
>
>
Individual MPO
Figure 86. APA Reset RPI

This choice allows to reset channel power reference.
6.18.4 Refresh Measurements
In the APA view, click on APA pull down menu,

Click on Refresh Measurements option.
This choice allows to refresh the measurements.

6.18.5 APA commands
The Automatic Preemphasis Adjustment procedure (APA) is the main facility to optimise all channel margin discrepancies by performing several iterations of margin measurement and preemphasis adjustment.
In the APA view, click on APA pull down menu (see Figure 86. ),
Click on APA option.
Three commands are proposed:
Start APA, to activate the APA procedure.

A message box is displayed if the command is successful: Activate command successful.
Force APA, to force the APA procedure.

Abort APA, to stop the APA procedure.
Click on one, to execute the command.
6.18.6 Margin Measurement commands
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The Margin Measurement procedure (MM) is a sub part of APA procedure which only calculates all the
channel margin discrepancies.The operator can activate this procedure at any time only if no APA procedure is started.
ED
Click on Margin Measurement option.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
101 / 192
Start MM, to activate the Margin measurement procedure.
Force MM, to force the Margin measurement procedure.

Abort MM, to stop the Margin measurement procedure.
6.18.7 Serial MPO

This function allows the operator to activate a Modulation Parameter Optimisation (MPO) procedure on
all the wavelength. This procedure is used in addition to the APA procedure. Only the channels involved
in the APA are concerned with the MPO.
Click on Serial MPO option.
State Serial MPO, to indicates the state of the serial MPO procedure.
Start Serial MPO, to start the serial MPO procedure.
Abort Serial MPO, to stop the serial MPO procedure.
6.18.8 Individual MPO

This function is used only for installation or upgrade purpose. Only one channel is running at the same
time.
Click on Individual MPO option.
Two commands are proposed:
Start Individual MPO, to activate the individual MPO procedure.
Abort Individual MPO, to stop the individual MPO procedure.
a)
Start Individual MPO.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
To execute this command, click on. The following window is displayed:
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
102 / 192


Figure 87. Start Individual MPO window
b)
Select one tributary in the list displayed.

Click on OK.
A message box is displayed at the end of the command execution.
Abort Individual MPO.

To execute this command, click on it.
6.18.9 APA tributary Involvement

The APA channel involvement indicates the channels involved in the APA & MM & SMPO & IMPO procedures.
In Configuration pull down menu, click on APA/MPO option,

Click on APA Tributary Involvement ... option.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The following window is displayed. This window is resizable.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
103 / 192

Figure 88. APA Tributary Involvement window
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
In the Tributary List, select the affected tributaries.

With the option button, choose: Involved, Not involved.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
104 / 192
6.19 OS/CT address setting

N.B.
Different addresses exist: one for the OS, one for the spare OS and one for the TERA10CT (Craft Terminal).
These addressses are stored by the NE to check supervision connections.
This function allows modifications of these addresses, but a check is done to forbid an OS or the
TERA10CT to modify its own address:
the OS to modify spare OS and TERA10 CT adresses,

the spare OS to modify OS and TERA10 CT adresses,
the TERA10 CT to modify OS and spare OS adresses.
To modify an address:
In the Configuration menu, select the Change Addresses option.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 89. Address Setting window
Enter the new addresses (address modification of its own address is disabled).
Click on OK.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
105 / 192
The OPS (Optical Path Switch) equipment aims to optimise the optical path protection of an endtoend
network. To perform optical switch, the OPS reacts on received loss of data.
For that, NEs like SLTE which are connected to an OPS need to shutdown their laser in certain conditions.
For TERA10 SLTE, this specific laser shutdown mecanism is provided by two features accessible on the
sdhTx port (signal emission to OPS equipment).
At the bottom of the sdhTx port view, attributes statuses are displayed in panels:
LS Line Criterion (enable or disable),

LS Ms Ais Criterion (enable or disable).
6.20.1 LS Line Criterion

The Laser Shutdown Line Criterion function allows to enable or disable laser shutdown while receiving
LOS, LOF, or AMS from the Line due to a problem on Submarine links (Line).
Open the Port view of the sdhTx port (FECDEC board).
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Laser Shutdown Criterion option.
Click on the LS Line Criterion option.
Figure 90. LS Line Criterion window.
6.20.2 LS MS AIS Criterion

The Laser Shutdown MS AIS Criterion function allows to enable or disable laser shutdown while receiving
MSAIS from the Line due to a problem on terrestrial links (Sdh).
Open the Port view of the sdhTx port (FECDEC board).
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Laser Shutdown Criterion option.
Click on the LS MS AIS Criterion option.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
106 / 192

6.20 Features due to OPS presence

Figure 91. LS Line Criterion window.
6.20.3 LS Criterion global commands

The LS Line criterion commands can be executed for several tributaries simultaneously.
To do several commands:
In the Reception view, select all the affected tributaries,
Click on the Wdm Transmission pull down menu and on the LS Criterion Global Commands option:
Wdm Transmission
AMS Global Commands
LS Criterion Global Commands
FEC Global Commands
>
>
>
> LS Line Criterion (on sdhTx)
> LS MS AIS Criterion (on sdhTx)
>
Figure 92. LS Criterion global commands
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The functionalities allowed are described in the previous sections.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
107 / 192
6.21 Mechanical and Protection configuration

This function allows to update the SLTE mechanical arrangement due to adding or removing subracks.
A spare rack is added to current configuration to make possible the addition of new subracks.
To modify the subrack configuration:
Open the Equipment view and select the subrack,

Click on the Subrack menu,
Click on the Subrack Configuration... option,
Figure 93. Mechanical and Protection Configuration window
Choose one subrack type in the Subrack Type list.

If the Subrack type is Tributary or Dummy Tributary:
Enter the Tributary Identifier,

The Tributary Identifier is between 1 to 42 and is unique (two tributaries can not have the same
identifier).
Select the Protection Scheme: Not Protected or Protected.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
In case of Protected, some information have to be entered:
ED
Associated Trib Id, partner protection: protection subrack 1 or 2.

Protection Profile, Protected or Protecting.
Input Port used, connection port number on protection subsystem.
Click on OK.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
108 / 192

N.B.
The mechanical configuration updates will be fully taken into account after a MIB align down
command followed by a MIB align up command.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

N.B.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
109 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
110 / 192

7 PERFORMANCE COUNTERS
7.1 Generalities
a)
FEC counters
Two accumulation periods are supported: 15 minutes and 24 hours. For each TP (1 for each tributary), a current block, a previous block and n more recent blocks of counters are stored in the SLTE.
The list of activated TPs is configurable and separately managed for CTs and OS. Once TP performance collect is activated from management systems, the SLTE manages the collect and transfer
on request all or part of the block counters.
One day of 15 minutes counters and one week of daily counters are stored in the SLTE.
The FEC alarm threshold configuration is part of the SLTE configuration. Low and a high thresholds
are defined for each counter to raise a non urgent alarm or an urgent alarm when they are crossed.
b)
B1 byte counters
The B1 byte (at the Regeneration section) is extracted from each STM64 frame and collected according to performance monitoring principles. Counters cumulate an Error number.
N.B.
Be aware that no value are given for ES, SES and UAS associated counters. These counters are usually given for SDH Equipment, but not for Submarine Equipment.
The management procedure is the same as for FEC counter: accumulation periods, collect, threshold and alarm generation.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The SLTE manages at least two different counter lists (OS and CT).
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
111 / 192
7.2 Performance Counters management
a)

7.2.1 Activate Performance Counters Collection

From a Port view
To active or desactivate a performance point counter in a port:
Select in the Port view the concerned port,

Select the Performance Point counters... option.
Figure 94. Performance Point Counters dialogue box
The push buttons 15 Minutes and 24 Hours allow activatoin or desactivation of the counter.
N.B.
b)
Each port can have his own Performance Point Counter.
From Performance Points list

To display the list of the Performance points:
Click on the Diagnosis menu.

Select the List of option.
Select the Perf Points... option.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The following window is displayed, this window is resizable.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
112 / 192

Figure 95. Performance Points list window
You can select one or several Equipment TPs,
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
to select all Equipment TPs click on the Select all button.
In the Global command area, you choose the action for the counters 15 Minutes or/and 24 Hours
with the option buttons: Disable, Start, Stop.
The Details button gives details for the selected port in the Performance Point Counters dialogue box (seeFigure 94. ).
7.2.2 Force Performance Collection

To force the Performance counters collection:
ED

01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
113 / 192

Select the Forced Performance Collection option.
Figure 96. Force performance collection confirmation box

Click on OK to execute the command.
7.2.3 Show Performance data
To display the TP Performance data:

Select the Show TP Performance data option.
Select the 15 Minutes or 24 Hours option.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
114 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 97. TP performance data window
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
115 / 192

7.3 Performance Thresholds management

7.3.1 Collection Period Threshold

From the Transmission/Reception view:
Select one or several port,

Click on Wdm Transmission menu,
Select the Perf Threshold Global Cmds option,
Select the name of the Performance Thresholds (for this example stm64RS),
From the Port view:

Select the name of the Performance Thresholds (for this example stm64RS),
Figure 98. Performance Thresholds dialogue box
Modify one or several values,

The field values correspond to the x of 1Ex that is 10 x.
N.B.
7.3.2 Immediate transmission quality thresholds
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
This function allows modifycation of B1 and FEC Bit Error Ratio immediate thresholds. These thresholds
are used to raise alarms when transmission quality is decreasing.
These threshold adjustments can also be used to have the same B1 immediate thresholds in the SLTE
as the one configured in Terrestrial NEs (ADMs) present in the network.
BER thresholds are composed of low and high thresholds.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
116 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

These BER thresholds are attached to boards:
FECENC boards for B1 BER thresholds,

FECDEC boards for FEC BER thresholds.
All values are tributary dependant.

They are displayed as analog measurement thresholds. See chapter 8.3.1 for more details.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
117 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
118 / 192

8.1 Generalities
8.1.1 Principles
as early as possible of any impeding problem. Those equipments must satisfy stringent requirements for
long period of time (typically 25 years).
From the operator point of view, there are three ways to do analog measurements:
a)
Operator query: the operator requests the current value of some measurements (grouped in one
Measurement Point). The OS relays this request to the NE, which responds with the measurement
values. The OS can then display the results to the operator, and record them.
b)
Periodic polling: for the operator, this works along the same principles as for Performance Monitoring. The following steps can be distinguished:
c)
1)
In a preliminary setup phase, the operator specifies which measurements have to be polled
(choice of measurement points), as well as the time interval between polls for each measurement point (every 15 minutes (at 0, 15, 30, 45 past) or every 24hours (at midnight)).
2)
For each measurement point, the OS periodically recovers current measurement values from
the NE and stores them in the measurement database.
3)
Peak automatic collection measurement

High and low alarm thresholds are defined for each measurement points. When the current measurement value continously measured by the SLTE, becomes over the high threshold, an alarm is raised.
When the measurement value is below the low threshold, an alarm is raised. The associated measured value is called a Peak measurement.
Peak measurements are automatically collected when a threshold alarm is notified.
The SLTE recovers all latest peak measurements stored for the MP. Several peak measurements
values can be collected between two periodic collects.
N.B.
Time management: the OS modifies the effective duration of the period according to time
changes. From the SLTE point of view, time changes have no impact on the measurement
management.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
8.1.2 SLTE NEs

The SLTE NEs perform analog measurements continually, independently of the OS. Measurements are
transferred to the OS in blocks called Measurement Points, on OS request. The NE does not periodically
store measurement values as in performance monitoring: on OS measurement request, the NE sends
back the current (present) value of each measurement.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
119 / 192
8.1.3 Submerged Line Elements monitored by SLTE
Some analog measurements can be retrieved by the OS from the submerged plant. They are mainly input
power, output power and pump current of optical amplifiers.
This function is available for SLTE in stand alone mode only (1354SN not connected to 1353SH), assignment state is visible in permanent item panel (SNM Item).
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
For the WDM Submerged equipment, many measurements are available. Nevertheless, reading requests
from management systems are needed to activate the measurement reading process, except for peak
measurements.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
120 / 192

The Line Equipments are the Repeaters and the Branching Units.

8.2 Measurement management

8.2.1 Activate measurements
a)
From a subrack view
From a subrack views, measurements can be run on a selected board of this subrack:
Select the Measure option.
Select the Measure Polling option (see Figure 104. ).
Figure 99. Measure Polling

This window displays the measurement points accessible on the chosen board.
To run measurements, click on toggles then on OK to validate the choices.
b)
From the Measurement Points list
To display the list of the Measurement points for the whole NE:

Select the List of option.
Select the Meas Points... option.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The following window is displayed. This window is resizable.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
121 / 192

Figure 100. Measurement Points list window

The list displays the boards where the measurement requests are possible. For each board the measurement points already active are displayed:
/WDay: a 24Hours measurement point is already started.

/W15: a 15Minutes measurement point is already started.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
1)

01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
122 / 192

Figure 101. Measurement Points dialogue box
Click on the chosen measurement points.

2)

24Hours measurement.
Click on OK.
clicking on Cancel.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
123 / 192
8.2.2 Show NE Measurement data

To do specific researchs on all measurements already recovered from the NE:

Select the Show NE Measurement Data option.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 102. NE measurement data view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
124 / 192
8.2.3 View last Measurements

To display the Analog Measures:

Select the View option.
Select the Analog Measures option.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 103. Analog measures view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
125 / 192
8.2.4 TERA10 Measurement Points list

All Internal Level measurement points are only available in Constructor mode.
All measurement points in the SLTE are characteristic of individual boards.
N.B.
The SLTE does not manage measurement periods. Measurements reading is activated in the SLTE
by the reception of a reading request from OS.
The list of measurement points is flexible according to the NE configuration (mainly the number of
Wavelengths managed).
The following table gives the measurement points for each board.
Legend: N refers to the tributary number.

WTA
WTA opt (Optical Levels)
Receive/Send Light Level (dBm)
WRA
WRA opt (Optical Levels)
Receive/Send Light Level (dBm)
PAU # <N>
Line Send#<N> (Trib Send Line send light level (dBm)

OptPath Level)
CAU_RX_ # <N> Line Receive#<N> (Trib Re- Line Receive Light Level (dBm)
with i = [1..3] or RAU# ceive OptPath Level)
<N> (see note 1 )
FDU # <N>
SDH Send#<N> (Send Opti- SDH send Light Level (dBm)

cal Level)
FEU # <N>
SDH Receive#<N>
ceive Optical Level)
CAU_TX_ # <N>
TCAU opt# <N>

cal Levels) (*)
CAU_RX_
with i = [1..3]
<N> RCAU opt # <N>

cal Levels) (*)
(Re- SDH Receive Light Level (dBm)

(Opti- Receive/Send Light Level (dBm)
(Opti- Send Light Level (dBm)
Receive Light Level (dBm)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
RCAU int # <N>

nal Levels) (*)
(see note 2)
(Inter- Pump
Laser
bias
current
Pump Laser output power
Pump Laser temperature ( C)
FDU # <N>
FDU int # <N> (Internal Lev- Signal Laser bias current (mA)
els) (*)
PAU # <N>
PAU opt# <N> (Optical Lev- Receive Light Level (dBm)

els)
(*)
(mA)
(mW)
PAU int # <N> (Internal Lev- Pump Laser # 1 / 2 bias current (mA)
els) (*)
Pump Laser # 1 / 2 output power (mW)
Pump Laser # 1 / 2 temperature ( C)
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
126 / 192

N.B.


LPM_1
or
associated to WTA
2 WTA PLM <1 or 2> int (Inter- Pump Laser # 1 / 2 bias current (mA)
nal Levels) (*)
Pump Laser # 1 / 2 Temperature ( C)
LPM_1
or
associated to WRA
2 WRA PLM <1 or 2> int (Internal Levels) (*)
Pump Laser # 1 / 2 bias current (mA)

Pump Laser # 1 / 2 Temperature ( C)
RAU # <N>
RAU opt # <N> (Optical Lev- Receive/Send Light Level (dBm)

els) (*)
RAU # <N>
RAU int # <N> (Internal Lev- Receive/Send Light Level (dBm)

els) (*)
RXU # <N>
RXU opt # <N> (Optical Lev- Receive Light Level (dBm)

els) (*)
SLU # <N>
SLU opt # <N> (Optical Lev- Signal Laser Send Light Level (dBm)
els) (*)
SLU int # <N> (Internal Lev- Signal Laser bias current (mA)
els) (*)
Signal Laser Temperature ( C)
TMU # <N>
TMU opt# <N> (Optical Lev- Receive/Send Light Level (dBm)

els) (*)
Table 2. TERA10 measurement points

Note 1: The line receive light level is recovered from the first amplifier in the tributary receive path.
This may be any one of the receive compensation amplifier (CAU_RX) or the receive amplifier (RAU).
Note 2: This measurement does not concern the first amplifier in the tributary receive path (i.e one
of the CAU_RX or the RAU). For this amplifier, the receive light level is known with the Line Receive
# <N> measurement point.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
(*): only in Constructor mode
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
127 / 192
This function is available for SLTE in stand alone mode only (1354SN not connected to 1353SH), assignement state is visible in permanent item panel (SNM Item).
The Line Equipment include the different types of Repeaters and the Branching Units.
The measurements are mainly input power, output power and pump current of optical amplifiers, composing the Repeaters and the Branching Units (see chapter 3).
The following table gives the measurements for each type of repeater and for the Add and Drop Branching
Unit.
Line
equipment
Measurements
Point
Name
Unit
STC
Repeater
(R0, R1)
Input power
Output power
Pump 1 power
Pump P1 status
Pump 2 power
Pump P2 status
P.In
P.out
I.P1
P.P1
I.P2
P.P2
dBm
dBm
%
dBm
ON/OFF
%
dBm
ON/OFF
SMC
Repeater
Input power (apply to the Optical Amplifier (OA))

Pump current (apply to one pump of the 2 pumps)
P.In
P.Out
I.P
dBm
dBm
%
R3 Repeater

Pump current 1480 nm
Pump current 980 nm
P.In
P.Out
I.P
dBm
dBm
%
ON/OFF
R4 Repeater

Pump current (apply to the pair of the pump lasers in series)
P.In
P.Out
I.P
dBm
dBm
%
ON/OFF
Branching
Unit
(for OA Add
and Trunk)

Pump current (apply to one pump of the 2 pumps (BU 2 pumps)
or to the pair of the pump lasers in series (BU 4 pumps))
P.In
P.Out
I.P
dBm
dBm
%
Table 3. Line equipment measurement points

No thresholds are managed for the Line Equipment measurements at EML level.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The measurements on Line Equipment can only be performed from the Submerged Line View and are
effectively performed when the Measurement pushbutton is clicked.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
128 / 192

8.2.5 Line Equipment Measurement Points

8.3 Measurement Thresholds management

8.3.1 Display Measurement Thresholds
The threshold(s) associated to each measurement point are displayed and some can be modified by the
operator:
Select the requested board.
Select the Measure option.
Select the Measure Thresholds option (see Figure 104. ).
Equipment
Measure
> Measure Polling
Slots Labels On/OFF
Measure Thresholds
Ampli Power
>

Figure 105. TERA10 measure thresholds window

N.B.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
For each measurement type, a high and a low threshold are displayed. Some can be modified.
Click on OK to validate modified thresholds.
N.B.
ED
A MIB align down operation is necsssary to download the new values to the NE.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
129 / 192
Global command option:
Modify the affected values.
Click on the Global command button in the Measure Thresholds window. The following window is
displayed.
Figure 106. Measure Thresholds Global command window
In the Equipment list, select the affected boards:
to be selected,
Click on OK, the command is executed for all the selected boards.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
01
Some measurement thresholds are only visible for constructor profile.
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
130 / 192

This option is only relevant for boars which have modifiable thresholds.
8.3.2 Optical Thresholds autoadjustement

N.B.
This function allows to adjust automatically the Receive Light Level optical thresholds, from the ADM and
from the submerged line, of all tributaries, near the current measurement value. This threshold autoadjustement is usefull to follow the degradation of an optical signal.
Select the Optical Thresholds AutoAdjustement option. The following confirmation box is displayed:
Figure 107. Optical thresholds autoadjustement confirmation box
Click on OK to confirm the autoadjustement. Then a successful message or a failure message is

displayed at the end of this operation.
Figure 108. Optical thresholds autoadjustement success message box
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
A MIB align up operation is necessary to recover new optical thresholds.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
131 / 192
8.3.3 TERA10 Measurement Thresholds list

WTA
LPM_TX
WRA
LPM_RX
FEU #<N>


For each Measurement Threshold, a high and a low value is managed.

WTA_ReceiveLightLevelDegrade
R/W
WTA_SendLightLevelDegrade
R/W
WTA_ReceiveLightLevelFail (factory value) (*)
WTA_SendLightLevelFail (factory value) (*)
LPM_TX_PumpLaserTemp (*)
LPM_TX_PumpLaserBiasCurrent (*)
LPM_TX_PumpLaserOutputPower (*)
WRA_ReceiveLightLevelDegrade
R/W
WRA_SendLightLevelDegrade
R/W
WRA_ReceiveLightLevelFail (factory value) (*)
WRA_SendLightLevelFail (factory value) (*)
LPM_RX_PumpLaserTemp (*)
LPM_RX_PumpLaserBiasCurrent (*)
LPM_RX_PumpLaserOutputPower (*)
FEU#<N>_ReceiveLightLevelDegrade
FEU_ReceiveLightLevelFail (factory value) (*) (**) R
SLU#<N>
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
TMU#<N>
ED
01
FEU#<N>_Stm64RS_BER(1Ex) (*) (**)
R/W
SLU#<N>_SignalLaserTemperature (*)
SLU#<N>_SignalLaserBiasCurrent (*)
SLU_SendLightLevelDegrade (*) (**)
SLU_SendLightLevelFail (factory value) (*) (**)
TMU#<N>_SendLightLevelDegrade (*)
TMU_SendLightLevelFail (factory value) (*) (**)
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
132 / 192


CAU_TX_ #<N>
with i in [1..3]

TCAU#<N>_ReceiveLightLevelDegrade
TCAU#<N>_SendLightLevelDegrade
(*)
TCAU_PumpLaserTemp (*) (**)
TCAU_PumpLaserBiasCurrent (*) (**)
TCAU_PumpLaserOutputPower (*) (**)
TCAU_ReceiveLightLevelFail (factory value) (*) R

(**)
PAU #<N>
TCAU_SendLightLevelFail (factory value) (*) (**)
PAU#<N>_ReceiveLightLevelDegrade
PAU#<N>_SendLightLevelDegrade
(*)
PAU1_PumpLaserTemp (*) (**)
PAU1_PumpLaserBiasCurrent (*) (**)
PAU1_PumpLaserOutputPower (*) (**)
PAU2_PumpLaserTemp (*) (**)
PAU2_PumpLaserBiasCurrent (*) (**)
PAU2_PumpLaserOutputPower (*) (**)
PAU_ReceiveLightLevelFail (factory value) (*) (**) R
CAU_RX_ #<N>
with i in [1..3]
PAU_SendLightLevelFail (factory value) (*) (**)
RCAU#<N>_ReceiveLightLevelDegrade
RCAU#<N>_SendLightLevelDegrade
(*)
RCAU_PumpLaserTemp (*) (**)
RCAU_PumpLaserBiasCurrent (*) (**)
RCAU_PumpLaserOutputPower (*) (**)
RCAU_ReceiveLightLevelFail (factory value) (*) R

(**)
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
RCAU_SendLightLevelFail (factory value) (*) (**)
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
133 / 192
RAU #<N>

RAU#<N>_ReceiveLightLevelDegrade
RAU_PumpLaserTemp (*) (**)
RAU_PumpLaserBiasCurrent (*) (**)
RAU_PumpLaserOutputPower (*) (**)
RAU_SendLightLevelDegrade (*) (**)


RAU_ReceiveLightLevelFail (factory value) (*) (**) R
RXU
RAU_SendLightLevelFail (factory value) (*) (**)
RXU_ReceiveLightLevelDegrade (*) (**)
RXU_ReceiveLightLevelFail (factory value) (*) (**) R

FDU
FDU_SendLightLevelDegrade
FDU_SignalLaserBiasCurrent (*) (**)
FDU_SignalLaserTemperature (*) (**)
FDU_SendLightLevelFail (factory value) (*) (**)
FDU#<N>_WdmFec_BER(1Ex)
R/W
Table 4. TERA10 thresholds

(*): Only in Constructor mode.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
(**): This threshold value is applicable to all tributaries.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
134 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

9 ALARMS
9.1 Alarms display
The alarms are displayed in the Equipment and Port views with a coloured square.
Each coloured square is associated to one Probable cause, which can group several unitary alarms called
Specific problems.
To know the Specific problems raised on one Probable cause:
Move the mouse cursor on the colored square,

The Specific problems are then displayed in a tool tip.
All raised alarms, with their associated Probable cause and Specific problem are logged in Alarm Surveillance component.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
135 / 192
All alarms detected on the NE are displayed in the 1353SH Equipment view. Some of these EML alarms
are also displayed in 1354SN Transmission views.
The following table lists which EML alarms are concerned.
Probables causes which are only used for NML usage are not visible in the ASAP (Alarm Severity congiguration).
EML
TTP Object
name
fecDecoding
Probable cause
name
NML
SpecificProblem
name
TTP Object name

FEC
Fault Flag Detected
Fault Flag Detected
Signal Failed
markerMismatch
Marker Mismatch
Signal Degraded
fecLBER
Signal Degrade
fecHBER
Excessive BER
uncorrectedBlocks
FEC
Blocks
tribRx
sdhRx
AMS
Performance
fecBER15min
Thresholds Crossed
Threshold
15min
Crossed
Threshold
1Day
Crossed
Loss Of Frame
Loss Of Frame
Transmit Problem*
Transmit Problem
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failure
Signal Degraded
Optical
graded
Loss Of Signal
lossOfData
Signal Degraded
b1LBER
SPI
Excessive BER
b1BER24Hour
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
De-
Degraded Signal
Performance
b1BER15min
Thresholds Crossed
Loss Of Signal
01
Signal
Loss Of Data
b1HBER
ED
Uncorrected
Remote Alarm Mod- aMSDetected

ulation Signal Detected
fecBER24Hour
tribTx
Probable Cause name
Threshold
15min
Crossed
Threshold
1Day
Crossed
Loss Of Signal
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
136 / 192

9.2 NML Alarms mapping
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

TTP Object
name
Probable cause
name
SpecificProblem
name
postAmp
Transmit Degraded
sllDegrade
preAmp
Signal Degraded
rllDegrade
TTP Object name

MUX/DEMUX
Probable Cause name

Transmit Failure
Loss Of Signal
* not registered at EML level
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
137 / 192
9.3 Alarms list
Object name / Article Bit / Probable cause name / Specific Problem name / Alarm type.
The alarm types are:
Epq = Equipment alarm

Comm = Communication alarm
QoS = Quality of service alarm
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
OBJECT
ARTICLE BIT PROBABLE CAUSE
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
Eqp
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
CAU
213464
DEMUXC2
764
DEMUXC2
764
DEMUXC2
764
DEMUXC4
772
DEMUXC4
772
DEMUXC4
772
DEMUXW11_1 772
DEMUXW11_1 772
DEMUXW11_1 772
DEMUXW11_2 772
DEMUXW11_2 772
DEMUXW11_2 772
DEMUXW11_3 772
DEMUXW11_3 772
ED
01
SPECIFIC PROBLEM
TYPE
8
9
15
16
17
22
24
25
30
31
32
33
34
35
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Transmit Fail
Comm
Sll Fail
Comm
Over Current
Comm
Transmit Degrade
Comm
Sll Degrade
Comm
Converter Fail
Comm
Unit Fail
Eqp
Sll Fail
Eqp
Converter Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Unit Degrade
Eqp
Sll Degrade
Eqp
Laser Op Power OO Limits Eqp
Laser Bias Current OO Limits
36
40
41
48
49
56
72
73
74
75
24
25
26
24
25
26
40
41
42
44
45
46
32
33
Unit Degraded
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Degraded
Signal Degraded
Miscellaneous
Replaceable Unit Missing
Replaceable Unit Type Mismatch
Internal Communication Problem
Configuration Problem
Laser Temp OO Limits

Signal Fail
Rll Fail
Signal Degrade
Rll Degrade
Initialising
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
Eqp
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
138 / 192

The following list indicates for each alarm:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

DEMUXW11_3 772
DEMUXW11_4 772
DEMUXW11_4 772
DEMUXW11_4 772
DEMUXW9_1
764
DEMUXW9_1
764
DEMUXW9_1
764
DEMUXW9_2
764
DEMUXW9_2
764
DEMUXW9_2
764
FAN_1
675716
FAN_1
675716
FAN_1
675716
FAN_1
675716
FAN_1
675716
FAN_1
675716
FAN_1
675716
FAN_1
675716
FAN_1
675716
FAN_1
675716
FAN_1
675716
FAN_1
675716
FAN_1
675716
FAN_1
675716
FAN_1
675716
FAN_2
717758
FAN_2
717758
FAN_2
717758
FAN_2
717758
FAN_2
717758
FAN_2
717758
FAN_2
717758
FAN_2
717758
FAN_2
717758
FAN_2
717758
FAN_2
717758
FAN_2
717758
FAN_2
717758
FAN_2
717758
FAN_2
717758
FAN_2
717758
FECDEC
591632
FECDEC
591632
FECDEC
591632
FECDEC
591632
FECDEC
591632
FECDEC
591632
FECDEC
591632
FECDEC
591632
FECDEC
591632
FECDEC
591632
FECDEC
591632
Eqp
FECDEC
591632
ED
01
34
36
37
38
32
33
34
36
37
38
48
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
72
73
74
75
48
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
72
73
74
75
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34

Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Degraded
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Fan8 Fail
Eqp
Converter Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Unit Fail
Eqp
Fan1 Fail
Eqp
Fan2 Fail
Eqp
Fan3 Fail
Eqp
Fan4 Fail
Eqp
Fan5 Fail
Eqp
Fan6 Fail
Eqp
Fan7 Fail
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Fan8 Fail
Eqp
Converter Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Unit Fail
Eqp
Fan1 Fail
Eqp
Fan2 Fail
Eqp
Fan3 Fail
Eqp
Fan4 Fail
Eqp
Fan5 Fail
Eqp
Fan6 Fail
Eqp
Fan7 Fail
Eqp
Unit Degrade
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Unit Fail
Eqp
Laser Op Power Fail
Eqp
Loss Of Fec Clock Sync
Eqp
Loss Of SDH Clock Sync Eqp
Loss Of Sdh Fec Clock SyncEqp
Loss Of Reference Clock Eqp
Converter Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Unit Degrade
Eqp
Laser Op Power Degrade Eqp
35
Unit Degraded
Eqp
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
139 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
591632
591632
591632
591632
591632
591632
87128
87128
87128
87128
87128
87128
38
56
72
73
74
75
24
25
26
27
28
29
Unit Failed
Miscellaneous
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Initialise Fail
Eqp
Initialising
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Unit Fail
Eqp
Eqp
Loss Of SDH Clock Sync Eqp
Initialise Fail
Eqp
Loss Of Reference Clock Eqp
Loss Of Sdh Fec Clock Sync
87128
87128
87128
87128
87128
87128
87128
87128
761
761
761
761
761
30
31
32
56
72
73
74
75
48
55
56
57
58
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Degraded
Miscellaneous
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Converter Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Unit Degrade
Eqp
Initialising
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Unit Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Unit Degrade
Eqp
761
761
761
761
761
761
761
761
766
766
766
766
766
59
64
65
66
72
73
74
75
48
55
56
57
58
Unit Degraded
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded

Eqp
Nose Cone Removed
Eqp
Rll Fail
Eqp
Initialising
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Unit Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Unit Degrade
Eqp
766
766
766
766
766
766
766
766
769
769
769
769
769
59
64
65
66
72
73
74
75
48
55
56
57
58
Unit Degraded
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded

Eqp
Nose Cone Removed
Eqp
Rll Fail
Eqp
Initialising
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Unit Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Unit Degrade
Eqp
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
140 / 192

FECDEC
FECDEC
FECDEC
FECDEC
FECDEC
FECDEC
FECENC
FECENC
FECENC
FECENC
FECENC
FECENC
Eqp
FECENC
FECENC
FECENC
FECENC
FECENC
FECENC
FECENC
FECENC
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
Eqp
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
Eqp
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Eqp
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_1
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
Eqp
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
Eqp
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
Eqp
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
LPM_2
MIP
MIP
MIP
MUXC2
MUXC2
MUXC2
ED
01
769
769
769
769
769
769
769
769
762
762
762
762
762
59
64
65
66
72
73
74
75
48
55
56
57
58
Unit Degraded
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded

Eqp
Nose Cone Removed
Eqp
Rll Fail
Eqp
Initialising
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Unit Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Unit Degrade
Eqp
762
762
762
762
762
762
762
767
767
767
767
767
59
64
65
72
73
74
75
48
55
56
57
58
Unit Degraded
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded

Eqp
Nose Cone Removed
Eqp
Rll Fail
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Unit Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Unit Degrade
Eqp
767
767
767
767
767
767
767
770
770
770
770
770
59
64
65
72
73
74
75
48
55
56
57
58
Unit Degraded
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded

Eqp
Nose Cone Removed
Eqp
Rll Fail
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Unit Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Unit Degrade
Eqp
770
770
770
770
770
770
770
773774
773774
773774
759
759
759
59
64
65
72
73
74
75
41
43
44
24
25
26
Unit Degraded
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous

Nose Cone Removed
Rll Fail
None
None
None
None
None
None
Initialising
None
None
None
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
141 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
763
763
763
763
763
763
763
763
763
763
763
763
763
763
763
759
759
759
759
759
759
633674
633674
633674
633674
633674
633674
633674
633674
633674
633674
633674
633674
633674
633674
633674
633674
633674
633674
48
49
50
40
41
42
44
45
46
32
33
34
36
37
38
32
33
34
36
37
38
8
14
15
16
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
40
41

Orderwire Transmit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Orderwire Signal Failed
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Transmit Fail
Comm
Converter Fail
Comm
Over Current
Comm
O V H Tx Loss Of Data
Comm
Ch1 EOW Tx Fail
Comm
Ch2 EOW Tx Fail
Comm
Ch3 EOW Tx Fail
Comm
O V H Tx Loss Of Clock
Comm
Unit Fail
Eqp
O V H Tx Loss Of Data
Eqp
Ch1 EOW Tx Fail
Eqp
Ch2 EOW Tx Fail
Eqp
Ch3 EOW Tx Fail
Eqp
Initialise Fail
Eqp
Converter Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Signal Fail
Comm
Ch1 EOW Rx Loss Of Clock
633674 42
633674 43
633674
633674
633674
633674
46
47
48
49

Converter Fail
Comm
Over Current
Comm
O V H Rx Loss Of Data
Comm
Ch1 EOW Rx Loss Of Signal
633674 50
633674 51
633674 52
Ch1 O V H Rx Loss Of Signal
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
142 / 192

MUXC4
MUXC4
MUXC4
MUXW11_1
MUXW11_1
MUXW11_1
MUXW11_2
MUXW11_2
MUXW11_2
MUXW11_3
MUXW11_3
MUXW11_3
MUXW11_4
MUXW11_4
MUXW11_4
MUXW9_1
MUXW9_1
MUXW9_1
MUXW9_2
MUXW9_2
MUXW9_2
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
Comm
OPU
Comm
OPU
Comm
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
Comm
OPU
Comm
OPU
Comm
OPU
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Comm
OPU
Comm
OPU
Comm
OPU
OPU
Comm
OPU
Comm
OPU
Comm
OPU
OPU
Comm
OPU
Comm
OPU
Comm
OPU
OPU
Comm
OPU
Comm
OPU
Comm
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
OPU
PAU
PAU
PAU
PAU
PAU
PAU
PAU
PAU
PAU
PAU
PAU
PAU
PAU
Eqp
PAU
Eqp
PAU
PAU
Eqp
PAU
Eqp
PAU
PAU
ED
01
633674 53
633674 54
633674 55
633674 56

Orderwire A M S
O V H Rx Loss Of Clock Comm

Ch3 EOW Rx A I Sdetected
633674 57
Orderwire A M S
Ch3 O V H Tx A I Sinserted
633674 58
Orderwire A M S
Ch3 O V H Rx A I Sdetected
633674 59
633674 64
Orderwire A M S
Orderwire A M S
Ch3 EOW Tx A I Sinserted Comm

633674 65
Orderwire A M S
633674 66
Orderwire A M S
633674 67
633674 68
Orderwire A M S
Orderwire A M S

633674 69
Orderwire A M S
633674 70
Orderwire A M S
633674
633674
633674
633674
633674
465506
465506
465506
465506
465506
465506
465506
465506
465506
465506
465506
465506
465506
Orderwire A M S
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded

None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Transmit Fail
Comm
Sll Fail
Comm
Over Current
Comm
Transmit Degrade
Comm
Sll Degrade
Comm
Converter Fail
Comm
Unit Fail
Eqp
Sll Fail
Eqp
Converter Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Unit Degrade
Eqp
Sll Degrade
Eqp
Laser1 Op Power OO Limits
465506 35
Unit Degraded
Laser1 Bias Current OO Limits
465506 36
465506 37
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Laser1 Temp OO Limits

Eqp
Laser2 Op Power OO Limits
465506 38
Unit Degraded
Laser2 Bias Current OO Limits
465506 39
465506 42
Unit Degraded
Signal Failed
Laser2 Temp OO Limits

Signal Fail
71
72
73
74
75
8
9
15
16
17
22
24
25
30
31
32
33
34
Eqp
Comm
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
143 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
465506
465506
465506
465506
465506
465506
465506
465506
777778
777778
777778
777778
777778
777778
777778
777778
777778
777778
777778
777778
777778
777778
43
48
49
56
72
73
74
75
8
9
15
16
17
22
24
25
30
31
32
33
34
35
Signal Failed
Signal Degraded
Signal Degraded
Miscellaneous
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Rll Fail
Comm
Signal Degrade
Comm
Rll Degrade
Comm
Initialising
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Transmit Fail
Eqp
Sll Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Transmit Degrade
Eqp
Sll Degrade
Eqp
Converter Fail
Eqp
Unit Fail
Eqp
Sll Fail
Eqp
Converter Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Unit Degrade
Eqp
Sll Degrade
Eqp
777778
777778
777778
777778
777778
777778
777778
777778
777778
773774
773774
36
40
41
48
49
72
73
74
75
21
22
Unit Degraded
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Degraded
Signal Degraded
Power Problem
Power Problem

Eqp
Signal Fail
Eqp
Rll Fail
Eqp
Signal Degrade
Eqp
Rll Degrade
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Subrack Power Fail
Eqp
Rack Supply Breaker Alarm
773774
773774
773774
773774
773774
45 86
45 86
45 86
45 86
759
759
759
759
764
764
764
764
45 86
45 86
23
72
73
74
75
64
65
66
67
64
65
66
67
64
65
66
67
68
69
Power Problem
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Subrack Breaker Alarm

None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
144 / 192

PAU
PAU
PAU
PAU
PAU
PAU
PAU
PAU
PRA
PRA
PRA
PRA
PRA
PRA
PRA
PRA
PRA
PRA
PRA
PRA
PRA
PRA
Eqp
PRA
PRA
PRA
PRA
PRA
PRA
PRA
PRA
PRA
PROT
PROT
Eqp
PROT
PROT
PROT
PROT
PROT
PSU_1
PSU_1
PSU_1
PSU_1
PSU_1
PSU_1
PSU_1
PSU_1
PSU_1
PSU_1
PSU_1
PSU_1
PSU_2
PSU_2
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

PSU_2
PSU_2
PSU_2
PSU_2
PSU_2
PSU_2
PSU_2
PSU_2
PSU_2
PSU_2
PSU_3
PSU_3
PSU_3
PSU_3
PSU_4
PSU_4
PSU_4
PSU_4
45 86
45 86
759
759
759
759
764
764
764
764
45 86
45 86
45 86
45 86
45 86
45 86
45 86
45 86
70
71
68
69
70
71
68
69
70
71
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63

Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
Eqp
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
PTA
RAU
RAU
RAU
RAU
RAU
RAU
RAU
RAU
RAU
RAU
RAU
775776
775776
775776
775776
775776
775776
775776
775776
775776
775776
775776
775776
775776
775776
8
9
15
16
17
22
24
25
30
31
32
33
34
35
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Transmit Fail
Eqp
Sll Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Transmit Degrade
Eqp
Sll Degrade
Eqp
Converter Fail
Eqp
Unit Fail
Eqp
Sll Fail
Eqp
Converter Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Unit Degrade
Eqp
Sll Degrade
Eqp
775776
775776
775776
775776
775776
775776
775776
775776
775776
507548
507548
507548
507548
507548
507548
507548
507548
507548
507548
507548
36
40
41
48
49
72
73
74
75
8
9
11
15
16
17
22
24
25
30
31
Unit Degraded
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Degraded
Signal Degraded
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed

Signal Fail
Rll Fail
Signal Degrade
Rll Degrade
None
None
None
None
Transmit Fail
Sll Fail
Nose Cone Removed
Over Current
Transmit Degrade
Sll Degrade
Converter Fail
Unit Fail
Sll Fail
Converter Fail
Over Current
ED
01
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
145 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
507548
507548
507548
507548
32
33
34
35
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degrade
Eqp
Sll Degrade
Eqp
507548
507548
507548
507548
507548
507548
507548
507548
507548
507548
507548
507548
45 86
45 86
45 86
45 86
764
36
40
41
42
48
49
56
57
72
73
74
75
12
13
14
15
8
Unit Degraded
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Degraded
Signal Degraded
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Unit Failed

Eqp
Signal Fail
Comm
Rll Fail
Comm
Tracking Filter OO Lock
Comm
Signal Degrade
Comm
Rll Degrade
Comm
Nose Cone Removed
Eqp
Initialising
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Subrack Config Module Removed
764
Eqp
764
764
764
10
Subrack Config Module Comms
16
21
22

Power Problem
Power Problem
Breaker Module Removed Eqp

Subrack Power Fail
Eqp
764
764
764
764
764
764
764
772
23
30
31
72
73
74
75
8
Power Problem

Eqp
Backplane Comms Fail
Eqp
Backplane Config Error
Eqp
Subrack Removed
Eqp
None
Eqp
Subrack Comms Fail
Eqp
Subrack Config Error
Eqp
772
Eqp
772
772
772
772
772
772
549590
549590
549590
549590
549590
549590
549590
549590
10
30
31
72
73
74
75
8
11
15
16
22
24
30
31

Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed

Subrack Removed
None
Subrack Comms Fail
Transmit Fail
Nose Cone Removed
Over Current
Transmit Degrade
Converter Fail
Unit Fail
Converter Fail
Over Current
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
146 / 192

RAU
RAU
RAU
RAU
Eqp
RAU
RAU
RAU
RAU
RAU
RAU
RAU
RAU
RAU
RAU
RAU
RAU
RPM
RPM
RPM
RPM
RXAMP
Eqp
RXAMP
Fail
RXAMP
RXAMP
RXAMP
Eqp
RXAMP
RXAMP
RXAMP
RXAMP
RXAMP
RXAMP
RXAMP
RXDEMUX
Eqp
RXDEMUX
Fail
RXDEMUX
RXDEMUX
RXDEMUX
RXDEMUX
RXDEMUX
RXDEMUX
RXU
RXU
RXU
RXU
RXU
RXU
RXU
RXU
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

RXU
RXU
RXU
RXU
RXU
RXU
RXU
RXU
RXU
RXU
RXU
RXU
SCU
SCU
SCU
SCU
SIU
SIU
SIU
SIU
SIU
SIU
SIU
SIU
SLU
SLU
SLU
SLU
SLU
SLU
SLU
SLU
SLU
SLU
SLU
SLU
SLU
SLU
SLU
Eqp
SLU
SLU
SLU
SLU
SLU
SLU
SPC
SPC
SPC
SPC
SPCI_1
SPCI_1
SPCI_1
SPCI_1
ED
01
549590
549590
549590
549590
549590
549590
549590
549590
549590
549590
549590
549590
773774
773774
773774
773774
764
764
764
764
764
764
764
764
129170
129170
129170
129170
129170
129170
129170
129170
129170
129170
129170
129170
129170
129170
129170
40
41
42
48
49
56
57
72
73
74
75
78
48
49
50
51
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
8
9
10
15
16
17
22
24
25
26
30
31
32
33
34
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Degraded
Signal Degraded
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Unit Synchronisation Problem
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Signal Fail
Comm
Rll Fail
Comm
Loss Of Data
Comm
Signal Degrade
Comm
Rll Degrade
Comm
Nose Cone Removed
Eqp
Initialising
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Rx Path Sync Fault
Comm
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Unit Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Converter Fail
Eqp
Initialise Fail
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Transmit Fail
Comm
Laser Op Power Fail
Comm
Wavelength OO Limits
Comm
Over Current
Comm
Transmit Degrade
Comm
Laser Op Power Degrade Comm
Converter Fail
Comm
Unit Fail
Eqp
Laser Op Power Fail
Eqp
Wavelength OO Limits
Eqp
Converter Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Unit Degrade
Eqp
Laser Op Power Degrade Eqp
129170
129170
129170
129170
129170
129170
759
759
759
759
759
759
759
759
35
56
72
73
74
75
48
49
51
52
56
57
58
59
Unit Degraded
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Unit Failed

Initialising
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
Initialising
None
None
None
None
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
147 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
759
759
759
759
771
771
771
771
771
771
771
771
771
771
771
771
771
771
771
60
61
62
63
8
9
11
15
16
17
22
24
25
30
31
32
33
34
35

Unit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Transmit Fail
Comm
Laser Op Power Fail
Comm
Nose Cone Removed
Comm
Over Current
Comm
Transmit Degrade
Comm
Laser Op Power Degrade Comm
Converter Fail
Comm
Unit Fail
Eqp
Laser Op Power Fail
Eqp
Converter Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Unit Degrade
Eqp
Sll Degrade
Eqp
771
771
771
771
771
771
45 86
45 86
759
759
759
764
764
764
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
36
56
72
73
74
75
41
43
41
43
44
41
43
44
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
20
21
22
24
25
26
27
28
29
Unit Degraded
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Miscellaneous
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Failed

Initialising
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
Initialising
None
None
Initialising
Transmit Fail
Sll Fail
Initialise Fail
Phase Mod Drive Fail
Rz Drive Fail
Nrz Drive Fail
Als Active
Over Current
Transmit Degrade
Sll Degrade
Temp OO Limits
Rz Drive Degrade
Nrz Drive Degrade
Converter Fail
Unit Fail
Sll Fail
Initialise Fail
Phase Mod Drive Fail
Rz Drive Fail
Nrz Drive Fail
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
148 / 192

SPCI_2
SPCI_2
SPCI_2
SPCI_2
STU
STU
STU
STU
STU
STU
STU
STU
STU
STU
STU
STU
STU
STU
STU
Eqp
STU
STU
STU
STU
STU
STU
TMP
TMP
TMP
TMP
TMP
TMP
TMP
TMP
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TMU
TPM
TPM
TPM
TRIB_2PSU
TRIB_2PSU
TRIB_2PSU
Eqp
TRIB_2PSU
TRIB_2PSU
TRIB_2PSU
TRIB_2PSU
TRIB_2PSU
TRIB_2PSU
TRIB_2PSU
TRIB_2PSU
TRIB_2PSU
TRIB_2PSU
TXAMP
Eqp
TXAMP
Fail
TXAMP
Eqp
TXAMP
Eqp
TXAMP
TXAMP
TXAMP
Eqp
TXAMP
TXAMP
TXAMP
TXAMP
TXAMP
TXAMP
TXAMP
TXMUX
Eqp
ED
01
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
171212
45 86
45 86
45 86
45 86
45 86
45 86
30
31
32
33
36
37
40
42
43
48
56
72
73
74
75
78
8
9
10
16
21
22
Unit Failed
Unit Failed
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Unit Degraded
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Degraded
Miscellaneous
Power Problem
Power Problem
Converter Fail
Eqp
Over Current
Eqp
Unit Degrade
Eqp
Sll Degrade
Eqp
Rz Drive Degrade
Eqp
Nrz Drive Degrade
Eqp
Signal Fail
Comm
Loss Of Data
Comm
Loss Of Clock Sync
Comm
Signal Degrade
Comm
Initialising
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Als Sync Fault
Comm
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Subrack Power Fail
Eqp
45 86
45 86
45 86
45 86
45 86
45 86
45 86
45 86
45 86
45 86
759
23
24
26
30
31
72
73
74
75
76
8
Power Problem
Miscellaneous

Eqp
Config Module Removed Eqp
Config Module Comms Fail Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Subrack Missing
Eqp
None
Eqp
Subrack Comms Fail
Eqp
Eqp
Subrack Over Temperature Eqp
759
Eqp
759
10
12
Suite Config Module Removed
759
14
Suite Config Module Comms Fail
759
759
759
16
21
22

Power Problem
Power Problem

Subrack Power Fail
Eqp
759
759
759
759
759
759
759
763
23
30
31
72
73
74
75
8
Power Problem

Eqp
Eqp
Eqp
Subrack Removed
Eqp
None
Eqp
Subrack Comms Fail
Eqp
Eqp
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
149 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
763
Eqp
763
763
763
763
763
763
768
768
768
10
30
31
72
73
74
75
8
9
11

Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed

Eqp
Eqp
Subrack Removed
Eqp
None
Eqp
Subrack Comms Fail
Eqp
Eqp
Transmit Fail
Comm
Sll Fail
Comm
Pump Nose Cone Removed
768
768
768
768
768
768
768
765
765
765
16
17
64
72
73
74
75
8
9
11
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Miscellaneous
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Degrade
Comm
Sll Degrade
Comm
Initialising
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Transmit Fail
Comm
Sll Fail
Comm
765
765
765
765
765
765
765
765
760
760
760
760
760
760
760
760
760
760
760
3 44
3 44
3 44
16
17
56
72
73
74
75
78
40
41
48
49
56
72
73
74
75
78
79
32
33
34
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Miscellaneous
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Degraded
Signal Degraded
Miscellaneous
Far End Signal Degraded
Far End Signal Failed
Transmit Degrade
Comm
Sll Degrade
Comm
Initialising
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Laser Sync Fault
Comm
Signal Fail
Comm
Rll Fail
Comm
Signal Degrade
Comm
Rll Degrade
Comm
Initialising
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
None
Eqp
Als Sync Fault
Comm
Laser Sync Fault
Comm
None
Comm
Far End Signal Fail Mod Comm
Far End Signal Fail Opt Pow
3 44
3 44
3 44
87128
87128
87128
87128
87128
35
36
40
8
9
10
12
13

Far End Transmit Degraded
Fault Flag Detected
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Far End Muxed Signal Fail Comm

None
Comm
None
Comm
Transmit Fail
Comm
Comm
Loss Of SDH Clock Sync Comm
Loss Of Reference Clock Comm
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
150 / 192

TXMUX
Fail
TXMUX
TXMUX
TXMUX
TXMUX
TXMUX
TXMUX
WBA
WBA
WBA
Comm
WBA
WBA
WBA
WBA
WBA
WBA
WBA
WRA
WRA
WRA
Comm
WRA
WRA
WRA
WRA
WRA
WRA
WRA
WRA
WTA
WTA
WTA
WTA
WTA
WTA
WTA
WTA
WTA
WTA
WTA
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
Comm
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Comm
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
Comm
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
fecDecoding
postAmp
postAmp
postAmp
postAmp
postAmp
postAmp
postAmp
postAmp
preAmp
preAmp
preAmp
preAmp
Comm
preAmp
preAmp
sdhRx
sdhRx
sdhRx
sdhRx
sdhRx
sdhRx
Comm
sdhRx
sdhRx
sdhRx
sdhRx
ED
01
87128
87128
87128
87128
87128
87128
87128
87128
591632
591632
591632
591632
591632
15
16
22
64
65
66
67
76
40
41
42
43
44
Transmit Failed
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
AMS
AMS
AMS
AMS
Loss Of Frame
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Over Current
Comm
Transmit Degrade
Comm
Converter Fail
Comm
A M S Insert
Comm
A M S Detected
Comm
M S A I S Insert
Comm
M S A I S Detected
Comm
None
Comm
Signal Fail
Comm
Marker Mismatch
Comm
Comm
Loss Of Frame
Comm
591632
591632
591632
591632
591632
591632
591632
591632
591632
591632
591632
591632
591632
765
765
765
765
768
768
768
768
760
760
760
760
48
49
50
51
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
76
40
41
48
49
40
41
48
49
8
9
10
11
Signal Degraded
Signal Degraded
Signal Degraded
Signal Degraded
AMS
AMS
AMS
AMS
Performance Thresholds Crossed
Loss Of Frame
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Degraded
Signal Degraded
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Degraded
Signal Degraded
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Signal Degrade
Comm
Fec L BER
Comm
Fec H BER
Comm
Uncorrected Blocks
Comm
A M S Inserted
Comm
A M S Detected
Comm
M S A I S Insert
Comm
M S A I S Detected
Comm
Fec BER15min
Comm
Fec BER24 Hour
Comm
Fec Block Errors15min
Comm
Fec Block Errors24 Hour Comm
None
Comm
Signal Fail
Comm
Rll Fail
Comm
Signal Degrade
Comm
Rll Degrade
Comm
Signal Fail
Comm
Rll Fail
Comm
Signal Degrade
Comm
Rll Degrade
Comm
Transmit Fail
Comm
Sll Fail
Comm
Als Active
Comm
760
760
87128
87128
87128
87128
87128
87128
16
17
40
41
42
43
44
45
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Signal Failed
Transmit Degrade
Comm
Sll Degrade
Comm
Signal Fail
Comm
Rll Fail
Comm
Loss Of Data
Comm
Loss Of Frame
Comm
87128
87128
87128
87128
48
49
50
51
Signal Degraded
Signal Degraded
Signal Degraded
Signal Degraded
Signal Degrade
Rll Degrade
B1 L BER
B1 H BER
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
151 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
87128
87128
87128
591632
591632
591632
591632
591632
68
69
77
8
9
10
11
12

Loss Of Signal
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
B1 BER15min
Comm
B1 BER24hour
Comm
None
Comm
Transmit Fail
Comm
Laser Op Power Fail
Comm
Comm
591632
591632
591632
591632
591632
591632
3 44
3 44
549590
3 44
3 44
3 44
171212
13
15
16
17
21
23
72
73
77
41
74
75
77
Transmit Failed
Transmit Failed
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Failed
Signal Degraded
Signal Failed
Loss Of Signal
Indeterminate
Transmit Degraded
Transmit Failed
Loss Of Signal
Als Active
Over Current
Transmit Degrade
Laser Op Power Degrade
Converter Fail
Loss Of Reference Clock
None
None
None
None
None
None
None
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
Comm
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
152 / 192

sdhRx
sdhRx
sdhRx
sdhTx
sdhTx
sdhTx
sdhTx
sdhTx
Comm
sdhTx
sdhTx
sdhTx
sdhTx
sdhTx
sdhTx
tribRx
tribRx
tribRx
tribTx
tribTx
tribTx
tribTx

10 FEATURES ACCESSIBILITY VERSUS NE STATES

This chapter maps services defined in the Specification document to NE states. N/A means not applicable, it indicates that the access to the service is not concerned by NE states. Any means that this NE
state can take any of the pre_defined values.
The management states, their possible values and the abbreviation used in the following tables are exposed below.
a)
Assignment State
Assigned
not Assigned (NotAss)
Assign
Ass
NotAss (free or observed).
b)
Supervision State
declared
supervised
activating
deactivating
Supervi
Declare
Sup
Act
DeAct
c)
Local Access State

granted
denied
Access
CT
OS
d)
Operational State
disabled
enabled
Operat
Disable
Enable
e)
Alignment State
aligned
in configuration
aligning/auditing
misaligned
Align
Al
In Conf
Align
Mis
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
General applied rules:
when the service consists of a Mib consultation , the table contains the following values:
Assignment State: any
Supervision State: any
Access State: any
Operational State: any
Alignment State: any
when the service consists of a Mib modification and the modifications are performed in Nectas
Tables, the table contains the following values:
Assignment State: depends on the service
Supervision State: Declare/Sup
Access State: any
Operational State: any
Alignment State: Al/Mis/InConf
when the service includes Remote Command which can be performed only when the NE is supervised, the table contains the following values:
Assignment State: depends on the service
Supervision State: Sup
Access State: OS
Operational State: Enable
Alignment State: Al/Mis/InConf
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
153 / 192

The features System Management, Security Management, Operator Support are not dependent on NE
states. Therefore, they dont appear in the following mapping.
Element management
NE MANAGEMENT
Service
Assign Supervision
Access
Operat
Align
NE1 secondary alarms mgmt

Activate/Inhibit secondary
alarms (Alarm Filtering)
any
Sup
OS
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
NE2 request//modify WDM

SLTE specific parameters (NE
characteristics
any
Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
NE4 APA
Replace on attributes
not Ass Sup
any
Enable
Al / Mis InConf
Actions
not Ass Sup
OS
Enable
Al / Mis InConf
not Ass Sup
any
Enable
Al / Mis InConf
Actions
not Ass Sup
OS
Enable
Al / Mis InConf
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
NE5 MPO
NE6 SLTE software reset man- any

agement
Sup
OS
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
NE7 orderwire management
any
Declare/Sup
any
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
NE8 tributaries management
any
Sup
any
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
NE9 SLTE line information reset management
any
Sup
OS
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
NE11 Addresses management
any
Sup
any
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
154 / 192

EQUIPMENT MANAGEMENT
Service
Assign Supervision
Access
Operat
Align
EQP1 Manage external output

point parameters
any
Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
EQP2a Manage postamplifier

output power
any
Declare/Sup
any
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
EQP2b Manage preamplifier

output power
any
Declare/Sup
any
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
EQP2c Manage compensation

amplifier output power
any
Declare/Sup
any
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
EQP3 Manage fan state
any
Sup
OS
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
any
Sup
any
Enable
Al / Mis InConf
any
Sup
any
Enable
Al / Mis InConf
Actions
any
Sup
OS
Enable
Al / Mis InConf
Operat
Align
EQP4 subrack configuration

EQP6 dummy channel power
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
TRANSMISSION MANAGEMENT
Service
Assign Supervision
STTP2a control AMS insertion

toward submarine line
any
Sup
OS
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
STTP2c control FEC error insertion
any
Sup
OS
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
STTP2e configure FEC error

insertion parameters
any
Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
STTP2g ctrl single fec err insert

insert single FEC error
any
Sup
OS
Enable
set FEC error insertion rate
any
Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
Al / Mis
In Conf
STTP3b control channel power

control channel power
any
Sup
OS
Enable
STTP3c configure channel

power
any
Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
STTP3d phase modulator amplitude management
any
Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
STTP3e phase modulator

phase management
any
Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
STTP3f NRZ modulator bias

level management
any
Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
ED
01
Access
Al / Mis
In Conf
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
155 / 192
Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
STTP4c decision threshold

phase management
any
Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
STTP5a control AMS insertion

toward SDH
any
Sup
OS
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
STTP5b Set the AMS pattern
any
Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
STTP5c Expected and receive

markers
Modify expected FEC marker
any
Declare/sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
STTP5d Manage FEC correction
any
Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
STTP6b control the submarine

line laser shutdown criterion
any
Sup
OS
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
STTP6c control the SDH laser

shutdown criterion
any
Sup
OS
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf

STTP4b decision threshold am- any

plitude management
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
AUTOMATIC LASER SHUTDOWN MANAGEMENT

Service
Assign Supervision
ALS1a Automatic laser shutdown (ALS) Control
any
Sup
OS
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
ALS1b Automatic laser restart

(ALR) Control
any
Sup
OS
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
ALS1d Manage laser restart
any
Sup
OS
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
ALS2a Control manual laser

shutdown
any
Sup
OS
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
ALS2b request synthesis laser

state
any
any
any
any
any
ALS3a request laser state
any
any
any
any
any
ED
01
Access
Operat
Align
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
156 / 192
SUBMERGED LINE MANAGEMENT

Service
Assign Supervision
Access
Operat
Align
SLEM1 Line Equipment mgmt

parameters
Set on attributes
not Ass Declare/Sup
any
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
SLEM3 Initialize line configuration
not Ass Sup
OS
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
not Ass Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
not Ass Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
not Ass Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
any
Sup
OS
Enable
Al / Mis
In Conf
not Ass Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
SLEM12b Latching controls
not Ass Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
SLEM14 Control OA parameters
not Ass Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
not Ass Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
not Ass Declare/Sup
any
any
Al / Mis
In Conf
SLEM4 Management of sub

segment parameters
Set attribute
SLEM8 Set repeater parameter
SLEM9a Management of repeater subsystem parameters
Set attribute
SLEM9b Request measurment
of repeater subSystem
SLEM12a Management of BU
module parameters
Set attribute
SLEM16 Manage RCS subsystem

Set attribute
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
SLEM17b TEQ controls
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
157 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
158 / 192

11 SUBMERGED LINE MANAGEMENT

This function is available for SLTE in stand alone mode only (1354SN not connected to 1353SH) except
for Segment Parameter and IFF Management functions. Assignment state is visible in permanent item
panel (SNM Item).
11.1 Slem Segment management

11.1.1 Segment information
Information about the current segment can be displayed as follows:
Select the NE option, and then the Slem Segment option.

Supervision
NE
>
>
Access State
Alarms
>
Dump NE MIB
Warm Reset NE
>
>
Cold Reset NE
Optical Threshold Reset >
Characteristics...
Address Setting...
Slem Segment
> Segment Parameters ...

Segment Tributaries Conf ...
IFF Management
>
Figure 109. SlemSegment options
Select the Segment Parameters option.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
159 / 192

Figure 110. Segment Parameters View

Only in constructor mode, the following parameters can be modified:
SLTE Orientation,
Request Indication,
Reply Detection,
Modulation Level,
R0R1 A Direction Frequency,
R0R1 B Direction Frequency,
R0R1 Response Data Rate,
R0R1 A Response Frequency,
R0R1 A Supervisory Frequency.
11.1.2 Segment Tributaries Configuration
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
To configure the segment Parameters:
Select the Segment Tributaries Conf... option.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
160 / 192

Figure 111. Segment Tributaries Configuration window
11.1.3 IFF management

N.B.
The Intermittent Fault Flag (IFF) management is only available for R3/R4 repeaters and when this Intermittent Fault Detection function is available for the customer.
To enable or disable the IFF management:
Select the IFF Management option.

Two commands are displayed:
Enable, to enable the IFF management,
Disable, to disable the IFF management.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Click on to execute the required command.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
161 / 192
This function allows display and/or management the Repeaters contained in that portion of the submarine
cable (between an NE and a Branching Unit (BU) or between two BUs).
11.2.1 SubSegment parameters
The subsegments are displayed in the left part of the Submerged Line view.
Information about a subsegment can be displayed as follows:
Select the Submerged Line option in the Views pull down menu. The Submerged Line view is displayed as Figure 20. In this view select the subsegment (Sx) for which the parameters have to be
displayed.
Click on the SubmergedLine pull down menu, the following menu is displayed:
SubmergedLine
Sub Segment Parameters...
Sub Segment Repeaters List...
Sub Segment RCEs List ...
Sub Segment Multi Repeaters Commands... >
BU Parameters...
BU Sub System List
Figure 112. Submerged Line menu
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Select the Sub Segment Parameters option, the following window is displayed:
Figure 113. Sub Segment Parameters View
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
162 / 192

11.2 SubSegments management

the Accessibility: this value can be modified only by the constructor and set to Accessible or to Not
Accessible,
11.2.2 SubSegment Repeaters characteristics

This function allows the operator to display the list of all Repeaters on the selected subsegment and to
display the characteristics of each of them.
a)
Repeaters list
The Repeaters list can be displayed as follows:
In the Submerged Line view, click on the subsegment (Sx) for which the Repeaters list has to
be displayed,
Select the Sub Segment Repeaters List option,
The Repeaters list can be displayed also as follows:
double click on the subsegment.

Figure 114. Repeater selection

This window allows the selection of the Repeaters to list, using a field in which the name of a specific
repeater can be entered. Once the repeater name is entered, the Search Repeaters button can be
clicked to display all the matching names (see Figure 114. ).
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
01
The Search Repeaters button can be clicked without having entered a name: the list of
all repeaters in the subsegment is then displayed.
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
163 / 192

Figure 115. Repeaters List View

N.B.
b)
Maximum number of Repeaters is 300.
Display of Repeater characteristics

Once the repeaters list is displayed (see Figure 115. ), the characteristics of one repeater can be displayed:

You display also the characteristics with:
double click on the Repeater name in the list.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
164 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 116. R0/R1 Repeater Sub System view
Figure 117. R3/R4 Repeater Sub System view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
165 / 192

c)
The numbers of Subsystems may vary from 1 to 8. In the Figure 116. , there is one sub
system.
Management of Repeater characteristics

Once the Repeater characteristics are displayed (see Figure 116. ), some may be modified.
Sub Segment Label,

Repeater Label,
Address,
Repeater Type,
Repeater Orientation,
The following characteristic can be modified in Constructor mode:
Subsystem state.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
by the operator:
Three pushbutton are available to send command:
1)
Figure 118. Repeater SubSystem Measurement view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
166 / 192

N.B.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Sub Segment Label,

Repeater Label,
Sub System number,
In the Request Location list, select one equipment.
(see Repeater Sub System view):
Modulation index Adjustement: can be set to Default, Plus One to Plus four or Minus One
to Minus Four. The increment or decrement is based on the default SLTE configuration,
Measurement pushbutton: when clicked, sends the measurements command.
2)
ED
OA X and OA Y pushbuttons: when clicked, the following window is displayed:
01
N.B.
These two options are greyed for the SMC Repeater (not accessible).
N.B.
If the subsystem is not accessible no send command can be done.
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
167 / 192

Figure 119. Repeater OA Commands view

N.B.
The options displayed in the Repeater OA Commands view (see Figure 119. ) depends
on the Repeater type:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
for the R0 and R1 Repeaters:
for the R3 and R4 Repeater:
ED
01
Switch Pumps,
Set Pumps,
Reset OA,
Reset Global OA.
Switch Pumps,
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
168 / 192
Set Pumps,
Reset Intermitent Fault Detection (optional).

Sub Segment Label,

Repeater Label,
OA Type: X Amplifier when clicked on OA X, Y Amplifier when clicked on OA Y.
In the Request location list select one equipment.

in the Request location list: select ??,
Switch Pumps pushbutton: when clicked, the following window is displayed (an example
for R3, R4 repeater):
Figure 120. Switch Pump OA Commands view

Off (Switch Pumps OFF). But it is not possible to set more than one pump Off.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 121. Setting Pump OA Commands view

The Set Pumps Command allows to set a value to the Set Pumps to Setting 1 or the Set
Pumps to Setting 2.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
169 / 192
Reset Intermitent Fault Detection pushbutton (R3 Repeaters): when clicked a confirmation box is displayed. After confirmation the command is send.
Reset OA pushbutton (R0/R1 Repeaters): when clicked a confirmation box is displayed.

After confirmation the command is send.
Reset Global OA pushbutton (R0/R1 Repeaters): when clicked a confirmation box is displayed. After confirmation the command is send.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
01
The Line Command is available only if the Subsystem is accessible.
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
170 / 192

11.2.3 SubSegment Multi Repeaters commands

This allows to send measurement commands or setting commands or Reset IFF to a list of repeaters.
The commands are accessible as follows:
in the Submerged Line view, click on the subsegment for which the parameters are to be displayed,
click on the SubmergedLine pull down menu,
select the Sub Segment Multi Repeaters Commands option.
Three options are available:

a)
Multi Repeaters Measurement

After a message box displayed about the window management, the following dialogue box is displayed:
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 122. Multi Repeaters Mesurement Command view

ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
171 / 192
Modulation Index Adjustement: with the option button you can choose a value for the modulation parameter: 4 to 4.
In the Reply Detection list, select one equipment.
In the Accessible Sub Systems list, select the affected repeaters:

With the option buttons, give a value to Set Pump 1 and Set Pump 2 (1 to 16).
Click on OK.
Click on OK.
A successful box is displayed at the end of the operation.
b)
Multi Repeaters Adjustement
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
172 / 192


Figure 123. Multi Repeaters Setting Command view

It contains a multiple selection list of accessible repeaters from the subsystem for measurement.
Also optical amplifiers of accessible repeaters for setting and some command parameters.
Modulation Index Adjustment: with the option button you can choose a value for the modulation
parameter: 4 to 4.
Aggregate Status available for Supervisory Request: Enabled or Disabled.
Aggregate Status available for Supervisory Reply: Enabled or Disabled.
R0 / R1 repeater types: gives the list of accessible R0 / R1 repeaters. In the list, select one, several or all (with the check button All Repeaters) and then,
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
In the Request Location list: select one equipment.
In the Accessible Sub system List (R0/R1 or R3/R4), select the affected repeaters:
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
173 / 192

With the option buttons, give a value to Set Pump 1 and Set Pump 2 (1 to 16) or to Set pumps
(1 to 4).
Click on OK.
Click on OK.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
N.B.
OS is blocked during all multi commands, so a new view can be opened with Open New
Submerged Line Window of Views menu, and a flag MLC (Multiple Line Command) indicates the state of a multiple line command in alarm panel.
N.B.
Multi Repeaters adjustment is not available for SMC repeaters.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
174 / 192

c)
Multi repeaters Reset IFF

Figure 124. Multi Repeaters Reset IFF Command view

Modulation Index Adjustment: with the option button you can choose a value for the modulation
parameter: 4 to 4.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
In the Accessible R3 /R4 Sub System list, select the affected repeaters:
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
175 / 192
With the option buttons, give a value to Set pumps (1 to 4).

Click on OK.
Click on OK.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
176 / 192


11.2.4 SubSegment RCE characteristics

This function allows the operator to display the list of all RCE on the selected subsegment and to display
the characteristics of each of them.
The NE can be interfaced with the following line equipments (Repeaters, RCE and Branching Units):
the R0 Repeater,
the R1 Repeater,
the SMC Repeater,
the R3 Repeater for WDM systems,
the R4 Repeater for WDM systems,
the Add and drop BU,
the RCE.
a)
RCEs list
The RCE list can be displayed as follows:
In the Submerged Line view, click on the subsegment (Sx) for which the RCE list has to be
displayed,
Select the Sub Segment RCEs List option.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 125. RCE list
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
177 / 192
b)
Display of RCE characteristics

Once the RCE list is displayed (see Figure 115. ), the characteristics of one RCE can be displayed:
Figure 126. RCE Sub System Command view

N.B.
c)
The numbers of Subsystems may vary from 1 to 8. In the Figure 126. , there is two sub
system.
Management of RCE characteristics

Once the RCE characteristics are displayed (see Figure 116. ), some may be modified.
Sub Segment Label,

RCE Label,
Address,
TEQ Type,
RCE Orientation,
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The following characteristic can be modified in Constructor mode:
Subsystem state.
by the operator:
ED
Two pushbutton are available to send command:

01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
178 / 192
1)
TEQ X and TEQ Y pushbuttons: when clicked, the following window is displayed:
If the subsystem is not accessible no send command can be done.

N.B.
Figure 127. RCE TEQ Command view

The option displayed in the RCE TEQ Command view (see Figure 127. ) is:
Set Slope.
Sub Segment Label,

RCE Label,
TEQ Type: X Amplifier when clicked on TEQ X, Y Amplifier when clicked on TEQ Y.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
to Minus Four,
Set slope push button: when clicked on, the following window is displayed.
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
179 / 192
N.B.
The Line Command is available only if the Subsystem is accessible.

You can choose the command: Set Slope to Setting x (x = 1 to 16) with the option button.
The default value is x = 8 (Set Slope to Setting 8).
Click on OK.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
180 / 192

Figure 128. RCE Sub System Slope Command view
11.3 Branching Units management

This function allows to display and/or to manage the Branching Units characteristics.
11.3.1 Branching Units parameters
The parameters relative to a specific Branching Unit can be displayed as follows:
In the Submerged Line view, click on the Branching Unit (BUx) for which the parameters have to be
displayed,
Click on the SubmergedLine pull down menu (see Figure 112. ).
Select the BU Parameters option: the following window is displayed.
Figure 129. BU parameters
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
This window displays the following information:
ED
BU label,
BU orientation,
BU type,
Setting values 1 to 16.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
181 / 192
This function allows the operator to display the list of all subsystems for one Branching Unit to display
the characteristics of each of them.
a)
SubSystems list
N.B.
The maximum number of subsystems is 4 with a maximum of 2 Add and Drop subsystems.
The subsystems list can be displayed as follows:
In the Submerged Line view, click on the branching unit (BUx) for which the subsystems list
has to be displayed,
Select the BU Sub System List option.
The subsystems list can be also displayed as follows:
Double click on the BU.
Figure 130. Subsystems list

N.B.
b)
Maximum number of BUs: 20.
Display of SubSystem characteristics
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Once the subsystems list is displayed (see Figure 130. ), the characterics of one subsystem can
be displayed:
ED

01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
182 / 192

11.3.2 Branching Unit SubSystem characteristcs
The characteristics can be also displayed as follows:

Double click on the BU subsystem.
Figure 131. BU Module View: SubSystem characteristics

c)
Management of SubSystem characteristics

Once the subsystem characteristics are displayed (see Figure 131. ), some may be modified.
BU Label,
BU SubSystem Label,
BU Sub Type,
BU Orientation,.
Module Address.
The following characteristics can be modified by the operator:
Module X characteristics,
Module Y characteristics.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
For each module, the characteristics are (mainly) identical:
ED
Three pushbutton are available for modification:
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
183 / 192

1)
Figure 132. BU Module Measurement view

BU Label,
Sub System number,
Orientation.
In the Reply Detection list, select one equipment.
And if the subsystem is accessible (see BU Sub System view). The following characteristics
can be modified:
to Minus Four,
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Measurement pushbutton: send the measurements command. A confirmation box is displayed.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
184 / 192
2)
OA Add and OA Trunk pushbuttons: when clicked, the following window is displayed:
Depending on the subsystem, OA Add pushbutton may be absent.

N.B.
Figure 133. BU OA Commands view

BU Label,
SubSystem number,
Orientation.
OA Type: Trunk when clicked on OA Trunk, Add when clicked on OA Add.
Figure 134. Switch Pump OA Command view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
01
For OA Add pushbutton only.
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
185 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The Set Pumps Command allows to set the pumps to a value from Set Pumps to Setting
1 to Set Pumps to Setting 16.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
186 / 192

Figure 135. Setting Pump OA Command view

11.4 View Settings/Thresholds

This option allows display of the list of the values of setting and threshold values for the repeaters and the
BUs for one segment.

Select the View Settings/Thresholds option.
Figure 136. Settings/ThresholdsSegment selection

The list of the available segments is displayed. The operator selects one and clicks on View push button.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
187 / 192

Figure 137. Settings/Thresholds list
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
For the selected segment, the list of Settings/Thresholds is displayed. The operator can print the list or
search characters with the File and Search command in the menu bar of the window.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
188 / 192
11.5 Line configuration

N.B.
This function allows to initialise or reinitialise the Wet Plant configuration from a data configuration file.
This configuration covers the whole segment content: subsegments, repeaters, BUs, TEQs.
The data configuration file is present on the TERA10CT and on the 1353SH. It is the same as the one used
by the 1354SN.
In case of this data file changes (repeater or BU replacement, repeater add), this file will be updated using
the 1354SN (save EDF) but not automatic update is done by TERA10CT or the 1353SH.
The following command is accessible either on the TERA10 CT or on the 1353SH.
In the Configuration pull down menu, click on the Initialize Line Config option.
Configuration
MIB
NE Time ...
2 Mb Order Wire ...
Dummy Tributaries ...
APA /MPO
Performance
Initialize Line Config
>
>
>
> with Local File
with Remote File
Figure 138. Initialize Line Config options
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Two commands are allowed:
with Local File, indicates that data configuration file used to initialize the line configuration is
a local file,
with Remote File, indicates that data configuration file used to initialize the line configuration
is get from 1354SN (where data file is updated).
Click on one option, a confirmation box is displayed.
N.B.
The Remote File command is more reliable because you are more sure to use the uptodate
data file. But because the Line configuration file is not supported to change often, the Local File
should be sufficient.
N.B.
A MIB align down operation followed by a MIB align up operation are necessary to fully take
into account the line configuration file.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
189 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
190 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

12 TERA10 EQUIPMENTS RESTRICTIONS

12.1 Software download management
Not supported.
12.2 Loopback management

Not supported.
12.3 Maintenance Memory management

Not supported.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
191 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

END OF DOCUMENT
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
192
192 / 192
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

TABLE OF CONTENTS
HISTORY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1 Scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1.1 Document scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1.2 Edition scope . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1.3 Target audience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3 Terminology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.1 Definitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.3.2 Abbreviations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7
7
7
7
7
8
9
9
9
2 UNREPEATERED SUBMARINE TRANSMISSION SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11
11
3 SUBMARINE LINE TERMINAL EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3.1 1666UT/OA overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2 1666UT/OA physical description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.1 1666UT/OA NE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.2.2 Subrack Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3 1666UT/OA graphical representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.1 1666UT/OA NE symbol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.2 1666UT/OA equipment views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.3.3 1666UT/OA icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4 OA(RPS) Transponder views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4.1 Rack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4.2 Subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.4.3 External Points view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5 1666UT/OA views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.1 Rack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.2 OA(RPS) views . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3.5.3 Tributary subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
13
14
15
15
16
17
17
17
18
20
20
21
22
23
23
23
24
01
000913
Creationvalidated
V.SCORTECCI ITAVE
N.Bradshaw
B.MOGLIA ITAVE
J.Berthomieu
ED
DATE
CHANGE NOTE
APPRAISAL AUTHORITY
ORIGINATOR
1353SH REL.5.3
VERSION 5.3.0
OPERATORS HANDBOOK
ED
01
SC.4.6:WDM SUBMRN 1666UT/OA
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
1 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Tributary board view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Tributary Port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tributary Transmission view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tributary Reception view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tributary External points view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
25
26
27
28
29
4 TRANSPONDER FUNCTIONALITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1 Channel Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.1.2 Increase/Decrease Channel Power value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.2 Wavelength Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.3 SBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4 FEC Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.1 AMS management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.4.2 FEC error management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5 External points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.1 External Input Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.2 External Output Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.5.3 Partner Alarm management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6 Performance counter management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.1 Performance counters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.2 Performance thresholds configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.6.3 Forced Performance collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.7 Decision thresholds configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4.8 Raman pump power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
31
31
31
32
33
34
35
35
36
39
39
40
41
42
42
43
43
44
45
5.1 Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.1.1 Transponder NEs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2 1666UT/OA Measurement Points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.2 Measurement Thresholds management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
5.2.3 Polling management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
47
47
47
48
48
51
52
54
6 WDM EQUIPMENTS RESTRICTIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6.1 1666UT/OA restrictions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1.6 NE management : OS resilience . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1.7 MSP domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6.1.8 EPS domain . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
55
7 ALARM MAPPING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.1 1666UT/OA alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
57
57
57
59
61
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
2 / 62

3.5.4
3.5.5
3.5.6
3.5.7
3.5.8
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10


FIGURES
Figure 1. Schematic view of an Unrepeatered Submarine Transmission Network . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 2. 1666UT/OA Transponder environment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 3. 1666UT/OA NE types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 4. Possible layout of 1666UT/OA. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 5. 1666UT/OA NE symbols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 6. Views pull down menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 7. 1666UT/OA icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 8. RPS rack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 9. RPS subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 10. External Points view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 11. 1666UT/OA rack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 12. 1666UT/OA tributary subrack view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 13. 1666UT/OA tributary board view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 14. 1666UT/OA tributary port view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 15. 1666UT/OA tributary transmission view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 16. 1666UT/OA tributary reception view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 17. 1666UT/OA External Points view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 22. SBS management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 23. SBS state icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 25. AMS state icon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 26. FEC Error Management selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 27. FEC Error Management window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 28. Single FEC Error Management window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 29. States of AMS insertion, FEC error insertion and single FEC error insertion . . . . . . . . .
Figure 30. External Imput Points Configuration Dialogue box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 31. External Output Points Configuration Dialogue box. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 32. Partner alarm window . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 33. Counters configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 34. Performance collection confirmation box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 35. Decision threshold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 36. Decision threshold configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 37. Raman pump power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 38. Raman pump power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 39. Measure menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 40. 1666UT/OA Measure thresholds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 41. 1666UT/OA Measure Polling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Figure 42. Subrack with measure polling icons on board FEU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11
14
15
15
17
17
18
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
31
31
32
33
34
34
35
35
37
37
38
38
39
40
41
43
43
44
44
45
45
51
51
52
53
54
54
TABLES
Table 1. 1666UT/OA Color icons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Table 2. 1666UT/OA measurement points . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
19
49
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
3 / 62
HISTORY
Edition
Authors
Date
Page /
Paragraph
1.1
J.Berthomieu
000121
All
1.2
J.Berthomieu
000510
All


Observations
[1]

3CK 00051 0002 ASZZA, Ed2
[2]

[3]

[4]

NMU/GT/96/022, Ed1
[5]

8AY 02000 0000 ASZZA, Ed4
[6]

[7]

3BP 22100 0008 DSZZA, Ed1
[8]

See NMU Web Server
[9]


3AL 71310 0001 PBZZA, Ed1
[11] ASN, 1353SH 5 1666UT SLTE External Specifications,
3DW 00502 0014 DTGNA, Ed2.1
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
[12] TSD, 1353SH 5 1666UT Mapping Specification,

3DW 10060 AAAA DSGNA, Ed.1.1
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
4 / 62


3BP 22100 0066 OMZZA, Ed1
3BP 22100 0067 OMZZA, Ed1
3AL 71389 0015 OMZZA, Ed1
3AL 71389 0016 OMZZA, Ed1
3AL 71389 0017 OMZZA, Ed1
3AL 71389 0018 OMZZA, Ed1
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3AL 71389 0019 OMZZA, Ed1
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
5 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
6 / 62

1 INTRODUCTION
1.1 Scope
This document describes all the functionalities provided by the 1353SH to manage the unrepeatered
Submarine NEs.
Alcatel 1666UT Transponder,

Alcatel UNREPEATOA (Optical Amplifier).
1.1.2 Edition scope

None.
This manual is intended for all the operators of the 1353SH in charge of managing WDM Submarine NEs.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10







ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
7 / 62
Chapter 2: Unrepeatered Submarine Transmission System
Overview
Chapter 3: Submarine Line Terminal Equipment
1686UT/OA overview
1666UT/OA physical description
1666UT/OA graphical representation
OA(RPS) Transponder views
1666UT/OA views
Chapter 4: Transponder functionalities
Channel power
Wavelength information
SBS
FEC Features
External points
Performance counter management
Decision thresholds configuration
Raman pump power
Principles
1666UT/OA Measurement Points
Chapter 6: WDM Equipments Restrictions
1666UT/OA restrictions
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED

1666UT/OA alarms
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
8 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

1.3 Terminology
1.3.1 Definitions
None
1.3.2 Abbreviations
AMS
BER
Bit Error Ratio
BU
Branching Unit
CMISE
CT
Craft Terminal
EML
FDU
FEC Decoder Unit
FEC
FEU
FEC Encoder Unit
GUI
IM
Information Model
MIB
MOC
MS
MNE
MPC
NE
Network Element
NML
OPU
OS
Operation System
OWE
Oderwire Equipment
PFE
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
9 / 62
Power Supply Unit
RC
Remote Control
RPA
Remote Post Amplifier
RPR
Remote Pre Amplifier
RPS
Raman Pump Source. (It is a specific remote pump unit)
RPU
Remote Pump Unit
RSU
Remote Supervisory Unit; subset of the Transponder dedictated to submerged plant (repeaters
and Branching Units) management. This kind of terminal has no tributary (and protection) cards and
contains only submerged plant dedicated cards. From the point of vue of the management system the RSU
has the same QB3* interface as for the Transponder.
RX
Reception
SBS
SDH
SLTE
SME
SPC
SLTE Processor Card
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

STPD
Submarine Transponder
STS
SW
Switch
TBC
To Be Confirmed
TMN
TMP
TL
Test Load
TP
Transmission Point
TX
Transmission
UTU
Unrepeatered Transmitter Unit
URU
Unrepeatered Receiver Unit
WDM
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
10 / 62

PSU

2 UNREPEATERED SUBMARINE TRANSMISSION SYSTEM

2.1 Overview
An Unrepeatered Optical Submarine Transmission System adapts terrestrial signals for transmission over
submarine cables. It is composed of the following elements ( see Figure 1. ):
Transponder Equipments adapt SDH, or SONET, signals for transmission over a submarine cable.
Submarine Line Cable, which can be only a point to point line, without any repeater or branching unit.
But some times, to reach longer distances, there is unmanaged Remote_Post_Amplifier and/or
Remote_Pre_Amplifier on the line.
N.B.
Remote_Post_Amplifier and Remote_pre_amplifier will be absent for the first release of the
1666UT/OA.
One equipment with several configurations is described: 1666UT/OA Release 1.0, see figure below.
Transponder
Transponder
Cable
Station 1
Station 2
RPS : Raman Pump Source

RPR : Remote Pre Amplifier
RPA : Remote Post Amplifier
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 1. Schematic view of an Unrepeatered Submarine Transmission Network
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
11 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
12 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3 SUBMARINE LINE TERMINAL EQUIPMENT

The Transponders are used to adapt SDH signals for transmission over a submarine cable and to multiplex
these signals.
The equipments supported by the 1353SH 5.3 are the following:
1666UT Transponder R1.0,
UNREPEATOA R1.0.
The 1666UT is a 1 wavelength system.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
13 / 62
Transponders are considered as bidirectional and managed at Element Management Level (EML) and
at the Craft Terminal level.
They also collaborate to the process of fault detection and fault recovery on the submarine cable.
The next figure describes the environment of the Submarine Line Terminal Equipment in a fiber pair
termination station.
CT
EMLOS
RPS
RPA
ADM
STM16#1
Tributary shelf
RPS
RPS
2.7Gbit/s
2.7Gbit/s
RPR
RPS
1666UT/OA
Environ
mentals
OWE
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 2. 1666UT/OA Transponder environment
The interface between the Synchronous Multiplexer Equipments (SME) and the Transponders are
defined as Synchronous Transport Module 16 (STM16) at 2.48832Gbit/s or OC48 (SONET) at
2.48832Gbit/s.
distant Transponders, provided that there are STM16 links between these Transponders. These
communication channels are transmitted through the FEC frame overhead availability and come in
addition to the SDH Data Communication channels available at the SDH equipment level.
Management of such equipement is not in the scope of the 1353SH.
The Environmentals represented in Figure 2. comprise the possible accessory equipments that
could communicate with the Transponder with low level interfaces such as dry loops.
The Transponder can be managed by 2 types of management system: Element Manager (or
EML_OS) and Craft Terminal (CT).
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
14 / 62

3.1 1666UT/OA overview

3.2 1666UT/OA physical description

3.2.1 1666UT/OA NE
The 1666UT/RPS is based on the OALW16 SLTE. It is a multiracks equipment. There are up to 2 racks
within an 1666UT/OA Transponder.
The 1666UT is an Undersea Transponder subrack. It only manages one wavelength without any
protection.
Raman Pump Source (OA) subracks can also compose the NE.
The NE type of the 1666UT/OA depends on the subracks configuration as follows:
NE
Subracks
Configuration
1 Tributary subrack and
0..4 RPS subracks
0..4 RPS subracks
Release
1666UT
1.0
UNREPEATOA
1.0
Figure 3. 1666UT/OA NE types

The overall layout of a 1666UT/OA (one unprotected wavelength) is shown in Figure 4.
The number of RPS subracks depends on the cable length.
The 1666UT can be also composed with only Raman Pump Sources, without the tributary shelf. In this
case the Raman Pump Source is used to complete a Transponder from another supplier.
TRU
TRU
Connector Panel
Subrack 1
Tributary
Subrack 1
RPS
S
P
C
F
E
U
U
T
U
O
P
U
U
R
U
F
D
U
T
M
P
P
S
U
2
P
S
U
1
T
M
P
P
S
U
2
P
S
U
1
Subrack 2
RPS
Subrack 3
RPS
Tributary
Subrack 4
RPS
Connector Panel
Rack 1
S
P
C
Rack 2
S
P
C
I
RPU
Fan unit
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
RPS
Figure 4. Possible layout of 1666UT/OA.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
15 / 62
3.2.2 Subrack Types
1)
Tributary (specific to a tributary wavelength)
2)
RPS (Raman Pump Source used for RPA or RPR)

In the RPS subrack 4, the SPCI card is replaced by the FFU card.
For each subrack type, the sequence of board types is fixed. But some boards may be absent in certain
configurations: for instance, as there must be only one SPC unit for one Transponder, if the tributary
subrack is present it includes the SPC unit, if not it is the first OA subrack which includes the SPC unit.
In the RPS subrack 4, the SPCI card is replaced by the FFU card.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
The Fan units are not represented in the Equipment views.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
16 / 62

There are two types of subrack:

3.3 1666UT/OA graphical representation

3.3.1 1666UT/OA NE symbol
The 1666UT/OA NE is represented on the Network Topology view as shown below.
OA
STPD
UT
STPD
OA
1666UT/OA
Figure 5. 1666UT/OA NE symbols
3.3.2 1666UT/OA equipment views

For the Transponder equipment, there are four types of equipment views: the rack view, the subrack views,
the board views, the port views.
Transmission/reception views and External points view are also available for the 1666UT/OA.
Views
Previous
Equipment
External Points
Transmission
Reception
Open object
Open in Window
Close
Esc
Alt+O
Alt+W
Alt+Q
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
17 / 62
3.3.3 1666UT/OA icons

Supervision state
Alignment state
Local access state
Operational state
NML Assignment state

External Points Alarm Status
Figure 7. 1666UT/OA icons
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
18 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Table 1. 1666UT/OA Color icons
Icon
Status Color
SUP
supervised = green
activating = brown
ALI
aligned = green
aligning = brown
misaligned = orange
a key
granted = sky blue

denied = white
Q3
enabled = green
disabled = red
NML
free = green
DEF
not active = green

active = alarm severity color
EXT
cleared = green
CTC
cleared = green
AF
disable = green
enable = dark blue
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
19 / 62
3.4 OA(RPS) Transponder views

There are no Transmission and Reception views for this equipment.

3.4.1 Rack view
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 8. RPS rack view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
20 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.4.2 Subrack view
Figure 9. RPS subrack view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
21 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 10. External Points view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
22 / 62

3.5 1666UT/OA views

3.5.1 Rack view
Tributary
subrack
RPS
subrack
RPS
subrack
RPS
subrack
Figure 11. 1666UT/OA rack view

N.B.
Example of 1666UT/OA rack view with one Tributary rack and three OA(RPS) subracks. All the
subracks are optional depending of the configuration.
3.5.2 OA(RPS) views
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
See chapter 3.4.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
23 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.5.3 Tributary subrack view
Figure 12. 1666UT/OA tributary subrack view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
24 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.5.4 Tributary board view
Figure 13. 1666UT/OA tributary board view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
25 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.5.5 Tributary Port view
Figure 14. 1666UT/OA tributary port view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
26 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.5.6 Tributary Transmission view
OpticalSPISink
ED
01
957.130.922 T
fecSource
OptPath Source
Figure 15. 1666UT/OA tributary transmission view
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
27 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.5.7 Tributary Reception view
OptPathSink
ED
01
957.130.922 T
fecSink
OpticalSPISource
Figure 16. 1666UT/OA tributary reception view
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
28 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3.5.8 Tributary External points view
Figure 17. 1666UT/OA External Points view
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
29 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
30 / 62

4 TRANSPONDER FUNCTIONALITIES
4.1 Channel Power
This feature is only available for UTU board for the 1666UT/OA Transponder.
This feature allows the operator to display the channel power value (in dBm) of a port.
The value displayed is the value (in dBm) set by the NE after an increase/decrease channel power remote
control.
To display the Channel Power value:
Open the port view for the UTU board of a tributary subrack.
Port
Channel Power ...
Wavelength ...
SBS
>

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
31 / 62
4.1.2 Increase/Decrease Channel Power value
To increase/decrease the Channel Power value:
Open the port view for the UTU board of a tributary subrack.
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Increase/Decrease Channel Power
Figure 18. ).
option (see
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The NE modifies a configuration table with the new channel power value. The alignment state becomes
misaligned so the operator has to upload the configuration to see the new value.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
32 / 62

The value can be increased or decreased by step of 0.2 dBm.
4.2 Wavelength Information

This feature allows the operator to display the tributary wavelength.

This value can be displayed for the port of the UTU board of the 1666UT/OA.
Open the port view of the UTU board of a tributary subrack.
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Wavelength ... option (see Figure 18. ).
The following window is displayed
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
33 / 62
SBS (Stimulated Brouillouin Scattering) allows the operator to enable/disable the SBS suppression
modulation, which is a low frequency current laser modulation.
This is allowed for the port of the UTU board of the Transponder.
To enable/disable the SBS:
Open the port view of the UTU board of a tributary subrack.
In the Port pull down menu, click on the SBS ... option.
Port
Channel Power ...
Wavelength ...
SBS
>
Enable
Disable
Figure 22. SBS management

The SBS state is permanently displayed in the port view with an icon.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 23. SBS state icon
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
34 / 62

4.3 SBS

4.4 FEC Features

4.4.1 AMS management
This feature controls the insertion of an AMS (Alternate Maintenance Signal) in place of a SDH signal
detected as incorrect.
This feature can be enabled or disabled from the FEC port view of the FECENC or FECDEC boards
(tributary subracks) of the Transponder.
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Enable/Disable AMS Insertion option.
Port
Performance Point Counter
Enable Fec Correction
Disable Fec Correction
>

The state of the AMS insertion feature is given at the bottom of the Termination point view.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 25. AMS state icon
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
35 / 62
This feature allows the operator to insert FEC errors in frames (only available for the FECENC board). This
is available for FEC correction test.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
insertion with specific duration and specific number of errors by frame,
single insertion with a specific number of errors.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
36 / 62

4.4.2 FEC error management
a)


1)

In the Port pull down menu, click on the Fec Error Management ... option.
Port
Insert Fec Error
Fec Error Management ...
Insert Single Fec Error
Single Fec Error Management ...
Figure 26. FEC Error Management selection

Figure 27. FEC Error Management window

N.B.
2)
Insertion Duration: a value may be entered (from 10 ti 6400 ms by step of 10 ms),

Insertion Rate: number of errors by frame from 64 to 960 by step of 64.
The rates are the same for all tributaries: if one rate value changes the new value is set
to all tributaries.
Insertion
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

In the Port pull down menu, click on the Insert Fec Error option (see Figure 26. ).
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
37 / 62

1)
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Single Fec Error Management ... option (see
Figure 26. ).
Figure 28. Single FEC Error Management window
The Insertion Rate parameters can be modified from 64 to 960 by step of 64.
N.B.
2)
The rates are the same for all tributaries: if one rate value changes, the new value
is set to all tributaries.
Insertion
In the Port pull down menu, click on the Insert Single Fec Error option (see Figure 26. ).

The State of the FEC error insertion is given at the bottom of the Termination point view
(see Figure 29. ).
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 29. States of AMS insertion, FEC error insertion and single FEC error insertion
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
38 / 62

b)
4.5 External points

For 1666UT NE, 28 external input points are available.

From the External Points window you can configure one of the external input points:
Either double click on the concerned row in the external points list,
Or click on the concerned row and then select the Config... option from the External Points pull down
menu.
Figure 30. External Imput Points Configuration Dialogue box.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
When the configuration of the external point is completed, click on the OK push button to validate
the choice. and close the dialogue box.
The Cancel push button cancels the configuration and closes the dialogue box.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
39 / 62

For 1666UT NE, 20 external output points are available.
From the External Points window you can configure one of the external output points:
Either double click on the concerned row in the external points list,
Or click on the concerned row and then select the Config... option from the External Points pull down
menu.
Figure 31. External Output Points Configuration Dialogue box.

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED

State: On or Off.
Station Output Control Type: Latching or Momentary.
Momentary Contact Time: indicates duration in case of momentary contact time (in ms modulo
10).
When the configuration of the external point is completed, click on the OK push button to validate
the choice and close the dialogue box.
The Cancel push button cancels the configuration and closes the dialogue box.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
40 / 62

4.5.3 Partner Alarm management

Only available for the 1666UT NE on its external output points.

When an external output point is configured in automatic switch mode, this option gives a partner alarm
which will automatically command the output point. When the alarm is raised on the NE, the external output
point is set on.
The partner alarm is displayed as a probable cause name and the user label of the concerned managed
object.
The option can only be configured using the craft terminal.
Select the concerned row in the external points list in the External Points window,
Select the Partner Alarm... option from the External Points pull down menu.
Figure 32. Partner alarm window
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
Click on Close push button to close this window.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
41 / 62
4.6.1 Performance counters

a)
FEC counters
Two accumulation periods are supported: 15 minutes and 24 hours. For each TP (1 for each
tributary), a current block, a previous block and n more recent blocks of counters are stored in the
Transponder. The list of activated TPs is configurable and separately managed for CTs and OS. Once
TP performance collect is activated from management systems, the Transponder manages the
collect and transfer on request all or part of the block counters.
One day of 15 minutes counters and one week of daily counters are stored in the Transponder.
The FEC alarm threshold configuration is part of the Transponder configuration. A low and a high
thresholds are defined for each counter to raise a non urgent alarm or an urgent alarm when they
are crossed.
b)
B1 byte counters
The B1 byte (at the Regeneration section) is extracted from each STM16 frame and collected
according to performance monitoring principles. Counters cumulate an error number.
The management procedure is the same as for FEC counter: accumulation periods, collect,
threshold and alarm generation.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The Transponder manages at least two different counter lists (OS and CT).
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
42 / 62

4.6 Performance counter management
4.6.2 Performance thresholds configuration


Select the requested counter name.
Figure 33. Counters configuration
4.6.3 Forced Performance collection

To force a performance collection:

Select the Forced Performance Collection option.
Figure 34. Performance collection confirmation box
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
Click on OK to confirm the execution of the command.

Click on Cancel to stop the execution.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
43 / 62
4.7 Decision thresholds configuration

This feature is only available for the Tributary subrack of the 1666UT/RPS.
This feature allows to increase/decrease Eyes decision threshold at the receive side in order to have
accurate the received optical signal decoding.
Open the port view of the URU board (optPathTTPSink port) of the tributary subrack.

Port
Wavelength ...
Decision Threshold ...
Figure 35. Decision threshold
Select the Decision Threshold option.

Figure 36. Decision threshold configuration
The threshold value can be increased/decreased by step of 1 by clicking on Increase or Decrease

push button.
The Decision Threshold value is an estimated value of the new configured value. The NE is in charge
of the exact value definition.
Click on Close to close the window.
Min. and max. values are configurable using CT. The values are between 0 and 4095.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
44 / 62

N.B.
4.8 Raman pump power

N.B.
This feature is only available for the RPS subrack of the 1666UT/OA.
This feature allows to manage the Raman Pump source power.
Select board support of Raman Pump Power adjustement (RPU),

Equipment
Measure
>
Slots Labels On/Off
Raman Pump
>
Figure 37. Raman pump power
Select the Raman Pump option.

Figure 38. Raman pump power
The value can be increased/decreased by step of 10 mW by clicking on Increase or Decrease push

button. A new value can be entered directly in the field.
The Pump Power value is an estimated value of the new configured value. The NE is in charge of
the exact value definition.
Click on OK.
Min. and max values are configurable using CT. These values are between 0 and 1500 mW.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
45 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
46 / 62

5.1 Principles
Analog measurements are used for transmission network elements such as the Transponder, in order to
follow as closely as possible the deterioration of equipment with age and to be warned as early as possible
of any impeding problem. Indeed, those equipments must satisfy stringent requirements for long period
of time (typically 25 years).
From the point of view of the operator, there are two ways of interacting with the OS:
a)
the measurement values. The OS can then display the results to the operator, as well as are recording
these values in a measurement database.
b)
1)
In a preliminary setup phase, the operator specifies which measurements are to be polled
2)
the NE and stores them in its database.
3)
5.1.1 Transponder NEs
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The Transponder NEs perform analog measurements continually, independently of the OS.
Measurements are transferred to the OS in blocks called Measurement Points, on OS request. The NE
does not periodically store measurement values as in performance monitoring: on OS measurement
request, the NE sends back the current (present) value of each measurement.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
47 / 62
5.2.1 Introduction
a)
Definition of the measurements points

values.
N.B.
The 1666UT/OA Transponder does not manage measurement periods. Measurements reading is
activated in the Transponder by the reception of a reading request from OS.
All measurement points in the 1666UT/OA are characteristic of individual boards.
The following boards support analog measurements:
FEU,
UTU,
FDU,
URU,
Raman Pump Sources (0 to 4 according to the configuration).
High and low alarm thresholds can be defined for measurement points. An alarm is raised when a
measurement is out of range (high or low threshold). In that case, the value sent to the OS is the peak
value or the threshold value.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
The value sent to the OS is the peak value or the threshold value.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
48 / 62

5.2 1666UT/OA Measurement Points
The following table gives the measurement points by board.

Table 2. 1666UT/OA measurement points
Board
Measurement point
Measurements
FEU
FEU_Received_Signal
Received Light Level (dBm)
UTU
UTU_Signal_Laser
Signal Laser Bias Current (mA)

Signal LaserTemperature (C)
Signal Laser Output Power (dBm)
UTU_Pump_Laser
Pump Laser Bias Current (mA)

Pump Laser Temperature (C)
Pump Laser Output Power (mW)
URU
UTU_Output_Power
Sent Light Level (dBm)
URU_Filtered_Signal
Filtered Light Level (dBm)
URU_Pump_Laser
Pump Laser Bias Current (mA)

Pump Laser Temperature (C)
Pump Laser Output Power (mW)
FDU
FDU_Signal_Laser
Signal Laser Bias Current (mA)

Signal Laser Output Power (dBm)
RPS_1
Raman1_Pump_Values
Laser Bias Current (mA)

Laser Bias Temperature (C)
Output power (mW)
RPS_2
Raman2_Pump_Values

Output power (mW)
RPS_3
Raman3_Pump_Values

Output power (mW)
RPS_4
Raman4_Pump_Values
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Output power (mW)
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
49 / 62
General measurement management

1)
Polling period selection

The operator chooses the polling periods for each Measurement Point (MP).
For the Transponder, 15 minutes and 24 hours periods are available for each Measurement
Point (MP).
2)
Start/Stop measurement collection

The operator can start/stop measurement collection for several MPs.
The OS can automatically stop the measurement collection (stop supervision).
c)
Measurement collection
The Transponder does not maintain measurement values. Each measurement is only taken on
request from OS.
To be homogeneous with the Performance counter monitoring, the OS will manage polling periods
with the following rules: a day is from midnight to midnight and 15 minutes periods starts on the hour
and at 15, 30 and 45 minutes past.
1)
15 minutes measurement collection

Measurements are collected at the beginning of each period (0, 15, 30, 45 past).
Measurements are collected one Transponder after the other. The measurement period in the
Transponder is not very accurate, it varies between 1 Period and 2 Periods according to the
following parameter: for each Transponder to be requested, the transit delay of the request in
the network, the measurement delay and response processing and the transit delay of the
response.
After an OS/NE isolation for a short period (less than a polling period), missing values of the
current polling period are collected.
2)
24 hours measurement collection

Measurements are collected at midnight.
d)
Measurement peak collection

When a threshold alarm is raised, the OS recovers the measurement peak value. The Transponder
maintains peak measurements for each measurement (last peak measurement and time it was
detected). If the Transponder is not fast enough to pick up the peak value then the treshold value is
returned.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

e)
Time management
The OS modifies the effective duration of the period according to time changes.
Time changes have no impact on the measurement management for the Transponder.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
50 / 62

b)
5.2.2 Measurement Thresholds management

High and low threshold are defined for each measurement value. Some of them can be modified:
Select the Measure then Measure Thresholds option:
Equipment
Measure
Slots Labels On/OFF
> Measure Polling

Measure Thresholds

Figure 40. 1666UT/OA Measure thresholds
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
51 / 62
5.2.3 Polling management

The measurements relative to a selected measurement point can not be performed separately.
There are three possible ways to run the measurements for a specific measurement point:
a polling 24 hours: a measurement is automatically performed by the OS every 24 hours,

a polling 15 minutes: a measurement is automatically performed by the OS every 15 minutes,
For a PM, these three possibilities can be chosen simultaneously.

To display the polling management window:
Figure 41. 1666UT/OA Measure Polling
To select three ways to run the measurements, click on the corresponding check boxes for each
group of measurements,
Click on OK to validate the choices.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
An icon, for each choice, is then set in the high corner of the board concerned in the subrack view.
For example:
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
52 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 42. Subrack with measure polling icons on board FEU
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
53 / 62



Diagnosis
Compare
Show NE Alarms
View
>

To display them:

Diagnosis
Compare
Show NE Alarms
View
> Remote Inventory
MIB Dump
Upload Failure
Mib Audit
Events Log
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
54 / 62

6 WDM EQUIPMENTS RESTRICTIONS

6.1 1666UT/OA restrictions
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
Not supported.
6.1.6 NE management : OS resilience
Not supported.
6.1.7 MSP domain
Not supported.
6.1.8 EPS domain
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Not supported.
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
55 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
56 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

7 ALARM MAPPING
7.1 1666UT/OA alarms
The mapping list of this section concerns the 1666UT/OA NEs.
Buffer Overflow
fecBufferOverflow
Comm fail
internalBusFailure
Config error
Configuration module removed
configurationModuleMissing
Configuration module removed
CT connected
External SD input
externalShutdown
Fan fail synthesis
coolingFanFailure
FEC Dec Comm fail
internalBusFailure
FEC Dec Config error
FEC Dec Over Current
(replaceableUnitProblem2)
FECEnc Comm fail
internalBusFailure
FECEnc Config error
FECEnc Over Current
FFU Comm fail
internalBusFailure
Hardware fail
Main Unit Connector cover removed
mainOpticalConnectorCoverOpen
Minor Unit Connector cover removed
minorOpticalConnectorCoverOpen
OPU Comm fail
internalBusFailure
OPU Over Current
Over Current
Own Connector cover removed
PSU Comm fail
internalBusFailure
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
57 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
PSU fail
Rack Signalling Supply Breaker alarm
Removed card
Scrambler drive OOL
scramblerProblem
Shelf power fail
SPC Communication fail
internalBusFailure
(internalBusFailure1)
SPC IF Comm fail
internalBusFailure
SPC IF Over Current
Subrack breaker alarm
TMP Config error
TMP unit / Blackplane communication fail
internalBusFailure
Unit Comms fail
internalBusFailure
Unit Over Current
UTU Comm fail
internalBusFailure
UTU Config error
UTU Over Current
Wrong card
ED
01

957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
58 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

timingPbChannel64kOne
timingPbChannel64kTwo
timingPbChannel64kThree
aISdetectRxChannelOne
aISdetectRxChannelTwo
aISdetectTxChannelOne
aISdetectTxChannelTwo
AMS detected
aMS
AMS inserted
aMSinserted
B1 HER detected
excessiveBER
B1 LER detected
degradedSignal
Buffer Overflow
fecCorrectionOverflow
Data Loss
cqtLossOfData
FEC error High alarms
excessiveBER
FEC error Low alarms
degradedSignal
Input clock fail
lossOfClock
LOF (loss of frame)
lossOfSdhFrame
LOS
lossOfSignal
LOS Channel #1
lossOfSignalChannelOne
LOS Channel #2
lossOfSignalChannelTwo
Loss of received optical signal
opticalSignalDegraded
Loss of signal
lossOfSignal
MSRDI
rDldetected
ODL
lossOfData
PLL 155MHz OOL
timingProblem
PLL 2.4GHz OOL
timingProblem
PLL OOL
timingProblem
PLL OOL (Phase Locked Loop Out of Limits)
timingProblem
PLL OLL Channel #1
timingProblemChannelOne
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
59 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
PLL OLL Channel #2
timingProblemChannelTwo
Receive Degraded
farEndReceivedDegraded
Rx Clock or Sync Loss
rxClockSyncLoss
Transmit fail
transmitFailure
Transmitter output power OOL
transmitFailure
Tx Clock or Sync Loss
txClockSyncLoss
Uncorrected blocks
fecUncorrectedBlocks
ED
01

957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
60 / 62
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

15 min B1 error rate
ThresholdCrossed15Min
15 min B1 error ratio
15 min FEC corrected error alarm
15 min FEC uncorrected block alarm
fecUncorrectedErrorThresholdCrossed15Min
24 h B1 error rate
ThresholdCrossed1Day
24 h B1 error ratio
24 h FEC corrected error alarm
24 h FEC uncorrected block alarm
fecUncorrectedErrorThresholdCrossed1Day
FLL OOL (Filtered Light Level Out Of Limits)
Laser Bias Current OOL (Out Of Limit)
pumpLaserBiasThresholdCrossed
Laser Bias OOL
Laser Output Power OOL
pumpLaserPowerThresholdCrossed
Laser Over Temp
pumpLaserTemperatureThresholdCrossed
Laser Power OOL
Laser Temp OOL
Loopback Power OOL
LoopbackPowerThresholdCrossed
Pump Laser Bias Current OOL (Out Of Limit)
Pump Laser Bias OOL
Pump Laser Output Power OOL
Pump Laser Power OOL
Pump Laser Temp OOL
Pump Laser Temperature OOL
Pump Lasers fail
LaserFailure
RLL OOL (received Light Level Out Of Limits)
Signal Laser Bias Current OOL
Signal Laser Bias OOL
Signal Laser Output fail
Signal Laser Power OOL
LaserPowerThresholdCrossed
Signal Laser Temp OOL
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
61 / 62
SLL OOL
TF OOL (Tracking Filter Out Of Lock)
OpticalFilterOutOfLock
Wavelenght OO Limits
WavelenghtOutOfLimit
Wavelenght OO Lock
WavelenghtOutOfLock

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
END OF DOCUMENT
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
62
62 / 62

TABLE OF CONTENTS
01
1 INTRODUCTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
3
2 PHYSICAL NETWORK MANAGER PRINCIPLES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2.1 Representation model . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2 Adding NEs to the Topological representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.1 Creating new WWBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.2 Creating remote NEs (WWNT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2.2.3 Declaring the address of a NE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3
3
3
4
5
5
3 ALARMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
000913
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
01A 000717
ED
DATE
Validated
V.SCORTECCI ITAVE
Creationproposal
V.SCORTECCI ITAVE
CHANGE NOTE
APPRAISAL AUTHORITY
B.MOGLIA ITAVE
S.Figard
B.MOGLIA ITAVE
S.Figard
ORIGINATOR
1353SH REL.5.3
VERSION 5.3.0
OPERATORS HANDBOOK
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
8
1/ 8

4
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Figure 1. Creating a new WWBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
8
2/ 8
1 INTRODUCTION

A9900 is an equipment offering an SNMP interface to the 1353SH.

A9900 management in 1353SH concerns only AS and PNM management. There is no configuration
views, no performance collection.
You will find below the specificities of A9900 management in respectively PNM and AS components.

Chapter 2: Phisycal Network Manager Principles
Representation model
Adding NEs to the Topological representation
Chapter 3: Alarms
2 PHYSICAL NETWORK MANAGER PRINCIPLES

2.1 Representation model
For instance, some NEs can support upwards alignment (upload MIB) only.
Other NEs (such as Remote NEs) are not directly connected to the OS : they exchange management
information with the OS through another NE (master NE) providing a mediation function, and this may limit
the possible management operations on them (as MIB alignment or MIB cloning, forbidden on remote
NEs).
WWBSs are modelized as NEs
WWNTs are modelized as remote NEs.
2.2 Adding NEs to the Topological representation

This section explains how to :
Create WWBSs, on submaps

Create WWNTs
WWNTs require a particular creation procedure, as they have not their selfsufficiency (not standalone).
they are called remote NEs.
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
N.B.
ED
Except for WWNTs, the creation procedure does not imply specifying all the information
needed to bring a NE under supervision. The NE address and logical number are always
specified some time after NE creation and prior to attempting to bring the NE under supervision.
The EML agent supplies the default OS addresses for the NE during the synchronization phase
of the creation process. These values can be overridden at a later stage.
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
8
3/ 8
The creation of a WWBS enables you to create a graphical WWBS symbol on a submap and at the same
time create its corresponding configuration in the OS MIB. To create a WWBS, the following information is
required :
A unique user friendly name (NE Name),
The NE location (Location name),
Other information such as EML Domain, Supervision Area and Comments may be provided, but it
is not mandatory.
To create a WWBS, place yourself on the submap on which the WWBS must be created. Select the
Create NE... option from the NE Directory pull down menu as shown in the Figure 1. below :
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
Figure 1. Creating a new WWBS
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
8
4/ 8

2.2.1 Creating new WWBS

2.2.2 Creating remote NEs (WWNT)

A remote NE is distinguished by its need to be managed by the OS through another NE, referred to as
the Master NE. The remote NE is physically connected to its master NE, which is responsible for the
exchange of management information with the OS and the remote NE. Although a remote NE is
represented as any other NE, a limited number of management operation may be applied to it.
The WWNT is modelized as a remote NEs of the corresponding WWBS.
As with the NE creation, the creation of a remote NE allows you to create a graphical NE symbol on a submap
and its corresponding configuration in the OS MIB. However the attributes to be provided are not exactly the
same.
To create a remote NE, place yourself on the submap on which the master NE is located (the remote NE
will be placed on the same submap).
Select the master NE to which you want to attach the remote NE.
Select the Create Remote NE... option from the NE Directory pull down menu as shown in the PNM
menu.
The first field Master NE will automatically the name of the WWBS you have selected.
In the second field you must fill the index number of the WWNT. For example : 10.
2.2.3 Declaring the address of a NE
In order to communicate with a NE, the PNM application requires the network address of the NE to be
configured in the OS MIB.
Since various addressing mechanisms should be supported, the address declaration is separated from
the NE creation, and address input forms depend on the type of NE.
Moreover some NE types, such as remote NEs, do not embed their own address, as they exchange their
management information with the OS through other NEs. Therefore no address capture is expected for
such NEs. Moreover, the NE address management could be handled out of the PNM application in special
cases (for instance, the EML agent may take care of it).
2.2.3.1 Declaring the address of a WWBS
To supply the NE address of a WWBS, place yourself on the submap on which the NE is located.
Select the NE for which you want to declare the address.
Select the NE Free Form Address... option from the NE Addresses pull down menu as shown in the
PNM menu.
The entryfield is a string and you must fill the IP address of the WWBS. For example : x.y.z.t
2.2.3.2 Declaring the address of a WWNT
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
This is automatically done at the WWNT creation (see. : creating remote NEs section).
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
8
5/ 8
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
6/ 8
3 ALARMS
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

The following probables causes are used for A9900 management :

1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.125
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.126
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.127
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.128
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.129
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.130
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.131
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.132
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.133
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.134
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.135
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.136
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.137
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.138
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.139
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.140
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.142
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.143
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.144
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.145
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.146
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.147
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.148
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.149
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.150
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.151
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.153
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.154
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.155
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.156
1.3.12.2.1006.60.0.0.1.157
ED
01
Housekeeping
Board Missing
Communication Subsystem Failure
Type Mismatch
Configuration Error
Unacceptable Temperature
Version Mismatch
Hardware Failure
Synthesizer Problem
Transmit Power Problem
Cooling System Problem
Synchronization Clock Missing
Loss Of Synchronization Priority Clock
PLL Unlocked
Loss Of Signal
Remote Alarm Indicator
Remote Error Indicator
Loss Of Frame
Path Alarm Indicator Signal
Remote Defect Indicator
Loss Of Pointer
Alarm Indicator Signal
Loss Of Multiframe Alignment
Errored CRC
Frame Alignment Signal
Round Trip Delay Minimization Problem
Security Problem
Out Of Frame
ATM Line Alarm Indicator Signal
ATM Line Remote Defect Indicator
Storage Capacity Problem
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
8
7/ 8
1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10
END OF DOCUMENT
ED
01
957.130.922 T
3AL 71806 AA AA
8/ 8

d1353sh53 - Oh - Ed02 4-4

Enviado por

Dados do documento

Título original

Direitos autorais

Formatos disponíveis

Compartilhar este documento

Compartilhar ou incorporar documento

Opções de compartilhamento

Você considera este documento útil?

Este conteúdo é inapropriado?

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

d1353sh53 - Oh - Ed02 4-4

Enviado por

Direitos autorais:

Formatos disponíveis

QUESTA PAGINA NON VA INSERITA NEL MANUALE

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this

THIS PAGE MUST NOT BE INCLUDED IN THE HANDBOOK

T Ed.02 3AL 71806 AAAA Ed.02

No PAGINE TOTALI PER ARCHIVIAZIONE: 658

INFORMAZIONI PER IL CENTRO STAMPA - ASSEMBLY INSTRUCTIONS

STAMPARE FRONTE/RETRO RECTO-VERSO PRINTING

COMPOSIZIONE ED ASSIEMAGGIO DEL MANUALE:

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

ASSEMBLARE VOL.1/3 ASSEMBLE VOL.1/4

ASSEMBLARE VOL.2/3 ASSEMBLE VOL.2/4

ASSEMBLARE VOL.3/4 ASSEMBLE VOL3/4

TARGHETTE VOL.4/4 - LABELS VOL.4/4

FRONTESPIZIO VOL.4/4 - FRONT VOL.4/4

INSERIRE SEPARATORE 1 - INSERT REGISTER 1

SC.4.1: WDM 3.x TERRESTR. MNG

INSERIRE SEPARATORE 2 - INSERT REGISTER 2

SC.4.2: WDM 2.x TERRESTR. MNG

3AL 71806 AAAA TQZZA

QUESTA PAGINA NON VA INSERITA NEL MANUALE

INSERIRE SEPARATORE 3 - INSERT REGISTER 3

SC.4.3: WDM SUBMARINE PFE

INSERIRE SEPARATORE 4 - INSERT REGISTER 4

SC.4.4: WDM SUBMRN OALW16&40

INSERIRE SEPARATORE 5 - INSERT REGISTER 5

SC4.5: WDM SUBMRN OALW64

INSERIRE SEPARATORE 6 INSERT REGISTER 6

SC.4.6: WDM SUBMRN 1666UT/OA

INSERIRE SEPARATORE 7 - INSERT REGISTER 7

SC.4.7: A9900 MANAGEMENT

TOTALE PAGINE A4 (FACCIATE) TOTAL A4 PAGES:

TOTALE FOGLI A4 TOTAL A4 SHEETS:

WARNING FOR A-UNITS OTHER THAN A-ITALY

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Labels are done according to A-Italy binder format.

3AL 71806 AAAA TQZZA

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this

THIS PAGE MUST NOT BE INCLUDED IN THE HANDBOOK

QUESTA PAGINA NON VA INSERITA NEL MANUALE

THIS PAGE MUST NOT BE INCLUDED IN THE HANDBOOK

ALCATEL OPTICS GROUP

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3AL 71806 AAAA TQZZA

QUESTA PAGINA NON VA INSERITA NEL MANUALE

ORIGINALE SU FILE: ALICE 6.10

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

Element Manager for SDH and Optical Networks

3AL 71806 AAAA TQZZA

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this

THIS PAGE MUST NOT BE INCLUDED IN THE HANDBOOK

All rights reserved. Passing on and copying of this

3AL 71806 AAAA Ed.02

3AL 71806 AAAA Ed.02

3AL 71806 AAAA Ed.02

1300NM 1353SH Rel.5.3

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

3AL 71806 AAAA Ed.02

3AL 71806 AAAA TQZZA

1AA 00014 0004 (9007) A4 ALICE 04.10

FINE DEL DOCUMENTO INTERNO END OF INTERNAL DOCUMENT

3AL 71806 AAAA TQZZA

3AL 71806 AAAA Ed.02

3AL 71806 AAAA Ed.02